NEC NP-PH1000U REPLACED BY NP-PX1004UL-BK 11,000-lumen User Manual

Projector

PH1000U

User’s Manual

Model No.

NP-PH1000U

Ver. 3/06/12

•฀DLP฀is฀a฀trademark฀of฀Texas฀Instruments.฀

•฀Macintosh,฀Mac฀OS฀X฀and฀PowerBook฀are฀trademarks฀of฀Apple฀Inc.฀registered฀in฀the฀U.S.฀and฀other฀countries.

•฀Microsoft,฀Windows,฀Windows฀Vista,฀Internet฀Explorer,฀.NET฀Framework฀and฀PowerPoint฀are฀either฀a฀registered฀

trademark฀or฀trademark฀of฀Microsoft฀Corporation฀in฀the฀United฀States฀and/or฀other฀countries.

•฀Adobe,฀Adobe฀PDF,฀Adobe฀Reader,฀and฀Acrobat฀are฀either฀registered฀trademarks฀or฀trademarks฀of฀Adobe฀Systems฀

Incorporated฀in฀the฀United฀States฀and/or฀other฀countries.

•฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀uses฀WinI2C/DDC฀library,฀©฀Nicomsoft฀Ltd.

•฀HDMI,฀the฀HDMI฀Logo฀and฀High-Denition฀Multimedia฀Interface฀are฀trademarks฀or฀registered฀trademarks฀of฀HDMI฀

Licensing฀LLC.

•฀DisplayPort฀and฀DisplayPort฀Compliance฀Logo฀are฀trademarks฀owned฀by฀the฀Video฀Electronics฀Standards฀Associa-

tion.

•฀Trademark฀PJLink฀is฀a฀trademark฀applied฀for฀trademark฀rights฀in฀Japan,฀the฀United฀States฀of฀America฀and฀other฀

countries฀and฀areas.

•฀Wi-Fi

,฀Wi-Fi฀Alliance

,฀and฀Wi-Fi฀Protected฀Access฀(WPA,฀WPA2)

฀are฀registered฀trademarks฀of฀the฀Wi-Fi฀Alli-

ance.

•฀Blu-ray฀is฀a฀trademark฀of฀Blu-ray฀Disc฀Association

•฀CRESTRON฀and฀ROOMVIEW฀are฀registered฀trademarks฀of฀Crestron฀Electronics,฀Inc.฀in฀the฀United฀States฀and฀other฀

countries.

•฀Other฀product฀and฀company฀names฀mentioned฀in฀this฀user’s฀manual฀may฀be฀the฀trademarks฀or฀registered฀trademarks฀

of฀their฀respective฀holders.

NOTES

(1)฀The฀contents฀of฀this฀user’s฀manual฀may฀not฀be฀reprinted฀in฀part฀or฀whole฀without฀permission.

(2)฀The฀contents฀of฀this฀user’s฀manual฀are฀subject฀to฀change฀without฀notice.

(3)฀Great฀care฀has฀been฀taken฀in฀the฀preparation฀of฀this฀user’s฀manual;฀however,฀should฀you฀notice฀any฀questionable฀

points,฀errors฀or฀omissions,฀please฀contact฀us.

(4)฀Notwithstanding฀article฀(3),฀NEC฀will฀not฀be฀responsible฀for฀any฀claims฀on฀loss฀of฀prot฀or฀other฀matters฀deemed฀

to฀result฀from฀using฀the฀Projector.

Important Information

Safety Cautions

Precautions

Please฀read฀this฀manual฀carefully฀before฀using฀your฀NEC฀projector฀and฀keep฀the฀manual฀handy฀for฀future฀reference.

CAUTION

To฀turn฀off฀main฀power,฀be฀sure฀to฀remove฀the฀plug฀from฀power฀outlet.

The฀power฀outlet฀socket฀should฀be฀installed฀as฀near฀to฀the฀equipment฀as฀possible,฀and฀should฀be฀easily฀

accessible.

CAUTION

TO฀PREVENT฀SHOCK,฀DO฀NOT฀OPEN฀THE฀CABINET.

THERE฀ARE฀HIGH-VOLTAGE฀COMPONENTS฀INSIDE.

REFER฀SERVICING฀TO฀QUALIFIED฀SERVICE฀PERSONNEL.

This฀symbol฀warns฀the฀user฀that฀uninsulated฀voltage฀within฀the฀unit฀may฀be฀sufcient฀to฀cause฀electrical฀

shock.฀Therefore,฀it฀is฀dangerous฀to฀make฀any฀kind฀of฀contact฀with฀any฀part฀inside฀of฀the฀unit.

This฀symbol฀alerts฀the฀user฀that฀important฀information฀concerning฀the฀operation฀and฀maintenance฀of฀this฀

unit฀has฀been฀provided.

The฀information฀should฀be฀read฀carefully฀to฀avoid฀problems.

WARNING:฀TO฀PREVENT฀FIRE฀OR฀SHOCK,฀DO฀NOT฀EXPOSE฀THIS฀UNIT฀TO฀RAIN฀OR฀MOISTURE.

DO฀NOT฀USE฀THIS฀UNIT’S฀PLUG฀WITH฀AN฀EXTENSION฀CORD฀OR฀IN฀AN฀OUTLET฀UNLESS฀ALL฀THE฀PRONGS฀

CAN฀BE฀FULLY฀INSERTED.

DOC Compliance Notice (for Canada only)

This฀Class฀A฀digital฀apparatus฀meets฀all฀requirements฀of฀the฀Canadian฀Interference-Causing฀Equipment฀Regula-

tions.

Machine Noise Information Regulation - 3. GPSGV,

The฀highest฀sound฀pressure฀level฀is฀less฀than฀70฀dB฀(A)฀in฀accordance฀with฀EN฀ISO฀7779.

Disposing of your used product

EU-wide฀legislation฀as฀implemented฀in฀each฀Member฀State฀requires฀that฀used฀electrical฀and฀electronic฀prod-

ucts฀carrying฀the฀mark฀(left)฀must฀be฀disposed฀of฀separately฀from฀normal฀household฀waste.฀This฀includes฀

projectors฀and฀their฀electrical฀accessories฀or฀lamps.฀When฀you฀dispose฀of฀such฀products,฀please฀follow฀the฀

guidance฀of฀your฀local฀authority฀and/or฀ask฀the฀shop฀where฀you฀purchased฀the฀product.

After฀collecting฀the฀used฀products,฀they฀are฀reused฀and฀recycled฀in฀a฀proper฀way.฀This฀effort฀will฀help฀us฀

reduce฀the฀wastes฀as฀well฀as฀the฀negative฀impact฀such฀as฀mercury฀contained฀in฀a฀lamp฀to฀the฀human฀health฀

and฀the฀environment฀at฀the฀minimum฀level.

The฀mark฀on฀the฀electrical฀and฀electronic฀products฀only฀applies฀to฀the฀current฀European฀Union฀Member฀

States.

WARNING

This฀is฀a฀Class฀A฀product.฀In฀a฀domestic฀environment฀this฀product฀may฀cause฀radio฀interference฀in฀which฀case฀the฀

user฀may฀be฀required฀to฀take฀adequate฀measures.

CAUTION

•฀In฀order฀to฀reduce฀any฀interference฀with฀radio฀and฀television฀reception฀use฀a฀signal฀cable฀with฀ferrite฀core฀attached.

Use฀of฀signal฀cables฀without฀a฀ferrite฀core฀attached฀may฀cause฀interference฀with฀radio฀and฀television฀reception.

•฀This฀equipment฀has฀been฀tested฀and฀found฀to฀comply฀with฀the฀limits฀for฀a฀Class฀A฀digital฀device,฀pursuant฀to฀Part฀

15฀of฀the฀FCC฀Rules.฀These฀limits฀are฀designed฀to฀provide฀reasonable฀protection฀against฀harmful฀interference฀

when฀the฀equipment฀is฀operated฀in฀a฀commercial฀environment.฀This฀equipment฀generates,฀uses,฀and฀can฀radi-

ate฀radio฀frequency฀energy฀and,฀if฀not฀installed฀and฀used฀in฀accordance฀with฀the฀installation฀manual,฀may฀cause฀

harmful฀interference฀to฀radio฀communications.฀Operation฀of฀this฀equipment฀in฀a฀residential฀area฀is฀likely฀to฀cause฀

harmful฀interference฀in฀which฀case฀the฀user฀will฀be฀required฀to฀correct฀the฀interference฀at฀his฀own฀expense

Important Information

WARNING TO CALIFORNIA RESIDENTS:

Handling฀the฀cables฀supplied฀with฀this฀product฀will฀expose฀you฀to฀lead,฀a฀chemical฀known฀to฀the฀State฀of฀California฀

to฀cause฀birth฀defects฀or฀other฀reproductive฀harm.฀WASH฀HANDS฀AFTER฀HANDLING.

Important Safeguards

These฀safety฀instructions฀are฀to฀ensure฀the฀long฀life฀of฀your฀projector฀and฀to฀prevent฀re฀and฀shock.฀Please฀read฀them฀

carefully฀and฀heed฀all฀warnings.

Installation

•฀Do฀not฀place฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀following฀conditions:

-฀on฀an฀unstable฀cart,฀stand,฀or฀table.

-฀near฀water,฀baths,฀or฀damp฀rooms.

-฀in฀direct฀sunlight,฀near฀heaters,฀or฀heat฀radiating฀appliances.

-฀in฀a฀dusty,฀smoky฀or฀steamy฀environment.฀

-฀on฀a฀sheet฀of฀paper฀or฀cloth,฀rugs฀or฀carpets.

•฀If฀you฀wish฀to฀have฀the฀projector฀installed฀on฀the฀ceiling:

-฀Do฀not฀attempt฀to฀install฀the฀projector฀yourself.

-฀The฀projector฀must฀be฀installed฀by฀qualied฀technicians฀in฀order฀to฀ensure฀proper฀operation฀and฀reduce฀the฀risk฀

of฀bodily฀injury.

-฀In฀addition,฀the฀ceiling฀must฀be฀strong฀enough฀to฀support฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀installation฀must฀be฀in฀accordance฀

with฀any฀local฀building฀codes.

-฀Please฀consult฀your฀dealer฀for฀more฀information.

WARNING

•฀Do฀not฀cover฀the฀lens฀with฀the฀lens฀cap฀or฀equivalent฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀on.฀Doing฀so฀can฀lead฀to฀melting฀of฀

the฀cap฀due฀to฀the฀heat฀emitted฀from฀the฀light฀output.

•฀Do฀not฀place฀any฀objects,฀which฀are฀easily฀affected฀by฀heat,฀in฀front฀of฀the฀projector฀lens.฀Doing฀so฀could฀lead฀

to฀the฀object฀melting฀from฀the฀heat฀that฀is฀emitted฀from฀the฀light฀output.฀

Orientation and Fan Mode

•฀Do฀not฀tilt฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀left฀or฀right.฀Doing฀so฀may฀result฀in฀malfunction.฀There฀is฀no฀limit฀on฀the฀tilt฀angle฀

upward฀or฀downward.฀Select฀the฀appropriate฀option฀for฀[FAN฀MODE]฀according฀to฀the฀installation฀angle.฀

฀Tilting฀the฀front฀of฀the฀projector฀up฀or฀down฀by฀more฀than฀10°฀from฀level฀could฀reduce฀lamp฀life฀by฀up฀to฀20%.

•฀When฀changing฀the฀projector฀orientation฀or฀installation฀angle,฀also฀change฀the฀[SETTING]฀option฀of฀[FAN฀MODE]฀

accordingly.฀Failure฀to฀do฀so฀may฀cause฀product฀malfunction.฀(→฀page฀

123,฀124,฀129)

iii

Important Information

Fire and Shock Precautions

•฀Ensure฀that฀there฀is฀sufcient฀ventilation฀and฀that฀vents฀are฀unobstructed฀to฀prevent฀the฀build-up฀of฀heat฀inside฀your฀

projector.฀Allow฀minimum฀spaces฀between฀your฀projector฀and฀a฀wall.฀(→฀page฀v฀and฀vi)

•฀Do฀not฀try฀to฀touch฀the฀ventilation฀outlet฀on฀the฀rear฀side฀of฀the฀cabinet฀as฀it฀can฀become฀heated฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀

turned฀on฀and฀immediately฀after฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off.฀Parts฀of฀the฀projector฀may฀become฀temporarily฀heated฀if฀

the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off฀with฀the฀POWER฀button฀or฀if฀the฀AC฀power฀supply฀is฀disconnected฀during฀normal฀projector฀

operation.฀

฀Use฀caution฀when฀picking฀up฀the฀projector.

•฀Prevent฀foreign฀objects฀such฀as฀paper฀clips฀and฀bits฀of฀paper฀from฀falling฀into฀your฀projector.฀Do฀not฀attempt฀to฀retrieve฀

any฀objects฀that฀might฀fall฀into฀your฀projector.฀Do฀not฀insert฀any฀metal฀objects฀such฀as฀a฀wire฀or฀screwdriver฀into฀your฀

projector.฀If฀something฀should฀fall฀into฀your฀projector,฀disconnect฀it฀immediately฀and฀have฀the฀object฀removed฀by฀a฀

qualied฀service฀personnel.

•฀Do฀not฀place฀any฀objects฀on฀top฀of฀the฀projector.

•฀Do฀not฀touch฀the฀power฀plug฀during฀a฀thunderstorm.฀Doing฀so฀can฀cause฀electrical฀shock฀or฀re.

•฀The฀projector฀is฀designed฀to฀operate฀on฀a฀power฀supply฀of฀100-240V฀AC฀50/60฀Hz.฀Ensure฀that฀your฀power฀supply฀

ts฀this฀requirement฀before฀attempting฀to฀use฀your฀projector.

•฀Do฀not฀look฀into฀the฀lens฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀on.฀Serious฀damage฀to฀your฀eyes฀could฀result.

•฀Keep฀any฀items฀(magnifying฀glass฀etc.)฀out฀of฀the฀light฀path฀of฀the฀projector.฀The฀light฀path฀being฀projected฀from฀the฀

lens฀is฀extensive,฀therefore฀any฀kind฀of฀abnormal฀objects฀that฀can฀redirect฀light฀coming฀out฀of฀the฀lens,฀can฀cause฀

an฀unpredictable฀outcome฀such฀as฀a฀re฀or฀injury฀to฀the฀eyes.

•฀Do฀not฀place฀any฀objects,฀which฀are฀easily฀affected฀by฀heat,฀in฀front฀of฀a฀projector฀exhaust฀vent.

฀Doing฀so฀could฀lead฀to฀the฀object฀melting฀or฀getting฀your฀hands฀burned฀from฀the฀heat฀that฀is฀emitted฀from฀the฀ex-

haust.

•฀Handle฀the฀power฀cord฀carefully.฀A฀damaged฀or฀frayed฀power฀cord฀can฀cause฀electric฀shock฀or฀re.

-฀Do฀not฀use฀any฀power฀cord฀other฀than฀the฀one฀specied฀by฀the฀manufacturer.

-฀Do฀not฀bend฀or฀tug฀the฀power฀cord฀excessively.

-฀Do฀not฀place฀the฀power฀cord฀under฀the฀projector,฀or฀any฀heavy฀object.

-฀Do฀not฀cover฀the฀power฀cord฀with฀other฀soft฀materials฀such฀as฀rugs.

-฀Do฀not฀heat฀the฀power฀cord.

-฀Do฀not฀handle฀the฀power฀plug฀with฀wet฀hands.

•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector,฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀have฀the฀projector฀serviced฀by฀a฀qualied฀service฀personnel฀under฀

the฀following฀conditions:

-฀When฀the฀power฀cord฀or฀plug฀is฀damaged฀or฀frayed.

-฀If฀liquid฀has฀been฀spilled฀into฀the฀projector,฀or฀if฀it฀has฀been฀exposed฀to฀rain฀or฀water.฀

-฀If฀the฀projector฀does฀not฀operate฀normally฀when฀you฀follow฀the฀instructions฀described฀in฀this฀user’s฀manual.

-฀If฀the฀projector฀has฀been฀dropped฀or฀the฀cabinet฀has฀been฀damaged.

-฀If฀the฀projector฀exhibits฀a฀distinct฀change฀in฀performance,฀indicating฀a฀need฀for฀service.

•฀Disconnect฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀any฀other฀cables฀before฀carrying฀the฀projector.

•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector฀and฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀before฀cleaning฀the฀cabinet฀or฀replacing฀the฀lamp.

•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector฀and฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀not฀to฀be฀used฀for฀an฀extended฀period฀of฀time.

•฀When฀using฀a฀LAN฀cable:

฀For฀safety,฀do฀not฀connect฀to฀the฀connector฀for฀peripheral฀device฀wiring฀that฀might฀have฀excessive฀voltage.

Important Information

CAUTION

•฀A฀minimum฀of฀two฀persons฀are฀required฀to฀carry฀the฀projector.฀Otherwise฀the฀projector฀may฀tumble฀or฀drop,฀caus-

ing฀personal฀injury.

•฀Keep฀hands฀away฀from฀the฀lens฀mounting฀portion฀while฀the฀lens฀shift฀is฀in฀operation.

฀Failure฀to฀do฀so฀could฀result฀in฀hands฀being฀pinched฀by฀the฀moving฀lens.

•฀Do฀not฀use฀the฀tilt-foot฀for฀purposes฀other฀than฀originally฀intended.฀Misuses฀such฀as฀gripping฀the฀tilt-foot฀or฀hang-

ing฀on฀the฀wall฀can฀cause฀damage฀to฀the฀projector.

•฀Do฀not฀send฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀soft฀case฀by฀parcel฀delivery฀service฀or฀cargo฀shipment.฀The฀projector฀inside฀the฀

soft฀case฀could฀be฀damaged.

•฀Set฀[LAMP฀SELECT]฀and฀[LAMP฀INTERVAL฀MODE]฀if฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀for฀consecutive฀days.

(From฀the฀menu,฀select฀[LAMP฀MODE]฀→฀[LAMP฀SELECT]฀and฀[LAMP฀INTERVAL฀MODE].)

•฀Before฀using฀Direct฀Power฀Off,฀be฀sure฀to฀allow฀at฀least฀20฀minutes฀immediately฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector฀and฀

starting฀to฀display฀an฀image.฀

•฀Do฀not฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀from฀the฀wall฀outlet฀or฀projector฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀powered฀on.฀Doing฀so฀can฀

cause฀damage฀to฀the฀AC฀IN฀connector฀of฀the฀projector฀and฀(or)฀the฀prong฀plug฀of฀the฀power฀cord.฀

฀To฀turn฀off฀the฀AC฀power฀supply฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀powered฀on,฀use฀the฀projector's฀main฀power฀switch฀or฀a฀

power฀strip฀equipped฀with฀a฀switch฀and฀a฀breaker.

•฀Do฀not฀turn฀off฀the฀AC฀power฀for฀60฀seconds฀after฀the฀lamp฀is฀turned฀on฀and฀while฀the฀POWER฀indicator฀is฀blink-

ing฀blue.฀Doing฀so฀could฀cause฀premature฀lamp฀failure.

•฀Use฀of฀a฀wall฀outlet฀with฀a฀20฀A฀or฀more฀circuit฀breaker฀is฀recommended.

Performing Lens Calibration After Installation of the Optional Lens

Be฀sure฀to฀perform฀[CALIBRATION]฀after฀installation฀or฀replacement฀of฀the฀lens.฀(→฀page฀

17,฀126)฀Calibration฀corrects฀

the฀adjustable฀zoom฀and฀focus฀range.

The฀following฀lenses฀need฀calibration:

•฀NP26ZL,฀NP27ZL,฀NP28ZL,฀NP29ZL

Caution on Carrying the Projector/Handling the Optional Lens

When฀shipping฀the฀projector฀with฀the฀lens,฀remove฀the฀lens฀before฀shipping฀the฀projector.฀Always฀attach฀the฀dust฀cap฀

to฀the฀lens฀whenever฀it฀is฀not฀mounted฀on฀the฀projector.฀The฀lens฀and฀the฀lens฀shift฀mechanism฀may฀encounter฀damage฀

caused฀by฀improper฀handling฀during฀transportation.฀

Remote Control Precautions

•฀Handle฀the฀remote฀control฀carefully.

•฀If฀the฀remote฀control฀gets฀wet,฀wipe฀it฀dry฀immediately.

•฀Avoid฀excessive฀heat฀and฀humidity.

•฀Do฀not฀short,฀heat,฀or฀take฀apart฀batteries.

•฀Do฀not฀throw฀batteries฀into฀re.

•฀If฀you฀will฀not฀be฀using฀the฀remote฀control฀for฀a฀long฀time,฀remove฀the฀batteries.

•฀Ensure฀that฀you฀have฀the฀batteries’฀polarity฀(+/−)฀aligned฀correctly.

•฀Do฀not฀use฀new฀and฀old฀batteries฀together,฀or฀use฀different฀types฀of฀batteries฀together.

•฀Dispose฀of฀used฀batteries฀according฀to฀your฀local฀regulations.

Note for US Residents

The฀lamps฀in฀this฀product฀contain฀mercury.฀Please฀dispose฀according฀to฀Local,฀State฀or฀Federal฀Laws.

Important Information

Lamp Replacement

•฀Use฀the฀specied฀lamp฀for฀safety฀and฀performance.

•฀To฀replace฀the฀lamp,฀follow฀all฀instructions฀provided฀on฀page฀

185.

•฀Be฀sure฀to฀replace฀the฀lamp฀when฀the฀message฀[THE LAMP HAS REACHED THE END OF ITS USABLE LIFE.

PLEASE REPLACE THE LAMP 1 (or 2). USE THE SPECIFIED LAMP FOR SAFETY AND PERFORMANCE.]

appears.฀If฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀lamp฀after฀the฀lamp฀has฀reached฀the฀end฀of฀its฀usable฀life,฀the฀lamp฀bulb฀may฀

shatter,฀and฀pieces฀of฀glass฀may฀be฀scattered฀in฀the฀lamp฀case.฀Do฀not฀touch฀them฀as฀the฀pieces฀of฀glass฀may฀cause฀

injury.

฀If฀this฀happens,฀contact฀your฀dealer฀for฀lamp฀replacement.

A Lamp Characteristic

The฀projector฀has฀a฀high-pressure฀mercury฀lamp฀as฀a฀light฀source.

A฀lamp฀has฀a฀characteristic฀that฀its฀brightness฀gradually฀decreases฀with฀age.฀Also฀repeatedly฀turning฀the฀lamp฀on฀

and฀off฀will฀increase฀the฀possibility฀of฀its฀lower฀brightness.

CAUTION:

•฀DO฀NOT฀TOUCH฀THE฀LAMP฀immediately฀after฀it฀has฀been฀used.฀It฀will฀be฀extremely฀hot.฀Turn฀the฀projector฀off฀

and฀then฀disconnect฀the฀power฀cord.฀Allow฀at฀least฀one฀hour฀for฀the฀lamp฀to฀cool฀before฀handling.

•฀When฀removing฀the฀lamp฀from฀a฀ceiling-mounted฀projector,฀make฀sure฀that฀no฀one฀is฀under฀the฀projector.฀Glass฀

fragments฀could฀fall฀if฀the฀lamp฀has฀been฀burned฀out.

Clearance for Installing the Projector

Allow฀ample฀clearance฀between฀the฀projector฀and฀its฀surroundings฀as฀shown฀below.

Avoid฀installing฀the฀projector฀in฀a฀place฀where฀air฀movement฀from฀the฀HVAC฀is฀directed฀at฀the฀projector.

Heated฀air฀from฀the฀HVAC฀can฀be฀taken฀in฀by฀the฀projector's฀intake฀vent.฀If฀this฀happens,฀the฀temperature฀inside฀the฀

projector฀will฀rise฀too฀high฀causing฀the฀over-temperature฀protector฀to฀automatically฀turn฀off฀the฀projectors฀power.

Example 1 – If there are walls on both sides of the projector.

50 cm/19.7" or greater 30 cm/12" or greater

NOTE:

The drawing shows the proper clearance required for the front, back and top of the projector.

Important Information

Example 2 – If there is a wall behind the projector.

(1) For ﬂoor installation:

70 cm/27.6" or greater

Lens

NOTE:

The drawing shows the proper clearance required for the back, sides and top of the projector.

(2) For ceiling mounting:

30 cm/12" or

greater

70 cm/27.6" or greater

Lens

NOTE:

1. The drawing shows the proper clearance required for the front, sides, back and bottom of the projector.

2. If suspending the projector 30 cm/12 inches away from the ceiling, allow ample clearance for all four sides and the under the

projector.

About High Altitude mode

•฀

Set฀[FAN

฀MODE]฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀when฀using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀

or฀higher.

฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀or฀higher฀without฀setting฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀

can฀cause฀the฀projector฀to฀overheat฀and฀the฀projector฀could฀shut฀down.฀If฀this฀happens,฀wait฀a฀couple฀minutes฀and฀

turn฀on฀the฀projector.

•฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀less฀than฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀and฀setting฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀

can฀cause฀the฀lamp฀to฀overcool,฀causing฀the฀image฀to฀icker.฀Switch฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[AUTO].

•฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀or฀higher฀can฀shorten฀the฀life฀of฀internal฀parts฀

such฀as฀the฀lamp.

vii

Important Information

About Copyright of original projected pictures:

Please฀note฀that฀using฀this฀projector฀for฀the฀purpose฀of฀commercial฀gain฀or฀the฀attraction฀of฀public฀attention฀in฀a฀venue฀

such฀as฀a฀coffee฀shop฀or฀hotel฀and฀employing฀compression฀or฀expansion฀of฀the฀screen฀image฀with฀the฀following฀func-

tions฀may฀raise฀concern฀about฀the฀infringement฀of฀copyrights฀which฀are฀protected฀by฀copyright฀law.

[ASPECT฀RATIO],฀[3D฀REFORM],฀[D-ZOOM]฀feature฀and฀other฀similar฀features.

Turkish RoHS information relevant for Turkish market

EEE Yönetmeliğine Uygundur.

viii

Table of Contents

Important Information ............................................................................................i

1. Introduction .......................................................................................................... 1

1฀What’s฀in฀the฀Box? ......................................................................................................... 1

฀Introduction฀to฀the฀Projector .......................................................................................... 2

Congratulations฀on฀Your฀Purchase฀of฀the฀Projector ................................................. 2

Features฀you’ll฀enjoy: ............................................................................................... 2

About฀this฀user’s฀manual .......................................................................................... 3

฀Part฀Names฀of฀the฀Projector .......................................................................................... 4

Front/Top .................................................................................................................. 4

Rear ......................................................................................................................... 5

Control฀Panel/Indicator฀Section ............................................................................... 6

Terminal฀Panel฀Features .......................................................................................... 7

฀Part฀Names฀of฀the฀Remote฀Control ............................................................................... 8

Battery฀Installation ................................................................................................... 9

Remote฀Control฀Precautions .................................................................................... 9

Operating฀Range฀for฀Wireless฀Remote฀Control ........................................................ 9

฀Operating฀Environment฀for฀Downloadable฀Software .................................................... 10

Operating฀Environment .......................................................................................... 11

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation) .............................................. 12

1฀Flow฀of฀Projecting฀an฀Image ........................................................................................ 12

฀Connecting฀Your฀Computer/Connecting฀the฀Supplied฀Power฀Cord .............................. 13

Using฀the฀Supplied฀Power฀Cords ........................................................................... 13

Using฀the฀Power฀Cord฀Stopper .............................................................................. 14

฀Turning฀on฀the฀Projector .............................................................................................. 16

Performing฀Lens฀Calibration฀ .................................................................................. 17

Note฀on฀Startup฀screen฀(Menu฀Language฀Select฀screen) ...................................... 18

If฀the฀projected฀image฀is฀inverted฀or฀upside฀down .................................................. 19

฀Selecting฀a฀Source ...................................................................................................... 20

Selecting฀the฀computer฀or฀video฀source................................................................. 20

฀Adjusting฀the฀Picture฀Size฀and฀Position ....................................................................... 21

Tilting฀the฀projector ................................................................................................ 22

Adjusting฀the฀vertical฀position฀of฀a฀projected฀image฀(Lens฀shift) ............................ 24

Focus ..................................................................................................................... 26

Zoom ...................................................................................................................... 27

฀Correcting฀Keystone฀Distortion .................................................................................... 28

฀Optimizing฀Computer฀Signal฀Automatically ................................................................. 30

Adjusting฀the฀Image฀Using฀Auto฀Adjust .................................................................. 30

฀Turning฀off฀the฀Projector .............................................................................................. 31

฀Carrying฀the฀Projector ................................................................................................. 33

3. Convenient Features ..................................................................................... 34

1฀Blocking฀the฀lamp฀light฀(LENS฀SHUTTER) .................................................................. 34

฀Turning฀off฀the฀Image ................................................................................................... 34

฀Freezing฀a฀Picture ....................................................................................................... 34

฀Enlarging฀a฀Picture ...................................................................................................... 35

Table of Contents

฀Changing฀Eco฀Mode/Checking฀Energy-Saving฀Effect฀Using฀Eco฀Mode฀[ECO฀

MODE] ................................................................................................................... 36

Checking฀Energy-Saving฀Effect฀[CARBON฀METER] ............................................. 37

฀Using฀the฀Optional฀Remote฀Mouse฀Receiver฀(NP01MR) ............................................ 38

฀Correcting฀Horizontal฀and฀Vertical฀Keystone฀Distortion฀[CORNERSTONE] ................ 40

Cornerstone ........................................................................................................... 40

฀Displaying฀Two฀Pictures฀at฀the฀Same฀Time .................................................................. 43

Selecting฀the฀PIP฀or฀PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE฀Mode฀[MODE] ................................ 43

[POSITION] ............................................................................................................ 44

฀Preventing฀the฀Unauthorized฀Use฀of฀the฀Projector฀[SECURITY] ................................. 45

฀Storing฀Changes฀for฀Lens฀Shift,฀Zoom,฀and฀Focus฀[LENS฀MEMORY] ........................ 48

Usage฀Example...................................................................................................... 48

To฀store฀your฀adjusted฀values฀in฀[REF.฀LENS฀MEMORY]: ...................................... 48

To฀call฀up฀your฀adjusted฀values฀from฀[REF.฀LENS฀MEMORY]: ............................... 49

฀Displaying฀a฀Picture฀Using฀[EDGE฀BLENDING] .......................................................... 52

Before฀explaining฀use฀of฀the฀Edge฀Blending฀function ............................................. 52

Black฀Level฀Adjustment .......................................................................................... 55

9-segmented฀portions฀for฀Black฀Level฀adjustment ................................................. 56

฀Controlling฀the฀Projector฀by฀Using฀an฀HTTP฀Browser ................................................. 57

฀Projecting฀Your฀Computer’s฀Screen฀Image฀from฀the฀Projector฀via฀a฀Network฀

[NETWORK฀PROJECTOR] .................................................................................... 64

฀Using฀the฀Projector฀to฀Operate฀Your฀Computer฀via฀a฀Network฀[REMOTE฀

DESKTOP] ............................................................................................................. 68

4. Using the Viewer ............................................................................................. 74

❶฀What฀you฀can฀do฀with฀the฀Viewer ................................................................................. 74

❷฀Preparing฀presentation฀materials ................................................................................ 77

❸฀Projecting฀images฀stored฀in฀a฀USB฀memory฀device .................................................... 78

Starting฀the฀Viewer ................................................................................................. 78

Exiting฀the฀Viewer .................................................................................................. 81

Names฀and฀functions฀of฀Viewer฀screen .................................................................. 82

Viewer฀option฀settings ............................................................................................ 87

❹฀Projecting฀data฀from฀shared฀folder .............................................................................. 90

Connecting฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀shared฀folder ....................................................... 90

Disconnecting฀the฀shared฀folder฀from฀the฀projector ............................................... 93

❺฀Projecting฀data฀from฀media฀server............................................................................... 94

Setting฀up฀“Media฀Sharing”฀in฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀11 ...................................... 94

Setting฀up฀“Media฀Sharing”฀in฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀12 ...................................... 96

Connecting฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀media฀server ........................................................ 97

Disconnecting฀the฀projector฀from฀the฀media฀server ............................................... 98

❻฀Restrictions฀on฀displaying฀les .................................................................................... 99

Some฀restrictions฀on฀PowerPoint฀les .................................................................... 99

Some฀restrictions฀on฀PDF฀les .............................................................................. 99

5. Using On-Screen Menu .............................................................................. 100

1฀Using฀the฀Menus ........................................................................................................ 100

฀Menu฀Elements .......................................................................................................... 101

฀List฀of฀Menu฀Items ..................................................................................................... 102

Table of Contents

฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[SOURCE] .............................................................. 105

COMPUTER฀1,฀2,฀and฀3 ...................................................................................... 105

HDMI .................................................................................................................... 105

DisplayPort ........................................................................................................... 105

VIDEO .................................................................................................................. 105

S-VIDEO .............................................................................................................. 105

VIEWER ............................................................................................................... 105

NETWORK ........................................................................................................... 105

SLOT฀(for฀optional฀board) .................................................................................... 105

ENTRY฀LIST ........................................................................................................ 105

TEST฀PATTERN ................................................................................................... 105

฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[ADJUST] ................................................................ 109

[PICTURE] ........................................................................................................... 109

[IMAGE฀OPTIONS] .............................................................................................. 112

[VIDEO] ................................................................................................................ 116

Using฀the฀Lens฀Memory฀Function฀[LENS฀MEMORY] ........................................... 117

฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[SETUP] .................................................................. 118

[BASIC] ................................................................................................................ 118

[MENU] ................................................................................................................ 122

[INSTALLATION(1)] .............................................................................................. 123

[INSTALLATION(2)] .............................................................................................. 127

[OPTIONS(1)] ...................................................................................................... 129

[OPTIONS(2)] ...................................................................................................... 131

[EDGE฀BLENDING] ............................................................................................. 133

฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[INFO.] .................................................................... 134

[USAGE฀TIME] ..................................................................................................... 134

[SOURCE(1)] ....................................................................................................... 135

[SOURCE(2)] ....................................................................................................... 135

[WIRED฀LAN] ....................................................................................................... 135

[WIRELESS฀LAN(1)] ............................................................................................ 136

[WIRELESS฀LAN(2)] ............................................................................................ 136

[VERSION(1)] ...................................................................................................... 136

[VERSION(2)] ...................................................................................................... 137

[OTHERS] ............................................................................................................ 137

8฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[RESET] .................................................................. 138

Returning฀to฀Factory฀Default฀[RESET] ................................................................. 138

❾฀Application฀Menu ....................................................................................................... 140

IMAGE฀EXPRESS฀UTILITY ................................................................................. 140

NETWORK฀PROJECTOR .................................................................................... 140

REMOTE฀DESKTOP฀CONNECTION .................................................................. 141

NETWORK฀SETTINGS ........................................................................................ 142

TOOLS ................................................................................................................. 158

6. Connecting to Other Equipment .......................................................... 163

฀Mounting฀the฀Optional฀Lens....................................................................................... 163

Before฀mounting฀the฀lens: .................................................................................... 163

Mounting฀the฀lens................................................................................................. 163

Removing฀the฀lens ............................................................................................... 165

฀Making฀Connections .................................................................................................. 166

Analog฀RGB฀signal฀connection ............................................................................ 166

Digital฀RGB฀signal฀connection ............................................................................. 167

Table of Contents

Connecting฀an฀External฀Monitor .......................................................................... 169

Connecting฀Your฀DVD฀Player฀or฀Other฀AV฀Equipment .......................................... 170

Connecting฀Component฀Input .............................................................................. 171

Connecting฀HDMI฀Input........................................................................................ 172

Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN ................................................................................. 173

Connecting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN฀(sold฀separately).................................................. 174

Mounting฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀unit .............................................................................. 174

To฀remove฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀unit.......................................................................... 176

Stacking฀projectors .............................................................................................. 178

7. Maintenance .................................................................................................... 180

1฀Cleaning฀the฀Filters.................................................................................................... 180

Cleaning฀the฀lter฀on฀the฀left฀side......................................................................... 180

Cleaning฀the฀lter฀on฀the฀front฀side ...................................................................... 182

฀Cleaning฀the฀Lens...................................................................................................... 184

฀Cleaning฀the฀Cabinet ................................................................................................. 184

฀Replacing฀the฀Lamp฀and฀the฀Filters ........................................................................... 185

฀Replacing฀the฀Filters .................................................................................................. 188

Replacing฀the฀lter฀on฀the฀left฀side ....................................................................... 188

Replacing฀the฀lter฀on฀the฀front฀side .................................................................... 190

8. User Supportware ......................................................................................... 192

฀Installing฀Software฀Program ...................................................................................... 192

Installation฀for฀Windows฀software ......................................................................... 192

Installation฀for฀Macintosh฀software ....................................................................... 193

 Projecting฀Images฀or฀Videos฀from฀the฀Projector฀over฀a฀LAN฀(Image฀Express฀Utility฀

2.0) ....................................................................................................................... 194

What฀you฀can฀do฀with฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0 .................................................. 194

Connecting฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀LAN ....................................................................... 195

Basic฀Operation฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0 ....................................................... 196

฀Controlling฀the฀Projector฀over฀a฀LAN฀(PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4) ................................. 205

฀Projecting฀Your฀Mac’s฀Screen฀Image฀from฀the฀Projector฀over฀a฀LAN฀(Image฀

Express฀Utility฀2฀for฀Mac) ..................................................................................... 206

What฀you฀can฀do฀with฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2 ..................................................... 206

Operating฀environment ........................................................................................ 206

Connecting฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀LAN ....................................................................... 206

Using฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2 .............................................................................. 207

 Operating฀the฀Projector฀Via฀the฀LAN฀(Virtual฀Remote฀Tool) ....................................... 210

฀Converting฀PowerPoint฀les฀to฀Slides฀(Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0) ........................... 213

9. Appendix ............................................................................................................. 215

฀Throw฀distance฀and฀screen฀size ................................................................................ 215

Lens฀types฀and฀throw฀distance ............................................................................ 215

Tables฀of฀screen฀sizes฀and฀dimensions ............................................................... 217

Lens฀shifting฀range ............................................................................................... 218

❷฀Mounting฀the฀Optional฀Board฀(sold฀separately) ......................................................... 219

฀Compatible฀Input฀Signal฀List ...................................................................................... 221

฀Specications ............................................................................................................ 223

Optical .................................................................................................................. 223

xii

Table of Contents

Electrical .............................................................................................................. 223

Mechanical ........................................................................................................... 224

Option฀lens ........................................................................................................... 225

Power฀Cord .......................................................................................................... 225

฀Cabinet฀Dimensions .................................................................................................. 226

฀Pin฀Assignments฀of฀D-Sub฀COMPUTER฀Input฀Connector ........................................ 227

฀Troubleshooting ......................................................................................................... 228

Indicator฀Messages .............................................................................................. 228

Common฀Problems฀&฀Solutions ........................................................................... 230

If฀there฀is฀no฀picture,฀or฀the฀picture฀is฀not฀displayed฀correctly. .............................. 232

฀PC฀Control฀Codes฀and฀Cable฀Connection ................................................................. 233

฀Troubleshooting฀Check฀List ........................................................................................ 234

฀REGISTER฀YOUR฀PROJECTOR!฀(for฀residents฀in฀the฀United฀States,฀Canada,฀and฀

Mexico) ................................................................................................................ 236

Projector

Dust cap for lens

* The projector is shipped without a lens. For the types of

lens and throw distances, see page 215.

1. Introduction

1 What’s in the Box?

Make฀sure฀your฀box฀contains฀everything฀listed.฀If฀any฀pieces฀are฀missing,฀contact฀your฀dealer.

Please฀save฀the฀original฀box฀and฀packing฀materials฀if฀you฀ever฀need฀to฀ship฀your฀projector.

NEC Projector CD-ROM

User’s manual (PDF)

(7N951663)

•฀Important฀Information฀(7N8N2114)

•฀Quick฀Setup฀Guide฀(7N8N2122/7N8N2132)

•฀Limited฀warranty฀(for฀North฀America)

For customers in Europe:

You฀will฀nd฀our฀current฀valid฀Guarantee฀Policy฀on฀our฀Web฀Site:฀

www.nec-display-solutions.com

Remote control

(7N900961)

AA฀alkaline฀batteries฀

(x2)

Power cord × 3

(79TM1021) (79TM1001฀for฀AC฀120฀V)(79TM1011฀for฀AC฀200฀V)

For฀Europe/Asia/South฀America฀For฀North฀America

Power cord stopper (79TM1111)

Anti-theft฀cap฀for฀LAN฀unit฀(for฀optional฀wireless฀LAN฀unit)฀(79TM1091)

1. Introduction

 Introduction to the Projector

This฀section฀introduces฀you฀to฀your฀new฀projector฀and฀describes฀the฀features฀and฀controls.

Congratulations on Your Purchase of the Projector

This฀projector฀is฀one฀of฀the฀very฀best฀projectors฀available฀today.฀The฀projector฀enables฀you฀to฀project฀precise฀images฀up฀

to฀500฀inches฀(200฀inches฀on฀NP25FL)฀across฀(measured฀diagonally)฀from฀your฀PC฀or฀Macintosh฀computer฀(desktop฀

or฀notebook),฀VCR,฀DVD฀player,฀or฀document฀camera.

You฀can฀use฀the฀projector฀on฀a฀tabletop฀or฀cart,฀you฀can฀use฀the฀projector฀to฀project฀images฀from฀behind฀the฀screen,฀

and฀the฀projector฀can฀be฀permanently฀mounted฀on฀a฀ceiling*1.฀The฀remote฀control฀can฀be฀used฀wirelessly.

*1฀Do฀not฀attempt฀to฀mount฀the฀projector฀on฀a฀ceiling฀yourself.

฀The฀projector฀must฀be฀installed฀by฀qualied฀technicians฀in฀order฀to฀ensure฀proper฀operation฀and฀reduce฀the฀risk฀

of฀bodily฀injury.

฀In฀addition,฀the฀ceiling฀must฀be฀strong฀enough฀to฀support฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀installation฀must฀be฀in฀accordance฀

with฀any฀local฀building฀codes.฀Please฀consult฀your฀dealer฀for฀more฀information.

Features you’ll enjoy:

•฀DLP

projector with high resolution and high brightness

฀High฀resolution฀display฀–฀WUXGA฀(1920฀×฀1200)฀native฀resolution฀(16:10)

•฀Wide฀range฀of฀optional฀lenses฀selectable฀according฀to฀the฀place฀of฀installation

฀This฀projector฀supports฀5฀types฀of฀optional฀lenses,฀providing฀a฀selection฀of฀lenses฀adapted฀for฀a฀variety฀of฀instal-

lation฀requirements.

฀In฀addition,฀the฀lenses฀can฀be฀mounted฀and฀removed฀easily.

฀Note฀that฀no฀lens฀is฀mounted฀upon฀shipment฀from฀the฀factory.฀Please฀purchase฀optional฀lenses฀separately.

•฀Dual฀Lamp฀system

฀Two฀lamp฀system฀offers฀increased฀lamp฀life฀and฀energy฀savings฀along฀with฀redundancy.

•฀Double฀stackable฀for฀built฀in฀redundancy฀and฀high฀light฀output฀requirements

฀Double฀stacking฀projectors฀increase฀the฀brightness฀and฀visibility.

•฀EDGE฀BLENDING฀function

฀The฀EDGE฀BLENDING฀function฀allows฀a฀multi-screen฀image฀with฀high฀resolution฀to฀be฀displayed฀on฀a฀large฀

screen.

•฀Powered฀Lens฀Shift,฀Zoom,฀and฀Focus฀offer฀installation฀exibility

฀Powered฀Horizontal฀and฀Vertical฀lens฀shift฀provides฀the฀ability฀to฀project฀from฀off฀center฀screen฀installations.฀Powered฀

zoom฀and฀focus฀provide฀quick฀and฀easy฀adjustment.

฀Note฀that฀focus฀can฀be฀adjusted฀manually฀on฀the฀NP25FL฀lens.

•฀360°฀installation฀angle฀(tilt-free)

฀The฀projector฀can฀be฀installed฀at฀any฀angle฀(360°).

฀Note,฀however,฀that฀the฀lamp฀life฀could฀be฀reduced฀depending฀on฀what฀angle฀the฀projector฀is฀tilted.

฀Also,฀the฀“FAN฀MODE”฀setting฀must฀be฀changed฀according฀to฀the฀angle฀of฀installation.฀The฀projector฀cannot฀be฀

installed฀tilted฀to฀the฀left฀or฀right.

•฀Wide฀range฀of฀input/output฀connectors฀(HDMI,฀DisplayPort,฀BNC,฀etc.)฀

฀The฀projector฀is฀equipped฀with฀a฀variety฀of฀input/output฀connectors:฀computer฀(analog),฀5฀BNC,฀HDMI,฀DisplayPort,฀

Video,฀S-Video,฀etc.฀(The฀computer฀(analog)฀and฀BNC฀connectors฀also฀support฀component฀inputs.)

฀The฀projector’s฀HDMI฀and฀DisplayPort฀input฀connectors฀support฀HDCP.

•฀Slot฀for฀optional฀board

฀The฀projector฀has฀a฀slot฀for฀the฀optional฀board฀(SB-01HC฀or฀other฀NEC’s฀interface฀boards).

1. Introduction

•฀High฀picture฀quality฀processing฀circuit

฀The฀Reon-VX฀video฀processor฀is฀used฀to฀project฀high฀quality฀images.

•฀Energy-saving฀design฀with฀a฀standby฀power฀consumption฀of฀0.5฀Watts฀or฀less

฀When฀the฀on-screen฀menu’s฀standby฀mode฀is฀set฀to฀“Power฀Saving”,฀the฀power฀consumption฀in฀the฀standby฀mode฀

is฀0.5฀W.

•฀“Eco฀mode”฀for฀low฀power฀consumption฀and฀“Carbon฀Meter”฀display

฀The฀projector฀is฀equipped฀with฀an฀“eco฀mode”฀for฀reducing฀power฀consumption฀during฀use.฀Furthermore,฀the฀

power-saving฀effect฀when฀the฀eco฀mode฀is฀set฀is฀converted฀into฀the฀amount฀of฀reductions฀of฀CO2฀emissions฀and฀

this฀is฀indicated฀on฀the฀conrmation฀message฀displayed฀when฀the฀power฀is฀turned฀off฀and฀at฀“Information”฀on฀the฀

on-screen฀menu฀(CARBON฀METER).

•฀Seamless฀switch฀function฀for฀smoother฀screen฀changes฀when฀switching฀the฀signal

฀When฀the฀input฀connector฀is฀switched,฀the฀image฀displayed฀before฀switching฀is฀held฀so฀that฀that฀projector฀can฀write฀

the฀new฀image฀without฀going฀to฀black.

•฀Simultaneous฀display฀of฀2฀images฀(PIP/PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE)

฀Two฀images฀can฀be฀projected฀simultaneously฀with฀a฀single฀projector.

฀There฀are฀two฀types฀of฀layouts฀for฀the฀two฀images:฀“picture-in-picture”฀in฀which฀a฀sub-picture฀is฀displayed฀on฀the฀

main฀picture,฀and฀“picture-by-picture”฀in฀which฀the฀main฀and฀sub฀pictures฀are฀displayed฀next฀to฀each฀other.

•฀Security฀function฀for฀preventing฀unauthorized฀use

฀This฀projector฀is฀equipped฀with฀the฀following฀security฀functions:

-฀Password฀security:฀When฀a฀password฀is฀set฀in฀the฀on-screen฀menu,฀a฀screen฀to฀input฀the฀password฀appears฀

when฀the฀projector’s฀power฀is฀turned฀on.

•฀Wired/wireless฀LAN฀compatibility฀(wireless฀LAN฀unit฀sold฀separately)

฀The฀projector฀is฀equipped฀with฀a฀LAN฀port฀(RJ-45)฀for฀connection฀to฀a฀wired฀LAN฀for฀transferring฀images฀from฀a฀

computer฀to฀the฀projector,฀controlling฀the฀projector฀from฀a฀computer,฀etc.

฀Furthermore,฀the฀projector฀can฀be฀used฀in฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀by฀mounting฀the฀separately฀sold฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀

(NP02LM).

•฀Convenient฀utility฀software฀downloadable฀from฀the฀web

฀Five฀utility฀software฀programs฀(Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0,฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4,฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀for฀Mac,฀

Virtual฀Remote฀Tool,฀and฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0.)฀can฀be฀downloaded฀from฀our฀website.

•฀LAN-compatible฀viewer฀function

฀Still฀and฀moving฀images฀in฀shared฀folders฀on฀a฀computer฀connected฀by฀wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN฀can฀be฀projected฀

with฀the฀projector’s฀viewer.

-฀The฀viewer฀supports฀the฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀11’s฀“media฀sharing”฀function.

•฀CRESTRON฀ROOMVIEW฀compatibility

฀The฀projector฀supports฀CRESTRON฀ROOMVIEW,฀allowing฀multiple฀devices฀connected฀in฀the฀network฀to฀be฀managed฀

and฀controlled฀from฀a฀computer฀or฀controller.

About this user’s manual

The฀fastest฀way฀to฀get฀started฀is฀to฀take฀your฀time฀and฀do฀everything฀right฀the฀rst฀time.฀Take฀a฀few฀minutes฀now฀to฀

review฀the฀user’s฀manual.฀This฀may฀save฀you฀time฀later฀on.฀At฀the฀beginning฀of฀each฀section฀of฀the฀manual฀you’ll฀nd฀

an฀overview.฀If฀the฀section฀doesn’t฀apply,฀you฀can฀skip฀it.

1. Introduction

 Part Names of the Projector

Front/Top

The฀lens฀is฀sold฀separately.฀The฀description฀below฀is฀for฀when฀the฀NP27ZL฀lens฀is฀mounted.

Control Panel

(

→ page 6)

Lens

Ventilation฀(inlet)

Filter Cover

Handle

Lens Hood

Security฀Locking฀Pin

Stacking฀Column

Lens฀Shroud

Remote฀Sensor฀(located฀on฀the฀

front and the rear)

(

→ page 9)

Terminal Panel

(

→ page 7)

LED Lights (six locations)

Indicator฀Section

(→ page 6)

Lens฀Release฀Lever/Safety฀Lever฀

(both฀levers฀are฀located฀inside฀the฀

lens shroud.)

(

→ page 163)

AC฀Input

Connect the supplied power cord's

three-pin plug here, and plug the

other end into an active wall outlet.

(

→ page 13)

Main฀Power฀Switch

USB฀(LAN)฀Port฀(for฀optional฀Wire-

less฀LAN฀Unit)฀(→ page 174)

Lens Cap

(The lens cap is attached to the

lens.)

VOLTAGE฀SELECT฀Switch฀

Use this switch according to the

voltage฀being฀used.฀

(→ page 13)

Adjustable฀Tilt฀Foot

(→ page 22)

Slot฀for฀Power฀Cord฀Stopper฀(→

page

14)

1. Introduction

Rear

CAUTION:

Parts฀of฀the฀projector฀may฀become฀temporarily฀heated฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off฀with฀the฀POWER฀button฀or฀if฀the฀

AC฀power฀supply฀is฀disconnected฀during฀normal฀projector฀operation.

Use฀caution฀when฀picking฀up฀the฀projector.

Remote฀Sensor฀(located฀on฀the฀

front and the rear)

(

→ page 9)

Ventilation฀(inlet)

Horizontal฀Adjustment฀Knob

Filter Cover (→ page 180, 188)

Ventilation฀(outlet)

Heated air is exhausted from here.

Lamp Cover (1)

(

→ page 186, 187)

Lamp Cover (2)

(

→ page 186, 187)

Stacking฀Column

Security฀Locking฀Pin

Adjustable฀Tilt฀Foot

(→ page 22)

Handle

1. Introduction

Control Panel/Indicator Section

1. (POWER) Button (→฀page฀17,฀31)

2. POWER Indicator (→฀page฀

17,฀31,฀228)

3.฀STATUS฀Indicator฀(→฀page฀

228)

4. LAMP 1 and LAMP 2 Indicators (→฀page฀

185,฀228)

5.฀TEMP.฀Indicator฀(→฀page฀

229)

6.฀SHUTTER฀Indicator฀(→฀page฀

229)

7. SOURCE Button (→฀page฀

20)

8. AUTO ADJ. Button (→฀page฀

30)

9.฀3D฀REFORM฀Button฀(→฀page฀

40)

10.฀ORIENTATION/CALIBRATION฀Button฀(→฀page฀

17,฀19)

11.฀SHUTTER/HOME฀POSITION฀Button฀(→฀page฀

24,฀34)

NOTE: The “home position” for lens shift position is not the center position of the adjustable lens shift range. The home position

should be used for lens installation.

12. MENU Button (→฀page฀100)

13.฀ Buttons (→

฀page฀

100)

14. ENTER Button (→฀page฀

100)

15.฀EXIT฀Button฀(→฀page฀

100)

16.฀LENS฀SHIFT฀ Buttons (→฀page฀

24)

17.฀FOCUS฀+/−฀Buttons฀(→฀page฀

26)

18.฀ZOOM฀+/−฀Buttons฀(→฀page฀

27)

19. Light button

฀Illuminates฀the฀control฀panel฀and฀the฀terminal฀panel.

219 34 56

12 131514 16

7 8 9 1011

17 18

1. Introduction

Terminal Panel Features

1.฀COMPUTER฀1฀IN/฀Component฀Input฀Connector฀(Mini฀D-Sub฀15฀Pin)฀(→ page 13,฀166,฀171)

2.฀COMPUTER฀2฀IN฀/฀Component฀Input฀Connector฀(Mini฀D-Sub฀15฀Pin)฀(→ page

166,฀171)

3.฀COMPUTER฀3฀IN/Component฀(R/Cr,฀G/Y,฀B/Cb,฀H,฀V)฀Connectors฀(BNC฀×฀5)฀(→ page

166,฀171)

4.฀HDMI฀IN฀Connector฀(Type฀A)฀(→ page

167,฀168,฀172)

5.฀DisplayPort฀IN฀Connector฀(DisplayPort฀20P)(→ page

167)

6.฀MONITOR฀OUT฀(COMP฀1)฀Connector฀(Mini฀D-Sub฀15฀Pin)฀(→ page

169)

7.฀VIDEO฀IN฀Connector฀(BNC)฀(→ page

170)

8.฀S-VIDEO฀IN฀Connector฀(Mini฀DIN฀4฀Pin)฀(→ page

170)

9.฀LAN฀Port฀(RJ-45)฀(→ page

173)

10.฀USB฀Port฀(Type฀A)฀(→ page

78)

11.฀PC฀CONTROL฀Port฀(D-Sub฀9฀Pin)฀(→ page

233)

฀Use฀this฀port฀to฀connect฀a฀PC฀or฀control฀system.฀This฀enables฀you฀to฀control฀the฀projector฀using฀serial฀communica-

tion฀protocol.฀If฀you฀are฀writing฀your฀own฀program,฀typical฀PC฀control฀codes฀are฀on฀page฀

233.

12. REMOTE Connector (Stereo Mini)

฀Use฀this฀connector฀for฀wired฀remote฀control฀of฀the฀projector฀using฀the฀NEC฀optional฀remote฀control.฀

฀Connect฀the฀projector฀and฀optional฀remote฀control฀using฀a฀commercially฀available฀wired฀remote฀control฀cable.

NOTE:

•฀Connecting฀the฀remote฀cable฀to฀the฀REMOTE฀mini฀jack฀on฀the฀terminal฀panel฀will฀make฀the฀wireless฀operation฀unavailable.

13.฀USB฀(LAN)฀Port฀ (for optional Wireless LAN Unit) (→ page 174)

14. Optional Slot (SLOT) (→ page

219)

9 4 538102 1 7

1311 12 14 6

1. Introduction

 Part Names of the Remote Control

1. Infrared Transmitter

฀(→฀page฀9)

2. POWER ON Button

฀(→฀page฀

17)

3.฀POWER฀OFF฀Button

฀(→฀page฀

31)

4,฀5,฀6.฀COMPUTER฀1/2/3฀Button

฀(→฀page฀

20)฀

7. AUTO ADJ. Button

฀(→฀page฀30)

8.฀VIDEO฀Button

฀(→฀page฀

20)

9.฀S-VIDEO฀Button

฀(→฀page฀

20)

10.฀HDMI฀Button฀(→฀page฀20)

11.฀DisplayPort฀Button฀(→฀page฀

20)

12.฀VIEWER฀Button฀(→฀page฀

20,฀74)

13.฀NETWORK฀Button฀(→฀page฀

20)

14. SOURCE Button (→฀page฀

20)

15.฀PIP฀Button฀(→฀page฀

20,฀43)

16.฀ID฀SET฀Button฀(→฀page฀

128)

17.฀Numeric฀Keypad฀Button/CLEAR฀Button

฀(→฀page฀128)

18. MENU Button (→฀page฀

100)

19.฀EXIT฀Button฀(→฀page฀100)

20.฀ Button (→

฀page฀

100)

21. ENTER Button (→฀page฀

100)

22.฀L-CLICK฀Button*฀(→฀page฀

39)

23.฀R-CLICK฀Button*฀(→฀page฀39)

24.฀VOLUME฀(+)(−)฀Button฀(Not฀available)

25.฀D-ZOOM฀(+)(−)฀Button฀(→฀page฀35)

26.฀PAGE฀/฀Button*฀(→฀page฀39)

27. PICTURE Button (→฀page฀109,฀111)

28. ECO Button (→฀page฀36)

29. ASPECT Button (→฀page฀

114)

30.฀AV-MUTE฀Button฀(→฀page฀34)

31.฀3D฀REFORM฀Button฀(→฀page฀40)

32.฀FREEZE฀Button฀(→฀page฀34)

33.฀SHUTTER฀Button฀(→฀page฀34)

34.฀LENS฀SHIFT฀Button฀(→฀page฀

24)

35.฀FOCUS/ZOOM฀Button฀(→฀page฀26,฀27)

36.฀HELP฀Button฀(→฀page฀134)

*฀The฀PAGE฀/,฀,฀L-CLICK฀and฀R-CLICK฀buttons฀work฀only฀when฀a฀USB฀cable฀is฀connected฀with฀your฀com-

puter.

1. Introduction

Battery Installation

Remote Control Precautions

•฀Handle฀the฀remote฀control฀carefully.

•฀If฀the฀remote฀control฀gets฀wet,฀wipe฀it฀dry฀immediately.

•฀Avoid฀excessive฀heat฀and฀humidity.

•฀Do฀not฀short,฀heat,฀or฀take฀apart฀batteries.

•฀Do฀not฀throw฀batteries฀into฀re.

•฀If฀you฀will฀not฀be฀using฀the฀remote฀control฀for฀a฀long฀time,฀remove฀the฀batteries.

•฀Ensure฀that฀you฀have฀the฀batteries’฀polarity฀(+/−)฀aligned฀correctly.

•฀Do฀not฀use฀new฀and฀old฀batteries฀together,฀or฀use฀different฀types฀of฀batteries฀together.

•฀฀Dispose฀of฀used฀batteries฀according฀to฀your฀local฀regulations.

7 m/22 feet 7 m/22 feet

30°

7 m/22 feet7 m/22 feet

Remote control

Remote฀sensor฀on฀projector฀cabinet

Operating Range for Wireless Remote Control

•฀The฀infrared฀signal฀operates฀by฀line-of-sight฀up฀to฀a฀distance฀of฀about฀22฀feet/7฀m฀and฀within฀a฀60-degree฀angle฀of฀

the฀remote฀sensor฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet.

•฀The฀projector฀will฀not฀respond฀if฀there฀are฀objects฀between฀the฀remote฀control฀and฀the฀sensor,฀or฀if฀strong฀light฀falls฀

on฀the฀sensor.฀Weak฀batteries฀will฀also฀prevent฀the฀remote฀control฀from฀properly฀operating฀the฀projector.

Press฀the฀catch฀and฀remove฀

the฀battery฀cover.

Install฀new฀ones฀(AA).฀Ensure฀

that฀you฀have฀the฀batteries’฀polar-

ity฀(+/−)฀aligned฀correctly.

Slip฀the฀cover฀back฀over฀the฀batteries฀until฀it฀

snaps฀into฀place.

NOTE: Do not mix different types of batteries or

new and old batteries.

1. Introduction

 Operating Environment for Downloadable Software

The฀following฀software฀programs฀can฀be฀downloaded฀from฀our฀website.

Name฀of฀software฀programFeatures

Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0•฀This฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀send฀the฀screens฀of฀your฀personal฀comput-

ers฀to฀the฀projector฀via฀wired/wireless฀LAN฀(Meeting฀mode).

฀Projected฀images฀can฀be฀transferred฀and฀saved฀to฀personal฀computers.

฀When฀“Meeting฀Mode”฀is฀used,฀projected฀images฀can฀be฀sent฀and฀saved฀to฀

the฀personal฀computers.฀Images฀can฀be฀sent฀from฀a฀personal฀computer฀to฀

not฀only฀one฀projector฀but฀also฀to฀two฀or฀more฀projectors฀at฀the฀same฀time.฀

(→฀page฀

194)

PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4This฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀operate฀the฀projector฀from฀the฀computer฀when฀

the฀computer฀and฀the฀projector฀are฀connected฀with฀LAN฀(wired฀or฀wireless)฀or฀

a฀serial฀cable.฀(→฀page฀

205)

Image฀Express฀Utility฀for฀Mac•฀This฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀send฀the฀Mac’s฀screen฀image฀to฀the฀projec-

tor฀over฀a฀network฀(wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN).฀For฀Mac’s฀operating฀environment,฀

see฀page฀

206.

Virtual฀Remote฀ToolWhen฀the฀computer฀and฀projector฀are฀connected฀using฀a฀network฀(wired/wireless฀

LAN),฀such฀operations฀as฀turning฀the฀projector’s฀power฀on฀and฀off฀and฀switching฀

the฀signal฀can฀be฀performed.฀It฀is฀also฀possible฀to฀send฀an฀image฀to฀the฀projector฀

and฀register฀it฀as฀the฀background฀logo.฀Once฀the฀image฀is฀registered,฀it฀can฀be฀

locked฀to฀prevent฀the฀logo฀from฀being฀overwritten.฀(→฀page฀

210)

Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0This฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀convert฀les฀created฀with฀PowerPoint฀into฀

JPEG฀les฀that฀can฀be฀displayed฀with฀the฀viewer฀function฀of฀the฀projector฀when฀

a฀USB฀memory฀device฀is฀inserted฀into฀the฀projector.฀(→฀page฀

213)

*฀A฀separately฀sold฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀is฀required฀to฀use฀a฀wireless฀LAN.

NOTE:

•฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀for฀Mac฀does฀not฀support฀“Meeting฀Mode”฀which฀is฀provided฀in฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0.

Download service

For฀downloading฀or฀updating฀these฀software฀programs,฀visit฀our฀website:

URL:฀

http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/index.html

1. Introduction

Operating Environment

The฀following฀is฀the฀operating฀environment฀for฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0.฀For฀the฀operating฀environment฀of฀other฀soft-

ware฀program,฀refer฀to฀the฀help฀function฀of฀each฀software฀program.

Supported฀OSWindows฀7฀Home฀Basic

Windows฀7฀Home฀Premium

Windows฀7฀Professional

Windows฀7฀Ultimate

Windows฀7฀Enterprise

Windows฀Vista฀Home฀Basic

Windows฀Vista฀Home฀Premium

Windows฀Vista฀Business

Windows฀Vista฀Ultimate

Windows฀Vista฀Enterprise

Windows฀XP฀Home฀Edition฀Service฀Pack฀2฀or฀later

Windows฀XP฀Professional฀Service฀Pack฀2฀or฀later

Windows฀XP฀Tablet฀PC฀Edition฀2005฀or฀later฀(Windows฀XP฀Tablet฀PC฀Edition฀Service฀

Pack฀2฀or฀later)

•฀Only฀32-bit฀version

*฀“Easy฀Connection”฀supports฀the฀Administrative฀privileges฀of฀Windows฀XP฀and฀Windows฀7/

Windows฀Vista฀only

•฀Windows฀power-saving฀function฀is฀not฀supported.

Processor•฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista

Pentium฀4/Pentium฀M฀800฀MHz฀equivalent฀or฀higher฀required

Dual฀core฀1฀GHz฀or฀higher฀recommended

•฀Windows฀XP

Pentium฀III฀800฀MHz฀or฀higher฀required

Pentium฀4฀1.6฀GHz฀or฀higher฀recommended

Memory•฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista

512฀MB฀or฀more฀required

1฀GB฀or฀more฀recommended

•฀Windows฀XP

128฀MB฀or฀more฀required

192฀MB฀or฀more฀recommended

*฀More฀memory฀may฀be฀required฀to฀run฀additional฀applications฀simultaneously.

Graphic฀processor฀•฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista

The฀“Graphics”฀score฀3.0฀or฀more฀of฀“Windows฀Experience฀Index”฀recommended.

Network฀environmentTCP/IP-compatible฀wired฀LAN฀or฀wireless฀LAN

(*฀Use฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀complying฀with฀the฀Wi-Fi฀standard.)

Resolution•฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista฀

SVGA฀(800฀×฀600)฀or฀higher฀required

XGA฀(1024฀×฀768)฀recommended฀

•฀Windows฀XP฀

VGA฀(640฀×฀480)฀or฀higher฀required

XGA฀(1024฀×฀768)฀recommended

Screen฀ColorsHigh฀Color฀(15฀bits,฀16฀bits)

True฀Color฀(24฀bits,฀32฀bits)฀(recommended)

•฀256฀or฀fewer฀colors฀are฀not฀supported.

This฀section฀describes฀how฀to฀turn฀on฀the฀projector฀and฀to฀project฀a฀picture฀onto฀the฀screen.

1 Flow of Projecting an Image

Step 1

•฀Connecting฀your฀computer฀/฀Connecting฀the฀supplied฀power฀cord฀(→฀page฀13)

Step 2

•฀Turning฀on฀the฀projector฀(→฀page฀16)

Step 3

•฀Selecting฀a฀source฀(→฀page฀20)

Step 4

•฀Adjusting฀the฀picture฀size฀and฀position฀(→฀page฀21)

•฀Correcting฀keystone฀distortion฀[KEYSTONE]฀(→฀page฀28)

Step 5

•฀Adjusting฀a฀picture

- Optimizing a computer signal automatically (→ page 30)

Step 6

•฀Making฀a฀presentation

Step 7

•฀Turning฀off฀the฀projector฀(→฀page฀31)

Step 8

•฀Carrying฀the฀projector฀(→฀page฀33)

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

 Connecting Your Computer/Connecting the Supplied Power

Cord

NOTE:

•฀Install฀a฀lens฀before฀performing฀the฀following฀steps.฀(→ page 163)

1.฀Connect฀your฀computer฀to฀the฀projector.

฀This฀section฀will฀show฀you฀a฀basic฀connection฀to฀a฀computer.฀For฀information฀about฀other฀connections,฀see฀“(2)฀

Making฀Connections”฀on฀page฀

166.

฀Connect฀the฀computer฀cable฀(VGA)฀between฀the฀projector’s฀COMPUTER฀1฀IN฀connector฀and฀the฀computer’s฀port฀

(mini฀D-Sub฀15฀Pin).฀Turn฀two฀thumb฀screws฀of฀both฀connectors฀to฀x฀the฀computer฀cable฀(VGA).

2.฀Connect฀the฀supplied฀power฀cord฀to฀the฀projector.

WARNING:฀TO฀PREVENT฀FIRE฀OR฀SHOCK,฀DO฀NOT฀EXPOSE฀THIS฀UNIT฀TO฀RAIN฀OR฀MOISTURE.

DO฀NOT฀USE฀THIS฀UNIT’S฀PLUG฀WITH฀AN฀EXTENSION฀CORD฀OR฀IN฀AN฀OUTLET฀UNLESS฀ALL฀THE฀PRONGS฀

CAN฀BE฀FULLY฀INSERTED.

•฀Use฀the฀VOLTAGE฀SELECT฀switch฀according฀to฀the฀voltage฀being฀used.฀Select฀“100V”฀for฀100฀to฀130V฀and฀“200V”฀

for฀200฀to฀240V.฀

฀Important฀Information:

•฀When฀plugging฀in฀or฀unplugging฀the฀supplied฀power฀cord,฀make฀sure฀that฀the฀main฀power฀switch฀is฀pushed฀to฀

the off [O] position. Failure to do so may cause damage to the projector.

•฀Do฀not฀use฀a฀three-phase฀power฀supply.฀Doing฀so฀may฀cause฀malfunction.

฀First฀connect฀the฀supplied฀power฀cord’s฀three-pin฀plug฀to฀the฀AC฀IN฀of฀the฀projector,฀and฀then฀connect฀the฀other฀

plug of the supplied power cord in the wall outlet.

COMPUTER 1 IN

Make฀sure฀that฀the฀prongs฀are฀fully฀inserted฀into฀

both฀the฀AC฀IN฀and฀the฀wall฀outlet.

Main power switch

To wall outlet

Using the Supplied Power Cords

Select฀the฀power฀cord฀suitable฀for฀your฀country฀or฀region.

For฀Europe/Asia/South฀AmericaFor฀North฀America

(120฀V)(200฀V)

(→฀page฀

225)

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Using the Power Cord Stopper

To฀prevent฀the฀power฀cord฀from฀accidently฀removing฀from฀the฀AC฀IN฀of฀the฀projector,฀attach฀the฀power฀cord฀stopper฀

to฀clamp฀the฀power฀cord.

NOTE:

•฀Do฀not฀clamp฀the฀power฀cord฀with฀other฀cables.฀Doing฀so฀can฀generate฀noise,฀which฀can฀affect฀adversely฀the฀signal฀cable.

CAUTION

•฀Do฀not฀bundle฀the฀power฀cord.฀Doing฀this฀could฀cause฀heat฀or฀a฀re.

•฀Do฀not฀clamp฀two฀power฀cords฀that฀would฀be฀used฀when฀stacking฀two฀projectors.฀Doing฀this฀could฀cause฀a฀

re.

NOTE:฀Be฀careful฀not฀to฀insert฀the฀band฀inversely.฀Once฀the฀band฀is฀attached,฀it฀cannot฀be฀removed฀from฀the฀slot.

Attaching the power cord stopper

1.฀Insert฀the฀end฀of฀band฀of฀the฀power฀cord฀stopper฀into฀the฀slot฀next฀to฀the฀AC฀IN฀on฀the฀terminal฀panel.

2.฀Use฀the฀power฀cord฀stopper฀to฀clamp฀the฀power฀cord.

฀Push฀the฀clamper฀to฀lock฀it.

Clamper

3.฀Slide฀the฀clamper฀to฀the฀hilt฀of฀the฀power฀cord.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Removing฀the฀power฀cord฀from฀the฀power฀cord฀stopper

1.฀Push฀the฀clamper฀of฀the฀power฀cord฀stopper฀to฀unclasp฀it.

2.฀Push฀the฀power฀cord฀clamper฀to฀open฀it฀wide฀enough฀to฀pull฀out฀the฀power฀cord.

Clamper

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

 Turning on the Projector

NOTE:

•฀The฀projector฀has฀two฀power฀switches:฀A฀main฀power฀switch฀and฀a฀POWER฀button฀(POWER฀ON฀and฀OFF฀on฀the฀remote฀control)

•฀Turning฀on฀the฀projector:

1.฀Press฀the฀main฀power฀switch฀to฀the฀ON฀position฀(I).

฀The฀projector฀will฀go฀into฀standby฀mode.

2.฀Press฀the฀POWER฀button฀.

฀The฀projector฀will฀become฀ready฀to฀use.

•฀Turning฀off฀the฀projector:

1.฀Press฀the฀POWER฀button.

฀The฀conrmation฀message฀will฀be฀displayed.

2.฀Press฀the฀POWER฀button฀again.

฀The฀projector฀will฀go฀into฀standby฀mode.

3.฀Press฀the฀main฀power฀switch฀to฀the฀OFF฀position฀(O).

฀The฀projector฀will฀be฀turned฀off.

Remove฀the฀lens฀cap.

1.฀Press฀the฀main฀power฀switch฀to฀the฀ON฀position฀(฀I฀).฀

฀The฀projector฀will฀go฀into฀standby฀mode.฀When฀in฀standby฀

mode,฀the฀POWER฀indicator฀will฀light฀orange฀and฀the฀STA

TUS฀indicator฀will฀light฀green฀when฀[NORMAL]฀is฀selected฀

for฀[STANDBY฀MODE].฀See฀the฀Power฀Indicator฀section.

(→ page 228)

฀When฀you฀are฀working฀in฀a฀dark฀room,฀it฀is฀convenient฀to฀

use the LED lights on the projector.

฀Press฀the฀LIGHT฀button฀to฀turn฀on฀the฀LED฀lights฀to฀illu-

minate the control panel and the terminal panel; press it

again to turn off the LED light.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

2.฀Press฀the฀฀(POWER)฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀

or฀the฀POWER฀ON฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.฀

฀The฀POWER฀indicator฀will฀turn฀to฀blue฀and฀the฀projector฀

will฀become฀ready฀to฀use.

TIP:฀

•฀When฀the฀message฀“PROJECTOR฀IS฀LOCKED!฀ENTER฀YOUR฀

PASSWORD.”฀is฀displayed,฀it฀means฀that฀the฀[SECURITY]฀

feature฀is฀turned฀on.฀(→

page 45)

•฀When฀the฀ECO฀message฀is฀displayed,฀it฀means฀that฀[ON]฀is฀

selected฀for฀[ECO฀MESSAGE].฀(→ page 122)

฀After฀you฀turn฀on฀your฀projector,฀ensure฀that฀the฀computer฀

or video source is turned on.

NOTE:฀When฀no฀signal฀is฀available,฀the฀NEC฀logo฀(default),฀blue,฀or฀

black screen will be displayed.

Performing Lens Calibration

After฀installation฀or฀replacement฀of฀the฀lens,฀be฀sure฀to฀perform฀

[CALIBRATION]฀by฀pressing฀and฀holding฀the฀ORIENTATION฀

button฀for฀at฀least฀two฀seconds.฀Calibration฀corrects฀the฀ad-

justable฀zoom฀and฀focus฀range.฀If฀calibration฀is฀not฀performed,฀

you฀may฀not฀be฀able฀to฀get฀the฀best฀focus฀and฀zoom฀even฀if฀

you฀adjust฀the฀focus฀and฀zoom฀for฀the฀lens.฀

•฀The฀following฀lenses฀need฀calibration:

฀NP26ZL,฀NP27ZL,฀NP28ZL,฀NP29ZL

StandbyBlinkingPower฀On

Steady orange

light

Blinking blue

light

Steady blue

light

(→฀page฀228)

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Note on Startup screen (Menu Language Select screen)

When฀you฀rst฀turn฀on฀the฀projector,฀you฀will฀get฀the฀Startup฀menu.฀This฀menu฀gives฀you฀the฀opportunity฀to฀select฀one฀

of฀the฀27฀menu฀languages.

To฀select฀a฀menu฀language,฀follow฀these฀steps:

1.฀Use฀the฀

, ,  or ฀button฀to฀select฀one฀of฀the฀27฀lan-

guages฀from฀the฀menu.

2.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀execute฀the฀selection.

After฀this฀has฀been฀done,฀you฀can฀proceed฀to฀the฀menu฀opera-

tion.

If฀you฀want,฀you฀can฀select฀the฀menu฀language฀later.

(→฀[LANGUAGE]฀on฀page฀

103฀and฀121)

NOTE:

•฀Turning฀the฀power฀back฀on฀directly฀after฀it฀is฀turned฀off฀(by฀direct฀power฀off)฀while฀an฀image฀is฀being฀projected฀can฀result฀in฀

malfunction. Be sure to wait at least 1 second before turning the power back on.

•฀Keep฀the฀lens฀cap฀off฀the฀lens฀while฀the฀projector’s฀power฀is฀on.

If the lens cap is on, it could be warped due to high temperature.

•฀If฀one฀of฀the฀following฀things฀happens,฀the฀projector฀will฀not฀turn฀on.

- If the internal temperature of the projector is too high, the projector detects abnormal high temperature. In this condition the

projector฀will฀not฀turn฀on฀to฀protect฀the฀internal฀system.฀If฀this฀happens,฀wait฀for฀the฀projector’s฀internal฀components฀to฀cool฀

down.

-฀Starting฀under฀low฀temperature฀conditions

฀If฀the฀usage฀environment฀temperature฀is฀lower฀than฀the฀projector’s฀operating฀temperature,฀the฀TEMP.฀indicator฀will฀ash.฀Increase฀

the฀usage฀environment฀temperature฀to฀0°C฀or฀higher฀and฀turn฀on฀the฀projector฀again.

฀If฀you฀turn฀on฀the฀projector฀at฀around฀0°C,฀it฀may฀take฀5฀minutes฀to฀warm฀up฀the฀projector.

฀During฀warm-up,฀the฀TEMP.฀indicator฀will฀ash.฀When฀the฀warm-up฀is฀completed,฀the฀TEMP.฀indicator฀will฀light฀out.

-฀When฀the฀lamp฀reaches฀its฀end฀of฀usable฀life,฀the฀projector฀will฀not฀turn฀on.฀If฀this฀happens,฀replace฀the฀lamp.

-฀If฀the฀STATUS฀indicator฀lights฀orange฀with฀the฀power฀button฀pressed,฀it฀means฀that฀the฀[CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK]฀is฀turned฀on.฀

Cancel฀the฀lock฀by฀turning฀it฀off.฀(→ page 127)

-฀If฀the฀lamp฀fails฀to฀light,฀and฀if฀the฀LAMP฀1฀or฀LAMP฀2฀indicator฀ashes฀on฀and฀off฀in฀a฀cycle฀of฀six฀times,฀wait฀a฀full฀minute฀and฀

then turn on the power.

•฀While฀the฀POWER฀indicator฀is฀blinking฀blue฀in฀short฀cycles,฀the฀power฀cannot฀be฀turned฀off฀by฀using฀the฀power฀button.

•฀Immediately฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector,฀screen฀icker฀may฀occur.฀This฀is฀normal.฀Wait฀3฀to฀5฀minutes฀until฀the฀lamp฀lighting฀is฀

stabilized.

•฀When฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on,฀it฀may฀take฀some฀time฀before฀the฀lamp฀light฀becomes฀bright.

•฀If฀you฀turn฀on฀the฀projector฀immediately฀after฀the฀lamp฀is฀turned฀off฀or฀when฀the฀temperature฀is฀high,฀the฀fans฀run฀without฀display-

ing an image for some time and then the projector will display the image.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

If the projected image is inverted or upside down

1฀Press฀the฀ORIENTATION฀button.฀

฀The฀[ORIENTATION]฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

2฀Press฀again฀to฀select฀a฀correct฀orientation.

฀Each฀time฀the฀ORIENTATION฀button฀is฀pressed,฀the฀choice฀you฀highlight฀

will฀be฀changed.

DESKTOP฀FRONTDESKTOP฀REAR

CEILING฀FRONTCEILING฀REAR

3฀Stop฀pressing฀the฀ORIENTATION฀button.

฀The฀menu฀will฀be฀closed฀in฀about฀two฀seconds฀and฀the฀projected฀image฀

will฀be฀displayed฀in฀the฀orientation฀you฀select.

฀A฀conrmation฀message฀will฀be฀also฀displayed.

4฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀

฀The฀conrmation฀message฀will฀be฀closed.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

 Selecting a Source

Selecting the computer or video source

NOTE:฀Turn฀on฀the฀computer฀or฀video฀source฀equipment฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

Detecting฀the฀Signal฀Automatically

Press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀once.฀The฀projector฀will฀search฀for฀the฀available฀

input฀source฀and฀display฀it.฀The฀input฀source฀will฀change฀as฀follows:฀

COMPUTER1฀→฀COMPUTER2฀→฀COMPUTER3฀→฀HDMI฀→฀DisplayPort฀

→฀VIDEO฀→฀S-VIDEO฀→฀VIEWER฀→฀SLOT฀→฀COMPUTER1฀→ ...

•฀With฀the฀SOURCE฀screen฀displayed,฀you฀can฀press฀the฀SOURCE฀

button฀a฀few฀times฀to฀select฀the฀input฀source.

TIP:฀If฀no฀input฀signal฀is฀present,฀the฀input฀will฀be฀skipped.

Using the Remote Control

Press฀any฀one฀of฀the฀COMPUTER1,฀COMPUTER2,฀COMPUTER3,฀HDMI,฀

DisplayPort,฀VIDEO,฀S-VIDEO,฀VIEWER,฀or฀NETWORK฀buttons.

Selecting Default Source

You฀can฀set฀a฀source฀as฀the฀default฀source฀so฀that฀it฀will฀be฀displayed฀

each฀time฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on.

1.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button.

฀The฀menu฀will฀be฀displayed.

2.฀Press฀the฀฀button฀twice฀to฀select฀[SETUP]฀and฀press฀the฀฀but

ton฀or฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀select฀[BASIC].

Press฀the฀



฀button฀ve฀times฀to฀select฀[OPTIONS(2)].

4.฀Press฀the฀฀button฀ve฀times฀to฀select฀[DEFAULT฀SOURCE฀

SELECT]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀[DEFAULT฀SOURCE฀SELECT]฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

(→ page 132)

5.฀Select฀a฀source฀as฀the฀default฀source,฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀but-

ton.

6.฀Press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀a฀few฀times฀to฀close฀the฀menu.

7.฀Restart฀the฀projector.

฀The฀source฀you฀selected฀in฀step฀5฀will฀be฀projected.

NOTE:฀Even฀when฀[AUTO]฀is฀turned฀on,฀the฀[NETWORK]฀will฀not฀be฀automatically฀

selected.฀To฀set฀your฀network฀as฀the฀default฀source,฀select฀[NETWORK].

TIP:฀

•฀When฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀Standby฀mode,฀applying฀a฀computer฀signal฀from฀a฀

computer฀connected฀to฀the฀COMPUTER฀1/3฀IN฀input฀will฀power฀on฀the฀projector฀

and฀simultaneously฀project฀the฀computer’s฀image.

฀([AUTO฀POWER฀ON(COMP1/3)]฀→

page 132)

•฀On฀the฀Windows฀7฀keyboard,฀a฀combination฀of฀the฀Windows฀and฀P฀keys฀allows฀

you to set up external display easily and quickly.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

 Adjusting the Picture Size and Position

Use฀the฀horizontal฀adjustment฀knob฀and฀adjustable฀tilt฀feet฀to฀nely฀tilt฀the฀projector;฀use฀the฀LENS฀SHIFT,฀ZOOM,฀

and฀FOCUS฀buttons฀to฀adjust฀the฀picture฀size฀and฀position.

In฀this฀chapter฀drawings฀and฀cables฀are฀omitted฀for฀clarity.

Tilting฀the฀projector

[Horizontal฀adjustment฀knob/Tilt฀feet]

Adjusting฀the฀projected฀image’s฀vertical฀and฀horizontal฀

position

[Lens฀shift]

(→ page 22) (→ page 24)

Adjusting฀the฀focus

[Focus]

Finely฀adjusting฀the฀size฀of฀an฀image

[Zoom]

(→ page 26) (→ page 27)

Adjusting฀the฀keystone฀correction

[Keystone]

(→ page 28)

TIP:

•฀Built-in฀test฀patterns฀can฀be฀conveniently฀used฀for฀adjusting฀the฀picture฀size฀and฀position.฀(→ page 105)

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

CAUTION

•฀Perform฀the฀adjustment฀from฀behind฀or฀from฀the฀side฀of฀the฀projector.฀Adjusting฀from฀

the฀front฀could฀expose฀your฀eyes฀to฀strong฀light฀which฀could฀injure฀them.฀The฀rear฀

vents฀of฀the฀projector฀may฀become฀heated฀during฀normal฀projector฀operation.฀Use฀

caution฀when฀adjusting฀the฀tilt฀foot฀on฀the฀rear฀side.฀

•฀Keep฀hands฀away฀from฀the฀lens฀mounting฀portion฀while฀the฀lens฀shift฀is฀in฀operation.฀

Failure฀to฀do฀so฀could฀result฀in฀hands฀being฀pinched฀by฀the฀moving฀lens.

Tilting the projector

The฀projector฀must฀be฀placed฀square฀to฀the฀screen฀otherwise฀keystone฀distortion฀may฀appear฀on฀the฀screen.฀This฀sec-

tion฀provides฀explanation฀on฀how฀to฀place฀the฀projector฀perpendicular฀to฀the฀screen฀when฀viewed฀from฀the฀side.

1.฀Lower฀the฀front฀and฀back฀tilt฀feet.

2.฀Use฀the฀horizontal฀adjustment฀knob฀to฀nely฀tilt฀the฀projector฀so฀that฀the฀projector฀is฀set฀to฀be฀parallel฀with฀

the฀screen.

฀Make฀sure฀that฀the฀top฀edge฀of฀the฀image฀is฀parallel฀with฀the฀bottom฀edge฀of฀the฀image.

฀Adjustable฀range:฀4°

Screen

Parallel

Clockwise

Counter-

clockwise

Horizontal฀adjustment฀knob

3.฀Rotate฀the฀two฀front฀tilt฀feet฀to฀adjust฀the฀height฀to฀keep฀the฀projector฀level฀so฀that฀the฀top฀edge฀of฀the฀screen฀

is฀parallel฀with฀the฀top฀edge฀of฀the฀projected฀image.

฀Adjustable฀range:฀1.8°

Screen

Parallel

Lower

Raise

Front tilt foot

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

4.฀Rotate฀each฀of฀the฀tilt฀feet฀to฀adjust฀the฀height฀while฀keeping฀the฀projector฀level฀with฀the฀oor/ceiling฀and฀

perpendicular฀to฀the฀screen฀when฀viewed฀from฀the฀side.

To raise the front side of the projector, extend the left and right tilt feet.

To lower the front side of the projector, extend the rear foot.

฀Adjustable฀range:฀2°

Screen

90°

Lower

Raise

Front tilt foot

NOTE:

•฀Do฀not฀lengthen฀each฀of฀the฀tilt฀feet฀any฀more฀than฀13฀mm/0.51".฀The฀force฀of฀doing฀so฀may฀cause฀the฀tilt฀foot฀to฀come฀off,฀result-

ing in damage to the projector.

•฀Do฀not฀use฀the฀tilt฀feet฀for฀any฀purpose฀other฀than฀adjusting฀the฀projector’s฀projection฀angle.

Do not attempt to carry or mount the projector using the tilt feet. Doing so may result in damage to the projector or personal

injury.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Adjusting the vertical position of a projected image (Lens shift)

NOTE:

•฀The฀lens฀shift฀function฀is฀not฀available฀on฀the฀projector฀with฀NP25FL฀(xed฀focus)฀lens฀installed.฀

฀Return฀the฀lens฀shift฀position฀to฀the฀home฀position฀before฀installing฀the฀lens฀to฀the฀projector.

•฀Shifting฀the฀lens฀to฀the฀maximum฀in฀two฀directions฀combined฀will฀cause฀the฀edges฀of฀the฀image฀to฀become฀dark฀or฀will฀cause฀

some shadows.

Adjusting with buttons on the cabinet

1.฀Press฀one฀of฀the฀LENS฀SHIFT฀▼▲◀▶฀buttons.

2.฀Use฀the฀LENS฀SHIFT฀▼▲◀▶฀buttons฀to฀move฀the฀projected฀image.

Returning฀the฀lens฀shift฀position฀to฀the฀home฀position

Press฀and฀hold฀the฀SHUTTER/HOME฀POSITION฀button฀for฀2฀seconds฀to฀return฀the฀lens฀shift฀position฀to฀the฀home฀

position฀(nearly฀center฀position)

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Adjusting with the remote control

1.฀Press฀the฀LENS฀SHIFT฀button.

฀The฀Lens฀Shift฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.฀

2.฀Press฀the฀▼▲◀ or ▶฀button.

Use the ▼▲◀▶฀buttons฀to฀move฀the฀projected฀image.

TIP:฀

•฀The฀diagram฀below฀shows฀the฀lens฀shift฀adjustment฀range฀for฀the฀desktop฀front.฀To฀raise฀the฀projection฀position฀higher฀than฀this,฀

use฀the฀tilt฀feet.฀(→ page 22)

0.2H 0.2H

0.55V

0.4V

Height of projected image

Width฀of฀projected฀image

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Focus

Applicable฀lens:฀NP26ZL/NP27ZL/NP28ZL/NP29ZL

Use฀the฀FOCUS฀(+)฀or฀(−)฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀obtain฀the฀best฀focus.

TIP:฀To฀obtain฀the฀best฀focus,฀perform฀the฀following฀(for฀xed฀installation)

Preparation:฀Warm฀up฀the฀projector฀for฀one฀hour.

1.฀Use฀the฀FOCUS฀+/−฀buttons฀to฀make฀sure฀you฀obtain฀the฀best฀focus.฀If฀you฀do฀not,฀move฀the฀projector฀back฀and฀forth.

2.฀Select฀the฀[TEST฀PATTERN]฀from฀the฀menu฀and฀display฀the฀test฀pattern.฀(→ page 105)

3.฀Keep฀pressing฀the฀FOCUS฀−฀button฀until฀the฀grid฀of฀the฀text฀pattern฀is฀made฀invisible.

4.฀Keep฀pressing฀the฀FOCUS฀+฀button฀until฀you฀obtain฀the฀best฀focus.

If you adjust beyond the best focal point, go back to step 3 and repeat the procedures.

NOTE:

•฀Use฀the฀focus฀ring฀to฀obtain฀the฀best฀focus฀on฀the฀NP25FL฀lens.

Adjusting with buttons on the remote control

1.฀Press฀the฀FOCUS/ZOOM฀button฀to฀display฀the฀adjustment฀win

dow.

2.฀Use฀the฀◀ or ▶฀button฀to฀adjust฀the฀focus.

3.฀Press฀the฀FOCUS/ZOOM฀button฀again฀to฀close฀the฀adjustment฀

window.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Zoom

Use฀the฀ZOOM฀(+)฀or฀(−)฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀zoom฀in฀or฀out.

Adjusting with buttons on the remote control

1.฀Press฀the฀FOCUS/ZOOM฀button฀to฀display฀the฀adjustment฀win

dow.

2.฀Press฀the฀▼฀button฀to฀select฀[ZOOM].

3.฀Use฀the฀◀

or ▶฀button฀to฀zoom฀in฀or฀out.

4.฀Press฀the฀FOCUS/ZOOM฀button฀again฀to฀close฀the฀adjustment฀

window.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

 Correcting Keystone Distortion

When฀the฀projector฀is฀not฀exactly฀perpendicular฀to฀the฀screen,฀keystone฀distortion฀occurs.฀To฀overcome฀it,฀you฀can฀use฀

the฀“Keystone”฀function,฀a฀digital฀technology฀that฀can฀adjust฀for฀keystone-type฀distortion,฀resulting฀in฀a฀crisp,฀square฀

image.

The฀following฀procedure฀explains฀how฀to฀use฀the฀[KEYSTONE]฀screen฀from฀the฀menu฀to฀correct฀trapezoidal฀distor-

tions.

When฀the฀projector฀is฀placed฀diagonally฀to฀the฀screen,฀

When฀the฀projector฀is฀set฀up฀at฀an฀angle฀in฀relation฀to฀the฀screen,฀adjust฀the฀Horizontal฀option฀of฀the฀Keystone฀menu฀

so฀that฀the฀top฀and฀bottom฀of฀sides฀of฀the฀projected฀image฀are฀parallel.

1.฀Press฀the฀3D฀REFORM฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projec

tor฀cabinet.

฀The฀Keystone฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀screen.

2.฀Press฀the฀



฀button฀to฀select฀[VERTICAL]฀and฀then฀use฀the฀





so฀that฀the฀left฀and฀right฀sides฀of฀the฀projected฀image฀are฀parallel.

*฀Adjust฀the฀vertical฀keystone฀distortion.

3.฀Align฀the฀left฀(or฀right)฀side฀of฀the฀screen฀with฀the฀left฀(or฀right)฀side฀

of฀the฀projected฀image.

•฀Use฀the฀shorter฀side฀of฀the฀projected฀image฀as฀the฀base.

•฀In฀the฀right฀example,฀use฀the฀left฀side฀as฀the฀base.

4.฀Press฀the฀



฀button฀to฀select฀[HORIZONTAL]฀and฀then฀use฀the฀





฀so฀that฀the฀top฀and฀bottom฀sides฀of฀the฀projected฀image฀are฀par

allel.

•฀Adjust฀the฀horizontal฀keystone฀distortion.

Screen฀frame

Projected area

Align฀left฀side

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

NOTE:

•฀If฀the฀projection฀angle฀is฀the฀same฀as฀in฀the฀last฀use,฀the฀previous฀correction฀setting฀values฀are฀retained฀in฀the฀memory.

•฀When฀doing฀Step฀2,฀adjust฀the฀position฀of฀image฀so฀that฀the฀screen฀is฀smaller฀than฀the฀area฀of฀the฀projected฀area.

•฀To฀reset฀the฀3D฀Reform฀correction฀setting฀values,฀press฀and฀hold฀the฀3D฀REFORM฀button฀for฀a฀minimum฀of฀2฀seconds.

•฀Each฀time฀the฀3D฀REFORM฀button฀is฀pressed,฀the฀item฀will฀change฀as฀follows:฀KEYSTONE฀→฀CORNERSTONE฀→ None →฀KEY-

STONE฀→ ...

For฀information฀on฀[CORNERSTONE],฀see฀“Correcting฀Horizontal฀and฀Vertical฀Keystone฀Distortion฀(Cornerstone)”฀on฀page฀40.

•฀The฀Cornerstone฀adjustment฀will฀not฀be฀available฀during฀the฀Keystone฀adjustment.฀To฀perform฀the฀Cornerstone฀adjustment,฀press฀

and฀hold฀the฀3D฀REFORM฀button฀for฀a฀minimum฀of฀2฀seconds฀to฀reset฀the฀Keystone฀correction฀setting฀values.฀The฀Keystone฀

adjustment฀will฀not฀be฀available฀during฀the฀Cornerstone฀adjustment.฀To฀perform฀the฀Keystone฀adjustment,฀press฀and฀hold฀the฀3D฀

REFORM฀button฀for฀a฀minimum฀of฀2฀seconds฀to฀reset฀the฀Cornerstone฀correction฀setting฀values.

•฀The฀3D฀Reform฀feature฀can฀cause฀an฀image฀to฀be฀slightly฀blurred฀because฀the฀correction฀is฀made฀electronically.

5.฀Repeat฀steps฀2฀and฀4฀to฀correct฀keystone฀distortion.

6.฀After฀completing฀Keystone฀correction,฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button.

฀The฀Keystone฀screen฀will฀disappear.

•฀To฀perform฀Keystone฀correction฀again,฀press฀the฀3D฀REFORM฀button฀

to฀display฀the฀Keystone฀screen฀and฀repeat฀above฀steps฀1฀to฀6.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

 Optimizing Computer Signal Automatically

Adjusting the Image Using Auto Adjust

Optimizing฀a฀computer฀image฀automatically.฀(COMPUTER1/COMPUTER2/COMPUTER3)

Press฀the฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀button฀to฀optimize฀a฀computer฀image฀automatically.

This฀adjustment฀may฀be฀necessary฀when฀you฀connect฀your฀computer฀for฀the฀rst฀time.

[Poor picture]

[Normal picture]

NOTE:

Some฀signals฀may฀take฀time฀to฀display฀or฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀correctly.

•฀If฀the฀Auto฀Adjust฀operation฀cannot฀optimize฀the฀computer฀signal,฀try฀to฀adjust฀[HORIZONTAL],฀[VERTICAL],฀[CLOCK],฀and฀[PHASE]฀

manually.฀(→ page 112, 113)

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

 Turning off the Projector

To turn off the projector:

1.฀First,฀press฀the฀฀(POWER)฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀

cabinet฀or฀the฀POWER฀OFF฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀con-

trol.

฀The฀[POWER฀OFF฀/฀ARE฀YOU฀SURE฀?฀/฀CARBON฀SAV-

INGS-฀SESSION฀0.000[g-CO2]]฀message฀will฀appear.

2.฀Secondly,฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀or฀press฀the฀

(POWER)฀or฀the฀POWER฀OFF฀button฀again.

฀The฀lamp฀will฀turn฀off฀and฀the฀projector฀will฀go฀into฀standby฀

mode.฀When฀in฀standby฀mode,฀the฀POWER฀indicator฀will฀

light฀orange฀and฀the฀STATUS฀indicator฀will฀light฀green฀when฀

[NORMAL]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE].฀

3.฀Press฀the฀main฀power฀switch฀to฀the฀OFF฀position฀(O).฀

฀The฀POWER฀indicator฀will฀go฀off฀and฀the฀main฀power฀will฀

turn off.

Power฀On

Steady blue light

Standby

Steady orange light

Press twice

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

CAUTION:

Parts฀of฀the฀projector฀may฀become฀temporarily฀heated฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off฀with฀the฀POWER฀button฀or฀if฀the฀

AC฀power฀supply฀is฀disconnected฀during฀normal฀projector฀operation.

Use฀caution฀when฀picking฀up฀the฀projector.

NOTE:

•฀While฀the฀POWER฀indicator฀is฀blinking฀blue฀in฀short฀cycles,฀the฀power฀cannot฀be฀turned฀off.

•฀You฀cannot฀turn฀off฀the฀power฀for฀60฀seconds฀immediately฀after฀turning฀it฀on฀and฀displaying฀an฀image.

•฀Wait฀at฀least฀20฀minutes฀after฀the฀power฀is฀turned฀on฀(after฀starting฀to฀project)฀before฀turning฀the฀AC฀power฀off฀while฀an฀image฀is฀

being projected or while the cooling fan is running.

•฀Do฀not฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀from฀the฀projector฀or฀from฀the฀power฀outlet฀while฀an฀image฀is฀being฀projected.฀Doing฀so฀could฀

deteriorate฀the฀projector’s฀AC฀input฀connector฀or฀the฀power฀plug’s฀contact.฀To฀turn฀off฀the฀AC฀power฀while฀an฀image฀is฀being฀

projected,฀use฀the฀projector's฀main฀power฀switch,฀the฀power฀strip’s฀switch,฀the฀breaker,฀etc.

•฀Do฀not฀disconnect฀the฀AC฀power฀supply฀to฀the฀projector฀within฀10฀seconds฀of฀making฀adjustment฀or฀setting฀changes฀and฀closing฀

the menu. Doing so can cause loss of adjustments and settings.

•฀Do฀not฀turn฀off฀the฀main฀power฀using฀the฀Main฀Power฀Switch฀or฀by฀disconnecting฀the฀power฀to฀the฀projector฀while฀lens฀adjust-

ments฀are฀being฀performed.฀If฀power฀is฀removed฀while฀the฀lens฀is฀moving,฀you฀may฀not฀be฀able฀to฀achieve฀the฀best฀possible฀lens฀

adjustments after restarting the projector.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

 Carrying the Projector

Preparation:฀Make฀sure฀that฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off.

1.฀Unplug฀the฀power฀cord.

2.฀Disconnect฀any฀other฀cables.

•฀Remove฀the฀USB฀memory฀if฀it฀is฀inserted฀into฀the฀projector.

•฀Remove฀the฀lens฀before฀shipping฀the฀projector.

3. Mount฀the฀lens฀cap฀on฀the฀lens.

4. Before฀moving฀the฀projector,฀screw฀in฀the฀tilt฀feet฀if฀they฀have฀been฀lengthened.

NOTE:

•฀Do฀not฀apply฀strong฀shock฀or฀force฀to฀the฀projector฀while฀carrying฀the฀projector.

•฀Remove฀the฀lens฀before฀moving฀the฀projector.฀Attach฀the฀lens฀cap฀to฀the฀lens฀and฀the฀dust฀cap฀to฀the฀lens฀hood฀of฀the฀projector.

•฀Use฀the฀original฀carton฀when฀shipping฀the฀projector฀without฀the฀lens.฀Improper฀packaging฀may฀cause฀damage฀to฀the฀projector฀

during shipping.

3. Convenient Features

1 Blocking the lamp light (LENS

SHUTTER)

Press฀the฀SHUTTER/HOME฀POSITION฀button฀to฀block฀the฀lamps฀light฀

from฀hitting฀the฀screen.฀Press฀again฀to฀allow฀the฀screen฀to฀become฀il-

luminated฀again.

•฀Another฀way฀to฀shut฀the฀lamp฀light฀off฀is฀to฀press฀the฀SHUTTER฀button฀

on฀the฀remote฀control.

NOTE:

•฀Do฀not฀press฀and฀hold฀the฀SHUTTER/HOME฀POSITION฀button฀for฀2฀seconds฀or฀

longer.

Doing so will cause the lens shift position to return to the home position.

 Turning off the Image

Press฀the฀AV-MUTE฀button฀to฀turn฀off฀the฀image฀for฀a฀short฀period฀of฀time.฀

Press฀again฀to฀restore฀the฀image.

The฀projector’s฀power-saving฀function฀will฀work฀in฀some฀seconds฀after฀the฀

image฀is฀turned฀off.฀As฀a฀result,฀the฀lamp฀power฀will฀be฀reduced.

NOTE:

•฀To฀restore฀the฀image,฀even฀if฀you฀press฀the฀AV-MUTE฀button฀immediately฀after฀

the฀start฀of฀the฀power-saving฀function,฀the฀lamp฀brightness฀may฀not฀be฀restored฀

to฀its฀original฀level.

 Freezing a Picture

Press฀the฀FREEZE฀button฀to฀freeze฀a฀picture.฀Press฀again฀to฀resume฀

motion.

NOTE:฀The฀image฀is฀frozen฀but฀the฀original฀video฀is฀still฀playing฀back.

3. Convenient Features

 Enlarging a Picture

You฀can฀enlarge฀the฀picture฀up฀to฀four฀times.

NOTE:฀The฀maximum฀magnication฀may฀be฀less฀than฀four฀times฀depending฀on฀

the signal.

To฀do฀so:

1.฀Press฀the฀D-ZOOM฀(+)฀button฀to฀magnify฀the฀picture.

2. Press฀the฀฀button.

฀The฀area฀of฀the฀magnied฀image฀will฀be฀moved

3.฀Press฀the฀D-ZOOM฀(−)฀button.

฀Each฀time฀the฀D-ZOOM฀(−)฀button฀is฀pressed,฀the฀image฀is฀reduced.

NOTE:

•฀The฀image฀will฀be฀enlarged฀or฀reduced฀at฀the฀center฀of฀the฀screen.

•฀Displaying฀the฀menu฀will฀cancel฀the฀current฀magnication.

3. Convenient Features

 Changing Eco Mode/Checking Energy-Saving Effect Using

Eco Mode [ECO MODE]

This฀feature฀enables฀you฀to฀select฀two฀brightness฀modes฀of฀the฀lamp:

OFF฀and฀ON฀modes.฀The฀lamp฀life฀can฀be฀extended฀by฀turning฀on฀the฀[ECO฀MODE].

[ECO฀MODE]฀Description

[OFF]

This฀is฀the฀default฀setting฀(100%฀Brightness).

[ON]

Low฀lamp฀power฀consumption฀(approx.฀75%฀Brightness).

To฀turn฀on฀the฀[ECO฀MODE],฀do฀the฀following:฀

1.฀Press฀the฀ECO฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀to฀display฀[ECO฀MODE]฀screen.

2.฀Use฀the฀

or ฀button฀to฀select฀[ON].

3.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀

฀To฀change฀from฀[ON]฀to฀[OFF],฀Go฀back฀to฀Step฀2฀and฀select฀[OFF].฀Repeat฀Step฀3.

NOTE:

•฀The฀[ECO฀MODE]฀can฀be฀changed฀by฀using฀the฀menu.

฀Select฀[SETUP]฀→฀[BASIC]฀→฀[LAMP฀MODE]฀→฀[ECO฀MODE].

•฀The฀lamp฀life฀remaining฀and฀lamp฀hours฀used฀can฀be฀checked฀in฀[USAGE฀TIME].฀Select฀[INFO.]฀→[USAGE฀TIME].

•฀[ECO฀MODE]฀is฀always฀set฀to฀[OFF]฀immediately฀after฀the฀lamp฀is฀turned฀on.฀The฀lamp฀condition฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀

[ECO฀MODE]฀is฀changed.

•฀After฀a฀lapse฀of฀1฀minute฀from฀when฀the฀projector฀displays฀a฀blue,฀black฀or฀logo฀screen,฀[ECO฀MODE]฀will฀automatically฀switch฀to฀

[ON].฀

•฀If฀the฀projector฀is฀overheated฀in฀[OFF]฀mode,฀there฀may฀be฀a฀case฀where฀the฀[ECO฀MODE]฀automatically฀changes฀to฀[ON]฀mode฀

to฀protect฀the฀projector.฀This฀is฀called฀“Forced฀ECO฀Mode”.฀When฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀the฀Forced฀Eco฀Mode,฀the฀picture฀brightness฀

decreases฀slightly฀and฀the฀TEMP.฀indicator฀lights฀orange.฀At฀the฀same฀time฀the฀Thermometer฀symbol฀[฀฀]฀is฀displayed฀at฀the฀bot-

tom right of the screen.

฀When฀the฀projector฀comes฀back฀to฀normal฀temperature,฀the฀Forced฀Eco฀Mode฀is฀cancelled฀and฀the฀[ECO฀MODE]฀returns฀to฀[OFF]฀

mode.

3. Convenient Features

Checking Energy-Saving Effect [CARBON METER]

This฀feature฀will฀show฀energy-saving฀effect฀in฀terms฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction฀(kg)฀when฀the฀projector’s฀[ECO฀MODE]฀

is฀set฀to฀[ON].฀This฀feature฀is฀called฀as฀[CARBON฀METER].

There฀are฀two฀messages:฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS]฀and฀[CARBON฀SAVINGS-SESSION].฀The฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀

SAVINGS]฀message฀shows฀the฀total฀amount฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction฀from฀the฀time฀of฀shipment฀up฀to฀now.฀You฀can฀

check฀the฀information฀on฀[USAGE฀TIME]฀from฀[INFO.]฀of฀the฀menu.฀(→฀page฀

134)

The฀[CARBON฀SAVINGS-SESSION]฀message฀shows฀the฀amount฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction฀between฀the฀time฀of฀

changing฀to฀ECO฀MODE฀immediately฀after฀the฀time฀of฀power-on฀and฀the฀time฀of฀power-off.฀The฀[CARBON฀SAVINGS-

SESSION]฀message฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀the฀[POWER฀OFF/฀ARE฀YOU฀SURE฀?]฀message฀at฀the฀time฀of฀power-off.

TIP:

•฀The฀formula฀as฀shown฀below฀is฀used฀to฀calculate฀the฀amount฀of฀CO

emission reduction.

฀Amount฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction฀=฀(Power฀consumption฀in฀[OFF]฀for฀ECO฀MODE฀−฀Power฀consumption฀in฀[ON]฀for฀ECO฀MODE)฀

×฀CO

฀conversion฀factor.*฀When฀the฀image฀is฀turned฀off,฀the฀amount฀of฀CO

emission reduction will also increase.

฀*฀฀Calculation฀for฀amount฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction฀is฀based฀on฀an฀OECD฀publication฀“CO

฀Emissions฀from฀Fuel฀Combustion,฀2008฀

Edition”.

•฀The฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS]฀is฀calculated฀based฀on฀savings฀recorded฀in฀15฀minutes฀intervals.

•฀This฀formula฀will฀not฀apply฀to฀the฀power฀consumption฀which฀is฀not฀affected฀by฀whether฀[ECO฀MODE]฀is฀turned฀on฀or฀off.

3. Convenient Features

 Using the Optional Remote Mouse Receiver (NP01MR)

The฀optional฀remote฀mouse฀receiver฀enables฀you฀to฀operate฀your฀computer’s฀mouse฀functions฀from฀the฀remote฀control.฀

It฀is฀a฀great฀convenience฀for฀clicking฀through฀your฀computer-generated฀presentations.

Connecting฀the฀remote฀mouse฀receiver฀to฀your฀computer

If฀you฀wish฀to฀use฀the฀remote฀mouse฀function,฀connect฀the฀mouse฀receiver฀and฀computer.

The฀mouse฀receiver฀can฀be฀connected฀directly฀to฀the฀computer’s฀USB฀port฀(type฀A).

NOTE:฀Depending฀on฀the฀type฀of฀connection฀or฀OS฀installed฀on฀your฀computer,฀you฀may฀have฀to฀restart฀your฀computer฀or฀change฀

your computer settings.

Remote mouse receiver

Computer

To฀USB฀port฀of฀PC฀or฀Macintosh

When operating a computer via the remote mouse receiver

Remote sensor on the remote mouse receiver

7 m/22 feet

When connecting using the USB terminal

For฀PC,฀the฀mouse฀receiver฀can฀only฀be฀used฀with฀a฀Windows฀XP*,฀Windows฀Vista,฀Windows฀7,฀or฀Mac฀OS฀X฀10.0.0฀

or฀later฀operating฀system.

*฀NOTE:฀In฀SP1฀or฀older฀version฀of฀Windows฀XP,฀if฀the฀mouse฀cursor฀will฀not฀move฀correctly,฀do฀the฀following:

Clear฀the฀Enhance฀pointer฀precision฀check฀box฀underneath฀the฀mouse฀speed฀slider฀in฀the฀Mouse฀Properties฀dialog฀box฀[Pointer฀

Options฀tab].

NOTE:฀The฀PAGE฀

and ฀buttons฀do฀not฀work฀with฀PowerPoint฀for฀Macintosh.

NOTE:฀Wait฀at฀least฀5฀seconds฀after฀disconnecting฀the฀mouse฀receiver฀before฀reconnecting฀it฀and฀vice฀versa.฀The฀computer฀may฀not฀

identify฀the฀mouse฀receiver฀if฀it฀is฀repeatedly฀connected฀and฀disconnected฀in฀rapid฀intervals.

3. Convenient Features

Operating฀your฀computer’s฀mouse฀from฀the฀remote฀control

You฀can฀operate฀your฀computer’s฀mouse฀from฀the฀remote฀control.

PAGE / Button . scrolls the viewing area of the window or to move to the previous or next slide in PowerPoint on your

computer.

 Buttons .... moves the mouse cursor on your computer.

L-CLICK Button ...... works as the mouse left button.

R-CLICK Button ..... works as the mouse right button.

NOTE:

•฀When฀you฀operate฀the฀computer฀using฀the฀ or  button with the menu displayed, both the menu and the mouse pointer

will฀be฀affected.฀Close฀the฀menu฀and฀perform฀the฀mouse฀operation.

•฀The฀PAGE฀ and ฀buttons฀do฀not฀work฀with฀PowerPoint฀for฀Macintosh.

About Drag Mode:

By฀pressing฀the฀L-CLICK฀or฀R-CLICK฀button฀for฀2฀or฀3฀seconds฀then฀releasing,฀the฀drag฀mode฀is฀set฀and฀the฀drag฀

operation฀can฀be฀performed฀simply฀by฀pressing฀the฀฀button.฀To฀drop฀the฀item,฀press฀the฀L-CLICK฀(or฀R-CLICK)฀

button.฀To฀cancel฀it,฀press฀the฀R-CLICK฀(or฀L-CLICK)฀button.

TIP:฀You฀can฀change฀the฀Pointer฀speed฀on฀the฀Mouse฀Properties฀dialog฀box฀on฀the฀Windows.฀For฀more฀information,฀see฀the฀user฀

documentation or online help supplied with your computer.

3. Convenient Features

 Correcting Horizontal and Vertical Keystone Distortion

[CORNERSTONE]

Use฀the฀3D฀Reform฀feature฀to฀correct฀keystone฀(trapezoidal)฀distortion฀to฀make฀the฀top฀or฀bottom฀and฀the฀left฀or฀right฀

side฀of฀the฀screen฀longer฀or฀shorter฀so฀that฀the฀projected฀image฀is฀rectangular.

Cornerstone

1.฀Press฀and฀hold฀the฀3D฀REFORM฀button฀for฀a฀minimum฀of฀2฀seconds฀to฀reset฀current฀adjustments.

฀Current฀adjustments฀for฀[KEYSTONE]฀or฀[CORNERSTONE]฀will฀be฀cleared.

2.฀Project฀an฀image฀so฀that฀the฀screen฀is฀smaller฀than฀the฀area฀of฀the฀raster.

3.฀Pick฀up฀any฀one฀of฀the฀corners฀and฀align฀the฀corner฀of฀the฀image฀with฀a฀corner฀of฀the฀screen.

Projected image

The drawing shows the up-

per right corner.

4.฀Press฀the฀3D฀REFORM฀button฀twice.

The Cornerstone adjustment screen is displayed.

5.฀Use฀the฀฀button฀to฀select฀one฀icon฀()฀which฀points฀in฀the฀direction฀you฀wish฀to฀move฀the฀projected฀

image฀frame.

6.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

TIP:฀If฀you฀are฀adjusting฀[KEYSTONE],฀[CORNERSTONE]฀will฀not฀be฀

available.฀If฀this฀happens,฀press฀and฀hold฀the฀3D฀REFORM฀button฀for฀a฀

minimum฀of฀2฀seconds฀to฀reset฀the฀[KEYSTONE]฀adjustments.

The drawing shows the upper left

icon ( ) is selected.

3. Convenient Features

7.฀Use฀the฀฀button฀to฀move฀the฀projected฀image฀frame฀as฀shown฀on฀the฀example.

8.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

9.฀Use฀the฀฀button฀to฀select฀another฀icon฀which฀points฀in฀the฀direction.

฀On฀the฀Cornerstone฀adjustment฀screen,฀select฀[EXIT]฀or฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.

฀The฀conrmation฀screen฀is฀displayed.

.฀Press฀the฀ or ฀button฀to฀highlight฀the฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

This฀completes฀the฀Cornerstone฀correction.

Selecting฀[CANCEL]฀will฀return฀to฀the฀adjustment฀screen฀without฀saving฀changes฀(Step฀3).

Selecting฀[RESET]฀will฀return฀to฀the฀factory฀default.

Selecting฀[UNDO]฀will฀exit฀without฀saving฀changes.

NOTE:฀To฀reset฀the฀3D฀Reform฀correction฀setting฀values,฀press฀and฀hold฀the฀3D฀REFORM฀button฀for฀a฀minimum฀of฀2฀seconds.

3. Convenient Features

The฀adjustable฀ranges฀for฀3D฀Reform฀are฀as฀follows:

HORIZONTALVERTICAL

CORNERSTONE

Max.฀+/−฀35°฀approx.Max.฀+/−฀30°฀approx.

KEYSTONE

*฀The฀following฀are฀conditions฀under฀which฀the฀maximum฀angle฀is฀achieved:

•฀When฀the฀NP27ZL฀lens฀is฀used

•฀When฀the฀lens฀shift฀is฀set฀to฀the฀center

฀When฀the฀lens฀shift฀is฀used฀and฀yet฀the฀image฀is฀not฀displayed฀in฀the฀center฀of฀the฀screen,฀the฀adjustable฀range฀

will฀be฀increased฀or฀decreased.

•฀Image฀is฀projected฀in฀maximum฀wide฀with฀the฀zoom

NOTE:

•฀Even฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on,฀the฀last฀used฀correction฀values฀are฀applied.

•฀If฀the฀Cornerstone฀screen฀is฀unavailable฀(grayed),฀press฀and฀hold฀the฀3D฀REFORM฀button฀for฀a฀minimum฀of฀2฀seconds฀to฀reset฀

the฀current฀correction฀data.฀The฀Cornerstone฀function฀becomes฀available.

•฀The฀range฀of฀keystone฀correction฀is฀not฀the฀maximum฀tilt฀angle฀of฀projector.

NOTE:฀Using฀3D฀Reform฀correction฀can฀cause฀the฀image฀to฀be฀slightly฀blurred฀because฀the฀correction฀is฀made฀electronically.

3. Convenient Features

 Displaying Two Pictures at the Same Time

The฀projector฀has฀a฀feature฀that฀allows฀you฀to฀view฀two฀different฀signals฀simultaneously.฀You฀have฀two฀modes:฀PIP฀

mode฀and฀PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE฀mode.

From฀the฀menu฀you฀can฀select฀[SETUP]฀→฀[BASIC]฀→฀[PIP/PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE].฀

The฀[PIP/PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE]฀menu฀item฀has฀the฀following฀three฀options:฀MODE,฀POSITION,฀and฀SOURCE.

Use฀the฀ or ฀button฀to฀select฀[MODE],฀[POSITION]฀or฀[SOURCE]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

Selecting the PIP or PICTURE BY PICTURE Mode [MODE]

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀two฀modes:฀PIP฀and฀SIDE฀BY฀SIDE.

Use฀the฀ or ฀button฀to฀select฀[PIP]฀or฀[PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

PIP:฀This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀view฀a฀sub฀picture฀in฀the฀main฀picture.

Main picture

Sub picture

PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE:฀This฀allows฀you฀to฀view฀two฀pictures฀side฀by฀side.

Main picture Sub picture

NOTE:

•฀The฀main฀picture฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀left฀side฀and฀the฀sub฀picture฀on฀the฀right฀side.

•฀The฀main฀picture฀signal฀supports฀the฀COMPUTER฀1,฀COMPUTER฀2,฀and฀COMPUTER฀3฀connectors.

฀The฀sub฀picture฀signal฀supports฀the฀VIDEO฀IN฀and฀S-VIDEO฀IN฀connectors.

•฀The฀main฀picture฀supports฀an฀RGB฀signal฀with฀a฀resolution฀of฀1280฀×฀1024฀pixels฀or฀less.

3. Convenient Features

Viewing฀Two฀Pictures

1.฀Press฀the฀PIP฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.

฀The฀PIP/PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE฀SOURCE฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

2.฀Use฀the฀ or ฀button฀to฀select฀the฀source฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀PIP฀screen฀or฀PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed,฀depending฀on฀which฀was฀selected฀in฀the฀

[MODE] setting screen.

3.฀Press฀the฀PIP฀button฀again฀to฀return฀to฀the฀normal฀screen฀(single฀picture).

TIP:

•฀Selecting฀another฀source฀will฀return฀to฀the฀normal฀screen.

•฀Selecting฀a฀source฀not฀supported฀for฀the฀main฀picture฀or฀the฀sub฀picture฀will฀return฀to฀the฀normal฀screen.

[POSITION]

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀the฀position฀of฀a฀sub฀picture฀in฀the฀main฀picture.

NOTE:

•฀The฀default฀setting฀is฀[BOTTOM-RIGHT].

Use฀the฀ or ฀button฀to฀select฀the฀sub฀picture’s฀position฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The฀options฀are:฀TOP-LEFT,฀TOP-RIGHT,฀BOTTOM-LEFT,฀and฀BOTTOM-RIGHT.

The฀following฀adjustments฀and฀settings฀are฀available฀for฀the฀main฀picture฀only.

-฀Adjusting฀picture

-฀Magnifying฀a฀picture

The฀following฀operations฀are฀available฀for฀both฀the฀main฀and฀sub฀pictures.

-฀Picture฀mute

-฀Freezing฀a฀moving฀picture

3. Convenient Features



Preventing the Unauthorized Use of the Projector [SECURITY]

A฀keyword฀can฀be฀set฀for฀your฀projector฀using฀the฀Menu฀to฀avoid฀operation฀by฀an฀unauthorized฀user.฀When฀a฀keyword฀

is฀set,฀turning฀on฀the฀projector฀will฀display฀the฀Keyword฀input฀screen.฀Unless฀the฀correct฀keyword฀is฀entered,฀the฀pro-

jector฀cannot฀project฀an฀image.฀

•฀The฀[SECURITY]฀setting฀cannot฀be฀cancelled฀by฀using฀the฀[RESET]฀of฀the฀menu.

To฀enable฀the฀Security฀function:

1.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button.

฀The฀menu฀will฀be฀displayed.

2.฀Press฀the฀฀button฀twice฀to฀select฀[SETUP]฀and฀press฀the฀฀button฀or฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀select฀[BA

SIC].

3.฀Press฀the฀฀button฀to฀select฀[INSTALLATION(2)].

4.฀Press฀the฀฀button฀three฀times฀to฀select฀[SECURITY]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀OFF/ON฀menu฀will฀be฀displayed.

5.฀฀Press฀the฀฀button฀to฀select฀[ON]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀[SECURITY฀KEYWORD]฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

6.฀Type฀in฀a฀combination฀of฀the฀four฀฀buttons฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

NOTE:฀A฀keyword฀must฀be฀4฀to฀10฀digits฀in฀length.

฀The฀[CONFIRM฀KEYWORD]฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

NOTE:฀Make฀a฀note฀of฀your฀password฀and฀store฀it฀in฀a฀safe฀place.

3. Convenient Features

7.฀Type฀in฀the฀same฀combination฀of฀฀buttons฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀conrmation฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

8.฀Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀SECURITY฀function฀has฀been฀enabled.

To turn on the projector when [SECURITY] is enabled:

1.฀Press฀the฀POWER฀button.

฀The฀projector฀will฀be฀turned฀on฀and฀display฀a฀message฀to฀the฀effect฀that฀the฀projector฀is฀locked.

2.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button.

3.฀Type฀in฀the฀correct฀keyword฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀The฀projector฀will฀display฀an฀image.

NOTE: The security disable mode is maintained until the main power is turned off or unplugging the power cord.

3. Convenient Features

To disable the SECURITY function:

1.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button.

฀The฀menu฀will฀be฀displayed.

2.฀฀Select฀[SETUP]฀→฀[INSTALLATION(2)]฀→฀[SECURITY]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀OFF/ON฀menu฀will฀be฀displayed.

3.฀Select฀[OFF]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀SECURITY฀KEYWORD฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

4.฀Type฀in฀your฀keyword฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀When฀the฀correct฀keyword฀is฀entered,฀the฀SECURITY฀function฀will฀be฀disabled.

NOTE:฀If฀you฀forget฀your฀keyword,฀contact฀your฀dealer.฀Your฀dealer฀will฀provide฀you฀with฀your฀keyword฀in฀exchange฀for฀your฀request฀

code.฀Your฀request฀code฀is฀displayed฀in฀the฀Keyword฀Conrmation฀screen.฀In฀this฀example฀[NB52-YGK8-2VD6-K585-JNE6-EYA8]฀

is a request code.

3. Convenient Features

 Storing Changes for Lens Shift, Zoom, and Focus [LENS

MEMORY]

The฀adjusted฀values฀can฀be฀stored฀in฀projector฀memory฀when฀using฀the฀LENS฀SHIFT,฀ZOOM฀and฀FOCUS฀buttons฀of฀

the฀projector฀or฀the฀remote฀control.฀Adjusted฀values฀can฀be฀applied฀to฀the฀signal฀you฀selected.฀This฀will฀eliminate฀the฀

need฀to฀adjust฀lens฀shift,฀focus,฀and฀zoom฀at฀the฀time฀of฀source฀selection.฀There฀are฀two฀ways฀to฀save฀adjusted฀values฀

for฀lens฀shift,฀zoom,฀and฀focus.

Function฀nameDescriptionpage

REF.฀LENS฀MEMORYAdjusted฀values฀common฀to฀all฀the฀input฀signals.

If฀no฀adjusted฀values฀are฀stored฀in฀[LENS฀MEMORY],฀the฀values฀stored฀

in฀[REF.฀LENS฀MEMORY]฀will฀be฀applied฀for฀lens฀adjustment.

→฀page฀

126

LENS฀MEMORYAdjusted฀values฀for฀each฀input฀signal.

Use฀the฀adjusted฀values฀for฀the฀signal฀with฀a฀different฀aspect฀ratio฀or฀

resolution.฀The฀adjusted฀values฀can฀be฀applied฀at฀the฀time฀of฀source฀

selection.

→

฀page฀

117

NOTE:

•฀The฀NP25FL฀lens฀does฀not฀support฀the฀Lens฀Memory฀function.

•฀Be฀sure฀to฀perform฀[CALIBRATION]฀after฀replacement฀of฀the฀lens.

Usage Example

When฀you฀wish฀to฀display฀on฀a฀screen฀having฀a฀4:3฀aspect฀ratio฀an฀NTSC฀or฀other฀4:3฀aspect฀ratio฀signal฀and฀an฀

SXGA฀or฀other฀5:4฀aspect฀ratio฀signal:

Perform฀shift,฀focus,฀and฀zoom฀adjustments฀to฀set฀the฀vertical฀screen฀size฀of฀the฀vertically฀tall฀5:4฀aspect฀ratio฀signal฀

to฀standard.

Both฀4:3฀aspect฀ratio฀signals฀and฀5:4฀aspect฀ratio฀signals฀can฀now฀be฀displayed.

Note฀that฀with฀these฀shift,฀focus,฀and฀zoom฀adjustments,฀the฀4:3฀aspect฀ratio฀signal฀will฀become฀smaller฀on฀the฀

screen.

To฀eliminate฀this฀size฀reduction,฀adjust฀the฀shift,฀focus฀and฀zoom฀to฀the฀optimum฀condition฀for฀each฀of฀the฀4:3฀aspect฀

ratio฀signal฀and฀the฀5:4฀aspect฀ratio฀signal.

Memory฀(storage)฀of฀each฀of฀these฀values฀will฀permit฀projection฀at฀an฀optimum฀condition฀upon฀signal฀switching.

To store your adjusted values in [REF. LENS MEMORY]:

1.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button.

฀The฀menu฀will฀be฀displayed.฀

2.฀Press฀the฀▶฀button฀to฀select฀[SETUP]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

3.฀Press฀the฀▶฀button฀to฀select฀[INSTALLATION฀(1)].

3. Convenient Features

4.฀Press฀the฀▼฀button฀to฀select฀[REF.฀LENS฀MEMORY]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀[REF.฀LENS฀MEMORY]฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

5.฀Select฀[STORE]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀conrmation฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

6.฀Press฀the฀◀฀button฀to฀select฀and฀[YES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀adjusted฀values฀for฀lens฀shift,฀zoom,฀and฀focus฀have฀been฀stored฀in฀[REF.฀LENS฀MEMORY].

7.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button.

฀The฀menu฀will฀be฀closed.

TIP:

•฀To฀store฀adjusted฀values฀for฀each฀input฀source,฀use฀the฀Lens฀Memory฀function.

To call up your adjusted values from [REF. LENS MEMORY]:

1.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button.

3. Convenient Features

฀The฀menu฀will฀be฀displayed.฀

2.฀Press฀the฀▶฀button฀to฀select฀[SETUP]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

3.฀Press฀the฀▶฀button฀to฀select฀[INSTALLATION฀(1)].

4.฀Press฀the฀▼฀button฀to฀select฀[REF.฀LENS฀MEMORY]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀[REF.฀LENS฀MEMORY]฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

5.฀Select฀[MOVE]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀conrmation฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

6.฀Press฀the฀◀฀button฀to฀select฀and฀[YES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀adjusted฀values฀will฀be฀applied฀to฀the฀current฀signal.฀.

7.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button.

฀The฀menu฀will฀be฀closed.

3. Convenient Features

TIP:

To฀call฀up฀the฀adjusted฀values฀from฀[LENS฀MEMORY]:

1.฀From฀the฀menu,฀select฀[ADJUST]฀→฀[LENS฀MEMORY]฀→฀[MOVE]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀conrmation฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

2.฀Press฀the฀◀฀button฀to฀select฀and฀[YES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀adjusted฀values฀stored฀in฀[LENS฀MEMORY]฀will฀be฀applied฀to฀the฀current฀signal.฀

To฀automatically฀apply฀the฀adjusted฀values฀at฀the฀time฀of฀source฀selection:

1.฀From฀the฀menu,฀select฀[SETUP]฀→฀[REF.฀LENS฀MEMORY]฀→฀[LOAD฀BY฀SIGNAL]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀but-

ton.

2.฀Press฀the฀v฀button฀to฀select฀and฀[ON]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

This will move the lens automatically to the position at the time of source selection according to the adjusted val-

ues.

NOTE:฀The฀Lens฀Memory฀function฀may฀not฀produce฀a฀completely฀aligned฀image฀(due฀to฀tolerances฀in฀the฀lenses)฀using฀the฀adjusted฀

values฀stored฀in฀the฀projector.฀After฀calling฀up฀and฀applying฀the฀adjusted฀values฀from฀the฀Lens฀Memory฀function,฀nely฀adjust฀the฀

lens shift, zoom and focus to produce the best possible image.

3. Convenient Features

 Displaying a Picture Using [EDGE BLENDING]

The฀EDGE฀BLENDING฀function฀allows฀a฀multi-screen฀image฀with฀high฀resolution฀to฀be฀displayed฀on฀a฀large฀screen.

This฀function฀adjusts฀overlapping฀edges฀of฀images฀projected฀from฀each฀projector฀to฀uniform฀multi-screen฀images.

NOTE:

•฀For฀projector฀throw฀distances,฀refer฀to฀“Throw฀distance฀and฀screen฀size”฀on฀page฀215, 216, 217.

•฀Before฀performing฀the฀Edge฀Blending฀function,฀place฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀correct฀position฀so฀that฀the฀image฀becomes฀square฀in฀

the฀appropriate฀size,฀and฀then฀make฀optical฀adjustments฀(lens฀shift,฀focus,฀and฀zoom).

Before explaining use of the Edge Blending function

This฀section฀explains฀the฀case฀for฀“Example:฀Placing฀two฀projectors฀side฀by฀side”.฀As฀shown,฀the฀projected฀image฀on฀

the฀left฀is฀referred฀to฀as฀“Projector฀A”฀and฀the฀projected฀image฀on฀the฀right฀is฀referred฀to฀“Projector฀B”.฀Unless฀otherwise฀

specied฀hereinafter,฀the฀“projector”฀is฀used฀to฀mean฀both฀A฀and฀B.

Example:฀Placing฀two฀projectors฀side฀by฀side

Edge฀Blending฀area

Projected area

Projector฀AProjector฀B

Preparation:

•฀Turn฀on฀the฀projector฀and฀display฀a฀signal.

•฀To฀use฀two฀or฀more฀projectors,฀you฀have฀to฀turn฀on฀[CONTROL฀ID]฀from฀the฀menu.฀For฀more฀information,฀refer฀to฀

“Setting฀ID฀to฀the฀Projector฀[CONTROL฀ID]”฀on฀page฀

127.

① Enable [EDGE BLENDING].

1฀Select฀[SETUP]฀→฀[EDGE฀BLENDING]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

3. Convenient Features

2฀Select฀[MODE]฀→฀[ON]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀This฀enables฀the฀Edge฀Blending฀function.฀The฀following฀menu฀items฀are฀available:

฀[TOP],฀[BOTTOM],฀[LEFT],฀[RIGHT],฀and฀[BLACK฀LEVEL]

3฀Select฀[RIGHT]฀for฀Projector฀A฀and฀[LEFT]฀for฀Projector฀B.

฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀following฀items฀are฀available:

฀[CONTROL],฀[MARKER],฀[RANGE],฀and฀[POSITION]

4฀Select฀[CONTROL]฀→฀[ON]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀Each฀[TOP],฀[BOTTOM],฀[LEFT],฀[RIGHT],฀and฀[BLACK฀LEVEL]฀has฀its฀own฀[CONTROL],฀[MARKER],฀[RANGE],฀

and฀[POSITION].฀Turning฀on฀[CONTROL]฀will฀make฀[MARKER],฀[RANGE],฀and฀[POSITION]฀available.

3. Convenient Features

② Adjust [RANGE] and [POSITION] to determine an area of overlapped edges of images

projected from each projector.

[RANGE]

(Determine an area of overlapped edges of

images.)

[POSITION]

(Determine the position of overlapped edges of images.)

Green฀marker

Turn฀on฀[RIGHT]

Magenta฀marker

Turn on [LEFT]

Magenta฀marker

Turning฀on฀[MARKER]฀will฀display฀markers฀in฀magenta฀and฀green.

The฀magenta฀marker฀is฀used฀for฀[RANGE]฀and฀green฀one฀for฀[POSITION].

1฀Adjust฀[RANGE].

Use the  or ฀button฀to฀adjust฀the฀overlapped฀area.

TIP:

•฀Adjust฀to฀overlap฀one฀projector’฀marker฀with฀the฀other฀projector’s฀marker.

2฀Adjust฀[POSITION].

Use the  or ฀button฀to฀align฀one฀edge฀with฀the฀other฀edge฀of฀overlapped฀images.

3. Convenient Features

TIP:

•฀When฀displaying฀a฀signal฀with฀a฀different฀resolution,฀perform฀the฀Edge฀Blending฀function฀from฀the฀start.฀

•฀Setting฀of฀[MARKER]฀will฀not฀be฀saved฀and฀return฀to฀[OFF]฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off.฀

•฀To฀display฀or฀hide฀the฀marker฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀running,฀turn฀on฀or฀off฀[MARKER]฀from฀the฀menu.

•฀If฀you฀want฀to฀make฀differences฀in฀white฀balance฀and฀brightness฀between฀projectors฀less฀visible,฀adjust฀[REF.฀WHITE฀BALANCE]฀

and฀[MULTI-SCREEN฀COMP.]฀to฀obtain฀the฀possible฀best฀results.฀(→ page 125)

Black Level Adjustment

If฀you฀notice฀any฀differences฀in฀the฀brightness฀of฀an฀image,฀use฀[BLACK฀LEVEL]฀to฀adjust฀the฀darkest฀part฀or฀the฀level฀

of฀brightness.

NOTE:

This฀function฀is฀enabled฀only฀when฀[MODE]฀is฀turned฀on.

Adjustable฀area฀varies฀depending฀on฀what฀combination฀of฀[TOP],฀[BOTTOM],฀[LEFT]฀and฀[RIGHT]฀are฀turned฀on.

Example:฀Adjusting฀the฀Black฀Level฀when฀placing฀two฀projectors฀side฀by฀side

Width฀of฀overlap

Adjust฀[CENTER]Adjust฀[CENTER]

Projector฀A’s฀

image

Projector฀B’s฀

image

Adjust฀[CENTER-RIGHT]Adjust฀[CENTER-LEFT]

1.฀Turn฀on฀[MODE]

2.฀Select฀[BLACK฀LEVEL]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

3.฀Use฀the฀ or ฀button฀to฀select฀an฀item฀and฀use฀the฀ or ฀to฀adjust฀the฀black฀level.

Do this for the other projector if necessary.

3. Convenient Features

9-segmented portions for Black Level adjustment

The฀center฀projector

This฀function฀adjusts฀the฀brightness฀level฀of฀9-segmented฀portions฀for฀the฀center฀projector฀and฀4-segmented฀portions฀

for฀the฀left฀bottom฀projector฀as฀shown฀below.

TOP-LEFT

BOTTOM-LEFT

CENTER-

LEFT

TOP-RIGHT

CENTER-RIGHT

BOTTOM-RIGHT

TOP-CENTER

CENTER

BOTTOM-CENTER

TOP-RIGHT

CENTER-RIGHT

TOP-CENTER

3. Convenient Features

 Controlling the Projector by Using an HTTP Browser

Overview

The฀HTTP฀Server฀function฀provides฀settings฀and฀operations฀for:

1.฀Setting฀for฀wired/wireless฀network฀(NETWORK฀SETTINGS)

฀To฀use฀wireless฀LAN฀connection,฀the฀optional฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀is฀required.฀(→ page 174)

฀To฀use฀wired/wireless฀LAN฀connection,฀connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀computer฀with฀a฀commercially฀available฀LAN฀

cable.฀(→ page 173)

2.฀Setting฀Alert฀Mail฀(ALERT฀MAIL)

฀When฀the฀projector฀is฀connected฀to฀a฀wired/wireless฀network,฀lamp฀replace฀time฀or฀error฀messages฀will฀be฀sent฀via฀

e-mail.

3.฀Operating฀the฀projector

฀Power฀on/off,฀selecting฀input,฀and฀picture฀adjustments฀are฀possible.

4.฀Setting฀PJLink฀PASSWORD฀and฀AMX฀BEACON

Access฀to฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function:

•฀Start฀the฀Web฀browser฀on฀the฀computer฀via฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀and฀enter฀the฀following฀

URL฀:

฀http://<the฀projector’s฀IP฀address>฀/index.html

TIP:฀The฀factory฀setting฀IP฀address฀is฀[DHCP฀ON].

NOTE:

•฀To฀use฀the฀projector฀in฀a฀network,฀consult฀with฀your฀network฀administrator฀about฀network฀settings.

•฀The฀display’s฀or฀button’s฀response฀can฀be฀slowed฀down฀or฀operation฀may฀not฀be฀accepted฀depending฀the฀settings฀of฀your฀net-

work.

฀Should฀this฀happen,฀consult฀your฀network฀administrator.฀The฀projector฀may฀not฀respond฀if฀its฀buttons฀are฀repeatedly฀pressed฀in฀

rapid฀intervals.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀wait฀a฀moment฀and฀repeat.฀If฀you฀still฀can’t฀get฀any฀response,฀turn฀off฀and฀back฀on฀the฀projec-

tor.

•฀If฀the฀PROJECTOR฀NETWORK฀SETTINGS฀screen฀does฀not฀appear฀in฀the฀web฀browser,฀press฀the฀Ctrl+F5฀keys฀to฀refresh฀your฀web฀

browser฀(or฀clear฀the฀cache).

•฀This฀device฀uses฀“JavaScript”฀and฀“Cookies”฀and฀the฀browser฀should฀be฀set฀to฀accept฀these฀functions.฀The฀setting฀method฀will฀

vary฀depending฀on฀the฀version฀of฀browser.฀Please฀refer฀to฀the฀help฀les฀and฀the฀other฀information฀provided฀in฀your฀software.

Preparation before Use

Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀commercially฀available฀LAN฀cable฀before฀engaging฀in฀browser฀operations.฀(→฀page฀

173)

Operation฀with฀a฀browser฀that฀uses฀a฀proxy฀server฀may฀not฀be฀possible฀depending฀on฀the฀type฀of฀proxy฀server฀and฀the฀

setting฀method.฀Although฀the฀type฀of฀proxy฀server฀will฀be฀a฀factor,฀it฀is฀possible฀that฀items฀that฀have฀actually฀been฀set฀

will฀not฀be฀displayed฀depending฀on฀the฀effectiveness฀of฀the฀cache,฀and฀the฀contents฀set฀from฀the฀browser฀may฀not฀be฀

reected฀in฀operation.฀It฀is฀recommended฀that฀a฀proxy฀server฀not฀be฀used฀unless฀it฀is฀unavoidable.

3. Convenient Features

Handling of the Address for Operation via a Browser

Regarding฀the฀actual฀address฀that฀is฀entered฀for฀the฀address฀or฀entered฀to฀the฀URL฀column฀when฀operation฀of฀the฀pro-

jector฀is฀via฀a฀browser,฀the฀host฀name฀can฀be฀used฀as฀it฀is฀when฀the฀host฀name฀corresponding฀to฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀

projector฀has฀been฀registered฀to฀the฀domain฀name฀server฀by฀a฀network฀administrator,฀or฀the฀host฀name฀corresponding฀

to฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀projector฀has฀been฀set฀in฀the฀“HOSTS”฀le฀of฀the฀computer฀being฀used.

Example฀1:฀฀When฀the฀host฀name฀of฀the฀projector฀has฀been฀set฀to฀“pj.nec.co.jp”,฀access฀is฀gained฀to฀the฀network฀

setting฀by฀specifying

฀http://pj.nec.co.jp/index.html

for฀the฀address฀or฀the฀entry฀column฀of฀the฀URL.

Example฀2:฀฀When฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀projector฀is฀“192.168.73.1”,฀access฀is฀gained฀to฀the฀network฀setting฀by฀

specifying

฀http://192.168.73.1/index.html

for฀the฀address฀or฀the฀entry฀column฀of฀the฀URL.

PROJECTOR ADJUSTMENT

POWER:฀This฀controls฀the฀power฀of฀the฀projector.

ON ......................... Power is switched on.

OFF ........................ Power is switched off.

VOLUME:฀This฀control฀is฀not฀available฀on฀this฀model.

AV-MUTE:฀This฀controls฀the฀mute฀function฀of฀the฀projector.

PICTURE ................ Mutes the video.

PICTURE ........... Cancels the video muting.

SOUND* ................ Mutes the audio.

SOUND*

............ Cancels the audio muting.

ALL ON .................. Mutes each of the video, and audio* functions.

ALL OFF ................. Cancels the muting of each of the video, and audio* functions.

NOTE:

*฀The฀sound฀mute฀function฀is฀not฀available฀because฀the฀projector฀does฀not฀have฀an฀audio฀function.

3. Convenient Features

PICTURE:฀Controls฀the฀video฀adjustment฀of฀the฀projector.

BRIGHTNESS  .... Increases the brightness adjustment value.

BRIGHTNESS  .... Decreases the brightness adjustment value.

CONTRAST  ........ Increases the contrast adjustment value.

CONTRAST  ........ Decreases the contrast adjustment value.

COLOR  .............. Increases the color adjustment value.

COLOR  .............. Decreases the color adjustment value.

HUE  ................... Increases the hue adjustment value.

HUE  ................... Decreases the hue adjustment value.

SHARPNESS  ..... Increases the sharpness adjustment value.

SHARPNESS  ..... Decreases the sharpness adjustment value.

•฀The฀functions฀that฀can฀be฀controlled฀will฀vary฀depending฀on฀the฀signal฀being฀input฀to฀the฀projector.฀(→฀page฀

111)

SOURCE฀SELECT:฀This฀switches฀the฀input฀connector฀of฀the฀projector.

COMPUTER 1 ........ Switches to the COMPUTER 1 IN connector.

COMPUTER 2 ........ Switches to the COMPUTER 2 IN connector.

COMPUTER 3 ........ Switches to the COMPUTER 3 IN connector.

HDMI ..................... Switches to the HDMI IN connector.

DisplayPort ............ Switches to the DisplayPort.

VIDEO .................... Switches to the VIDEO IN connector.

S-VIDEO ................ Switches to the S-VIDEO IN connector.

VIEWER ................. Switches to the data on the USB memory device.

NETWORK ............. Switches to a LAN signal.

SLOT ...................... Switches to the optional board.

PROJECTOR฀STATUS:฀This฀displays฀the฀condition฀of฀the฀projector.

LAMP 1 LIFE REMAINING ..Displays the remaining life of the lamp 1 as a percentage.

LAMP 2 LIFE REMAINING ..Displays the remaining life of the lamp 2 as a percentage.

LAMP 1 HOURS USED ........Displays how many hours the lamp 1 has been used.

LAMP 2 HOURS USED ........Displays how many hours the lamp 2 has been used.

FILTER HOURS USED .........Displays how many hours the ﬁlter has been used.

ERROR STATUS ..................Displays the status of errors occurring within the projector.

LOG฀OFF:฀Logging฀off฀your฀projector฀and฀returning฀to฀the฀authentication฀screen฀(LOGON฀screen).

3. Convenient Features

NETWORK SETTINGS

•฀SETTINGS

WIRED or WIRELESS

SETTINGSet฀for฀wired฀LAN฀or฀for฀wireless฀LAN.

APPLYApply฀your฀settings฀to฀wired฀LAN฀or฀wireless฀LAN.

DHCP฀ONAutomatically฀assign฀IP฀address,฀subnet฀mask,฀and฀gateway฀to฀the฀projector฀from฀your฀

DHCP฀server.

DHCP฀OFFSet฀IP฀address,฀subnet฀mask,฀and฀gateway฀to฀the฀projector฀assigned฀by฀your฀network฀

administrator.

IP฀ADDRESSSet฀your฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

SUBNET฀MASKSet฀your฀subnet฀mask฀number฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

GATEWAYSet฀the฀default฀gateway฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

WINSSet฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀your฀WINS฀server฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀when฀

[DHCP]฀is฀turned฀on,฀this฀option฀is฀not฀available.

AUTO฀DNS฀ONDHCP฀server฀will฀automatically฀assign฀IP฀address฀of฀DNS฀server฀connected฀to฀the฀

projector.

AUTO฀DNS฀OFFSet฀your฀IP฀address฀of฀DNS฀server฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

Setting for WIRED LAN

PROFILE฀1/PROFILE฀2Two฀settings฀can฀be฀set฀for฀wired฀LAN฀connection.฀Select฀PROFILE฀1฀or฀PROFILE฀2.฀

DISABLETurn฀off฀wired฀LAN฀connection

Setting฀for฀WIRELESS฀LAN฀(the฀optional฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀required฀for฀Europe,฀Australia,฀and฀Asian฀coun-

tries)

EASY฀CONNECTIONExecute฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀using฀EASY฀CONNECTION.

SIMPLE฀ACCES฀POINTSet฀the฀projector฀for฀simple฀access฀point.

WPSUse฀WPS฀(Wi-Fi฀Protected฀Setup™)฀to฀set฀up฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀for฀the฀projector.

NOTE:฀Use฀the฀projector’s฀menus฀to฀make฀WPS฀connections฀and฀change฀the฀WPS฀

prole฀settings.

CHANNELSelect฀a฀channel.฀Available฀channels฀vary฀depending฀on฀the฀country฀and฀region.฀When฀

you฀select฀[INFRASTRUCTURE],฀make฀sure฀that฀the฀projector฀and฀your฀access฀point฀

are฀on฀the฀same฀channel;฀when฀you฀select฀[AD฀HOC],฀make฀sure฀that฀the฀projector฀and฀

your฀computer฀are฀on฀the฀same฀channel.

PROFILE฀1/PROFILE฀2Two฀settings฀can฀be฀set฀for฀wireless฀LAN฀connection.฀Select฀PROFILE฀1฀or฀PROFILE฀

3. Convenient Features

SSIDEnter฀an฀identier฀(SSID)฀for฀wireless฀LAN.฀Communication฀can฀be฀done฀only฀with฀

equipment฀whose฀SSID฀matches฀SSID฀for฀your฀wireless฀LAN.

SITE฀SURVEYDisplays฀a฀list฀of฀available฀SSIDs฀for฀wireless฀LAN฀on฀site.฀Select฀an฀SSID฀which฀you฀

can฀access.

NETWORK฀TYPESelect฀communication฀method฀when฀using฀wireless฀LAN.

INFRASTRUCTURE:฀Select฀this฀option฀when฀communicating฀with฀one฀or฀more฀equip-

ment฀connected฀to฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀network฀via฀a฀wireless฀access฀point.

AD฀HOC:฀Select฀this฀option฀when฀using฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀to฀directly฀communicate฀with฀

a฀computer฀in฀peer-to-peer฀mode.฀

SECURITY฀TYPE

Turn฀on฀or฀off฀the฀encryption฀mode฀for฀secure฀transmission.฀When฀turn฀on฀the฀encryp-

tion฀mode,฀set฀WEP฀key฀or฀encrypted฀key.

DISABLEWill฀not฀turn฀on฀the฀encryption฀feature.฀Your฀communications฀may฀

be฀monitored฀by฀someone.

WEP฀64฀bitUses฀64-bit฀datalength฀for฀secure฀transmission.

WEP฀128฀bitUses฀128-bit฀datalength฀for฀secure฀transmission.฀This฀option฀will฀

increase฀privacy฀and฀security฀when฀compared฀to฀use฀of฀64-bit฀

datalength฀encryption.

WPA-PSK฀TKIP฀/฀WPA-PSK฀AES/

WPA2-PSK฀TKIP฀/฀WPA2-PSK฀AES/

WPA-EAP฀TKIP฀EAP-TLS/

WPA-EAP฀AES฀EAP-TLS/

WPA-EAP฀TKIP฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/

WPA-EAP฀AES฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/

WPA2-EAP฀TKIP฀EAP-TLS/

WPA2-EAP฀AES฀EAP-TLS/

WPA2-EAP฀TKIP฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/

WPA2-EAP฀AES฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2

These฀options฀parovide฀stronger฀security฀

than฀WEP.

NOTE:

•฀The฀WEP฀settings฀must฀be฀the฀same฀as฀communication฀devices฀such฀as฀PC฀or฀access฀point฀in฀

your wireless network.

•฀When฀you฀use฀WEP,฀your฀image฀transmission฀speed฀will฀slow฀down.

•฀Other฀encryption฀keys฀than฀WEP฀64bit฀and฀WEP฀128bit฀are฀not฀available฀when฀[AD฀HOC]฀is฀

selected฀from฀[NETWORK฀TYPE].

•฀To฀install฀a฀digital฀certicate,฀use฀the฀projector’s฀menu.฀(→ page 147)

INDEX

Select฀encryption฀key฀when฀selecting฀[WEP฀64฀bit]฀or฀[WEP฀128฀bit]฀in฀[SECURITY฀

TYPE].

KEY

When฀selecting฀[WEP฀64฀bit]฀or฀[WEP฀128฀bit]฀in฀[SECURITY฀TYPE]:

Enter฀WEP฀key.

SelectCharacters฀(ASCII)Hexadecimal฀digit฀(HEX)

WEP฀64฀bitUp฀to฀5฀charactersUp฀to฀10฀characters

WEP฀128฀bitUp฀to฀13฀charactersUp฀to฀26฀characters

When฀selecting฀[WPA฀PSK-TKIP],฀[WPA฀PSK-AES],฀[WPA2฀PSK-TKIP]฀or฀[WPA2฀

PSK-AES]:

Enter฀encryption฀key.฀Key฀length฀must฀be฀8฀or฀greater฀and฀63฀or฀less.

USERNAMESet฀a฀user฀name฀for฀WPA-EAP/WPA2-EAP.

PASSWORDSet฀a฀password฀for฀WPA-EAP฀TKIP฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/WPA-EAP฀AES฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀

v2/WPA2-EAP฀TKIP฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/WPA2-EAP฀AES฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2.

USE฀DIGITAL฀CERTIFI-

CATE

Select฀this฀if฀you฀use฀a฀digital฀certicate฀for฀WPA-EAP฀TKIP฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/WPA-

EAP฀AES฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/WPA2-EAP฀TKIP฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/WPA2-EAP฀AES฀

PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2.

3. Convenient Features

•฀NAME

PROJECTOR฀NAMEEnter฀a฀name฀for฀your฀projector฀so฀that฀your฀computer฀can฀identify฀the฀projector.฀A฀

projector฀name฀must฀be฀16฀characters฀or฀less.฀

TIP:฀Projector฀name฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

HOST฀NAMEEnter฀the฀hostname฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.฀A฀host฀name฀must฀be฀

15฀or฀less.

DOMAIN฀NAMEEnter฀the฀domain฀name฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.฀A฀domain฀name฀

must฀be฀60฀characters฀or฀less.

•฀ALERT฀MAIL

ALERT฀MAILThis฀option฀will฀notify฀your฀computer฀of฀lamp฀replace฀time฀or฀error฀messages฀via฀e-mail฀

when฀using฀wireless฀or฀wired฀LAN.฀

Placing฀a฀checkmark฀will฀turn฀on฀the฀Alert฀Mail฀feature.

Clearing฀a฀checkmark฀will฀turn฀off฀the฀Alert฀Mail฀feature.

Sample฀of฀a฀message฀to฀be฀sent฀from฀the฀projector:

The฀lamp฀and฀lters฀are฀at฀the฀end฀of฀its฀usable฀life.฀Please฀replace฀the฀lamp.

Projector฀Name:฀XXXXX

Lamp฀1฀Hours฀Used:฀XXX฀[H]

Lamp฀2฀Hours฀Used:฀XXX฀[H]

SENDER’S฀ADDRESSEnter฀sender’s฀address.฀

SMTP฀SERVER฀NAMEEnter฀the฀SMTP฀server฀name฀to฀be฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

RECIPIENT’S฀ADDRESS฀

1,฀2,฀3

Enter฀your฀recipient’s฀address.฀Up฀to฀three฀addresses฀can฀be฀entered.

TEST฀MAIL

Send฀a฀test฀mail฀to฀check฀whether฀your฀settings฀are฀correct฀or฀not

NOTE:

•฀If฀you฀execute฀a฀test,฀you฀may฀not฀receive฀an฀Alert฀mail.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀check฀if฀network฀

settings are correct.

•฀If฀you฀entered฀an฀incorrect฀address฀in฀a฀test,฀you฀may฀not฀receive฀an฀Alert฀mail.฀Should฀this฀

happen,฀check฀if฀the฀Recipient’s฀Address฀is฀correct.

SAVEClick฀this฀button฀to฀save฀your฀settings฀to฀the฀projector’s฀memory.

3. Convenient Features

•฀NETWORK฀SERVICE

PJLink฀PASSWORDSet฀a฀password฀for฀PJLink*.฀A฀password฀must฀be฀32฀characters฀or฀less.฀Do฀not฀forget฀

your฀password.฀However,฀if฀you฀forget฀your฀password,฀consult฀with฀your฀dealer.

HTTP฀PASSWORDSet฀a฀password฀for฀HTTP฀server.฀A฀password฀must฀be฀10฀characters฀or฀less.

AMX฀BEACONTurn฀on฀or฀off฀for฀detection฀from฀AMX฀Device฀Discovery฀when฀connecting฀to฀the฀network฀

supported฀by฀AMX’s฀NetLinx฀control฀system.

TIP:฀

When฀using฀a฀device฀that฀supports฀AMX฀Device฀Discovery,฀all฀AMX฀NetLinx฀control฀system฀will฀rec

ognize฀the฀device฀and฀download฀the฀appropriate฀Device฀Discovery฀Module฀from฀an฀AMX฀server.

Placing฀a฀checkmark฀will฀enable฀detecting฀the฀projector฀from฀AMX฀Device฀Discovery.

Clearing฀a฀checkmark฀will฀disable฀detecting฀the฀projector฀from฀AMX฀Device฀Discovery.

NOTE: If you forget your password, contact your dealer.

*What฀is฀PJLink?

PJLink฀is฀a฀standardization฀of฀protocol฀used฀for฀controlling฀projectors฀of฀different฀manufacturers.฀This฀standard฀proto-

col฀is฀established฀by฀Japan฀Business฀Machine฀and฀Information฀System฀Industries฀Association฀(JBMIA)฀in฀2005.

The฀projector฀supports฀all฀the฀commands฀of฀PJLink฀Class฀1.

Setting฀of฀PJLink฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

CRESTRON฀ROOMVIEW฀compatibility

The฀projector฀supports฀CRESTRON฀ROOMVIEW,฀allowing฀multiple฀devices฀connected฀in฀the฀network฀to฀be฀managed฀

and฀controlled฀from฀a฀computer฀or฀a฀controller.

For฀more฀information,฀visit฀http://www.crestron.com

Access฀to฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function,฀and฀make฀necessary฀settings฀for฀[CRESTRON]฀in฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS].

•฀ROOMVIEW฀for฀managing฀from฀the฀computer.

DISABLEDisables฀ROOMVIEW.

ENABLEEnables฀ROOMVIEW.

•฀CRESTRON฀CONTROL฀for฀managing฀from฀the฀controller.

DISABLEDisables฀CRESTRON฀CONTROL.

ENABLEEnables฀CRESTRON฀CONTROL.฀

IP฀ADDRESSSet฀your฀IP฀address฀of฀CRESTRON฀SERVER.

IP฀IDSet฀your฀IP฀ID฀of฀CRESTRON฀SERVER.

TIP:฀The฀CRESTRON฀settings฀are฀required฀only฀for฀use฀with฀CRESTRON฀ROOMVIEW.

For฀more฀information,฀visit฀

http://www.crestron.com

•฀INFORMATION

WIRED฀LANDisplay฀a฀list฀of฀settings฀of฀wired฀LAN฀connection.

WIRELESS฀LANDisplay฀a฀list฀of฀settings฀of฀wireless฀LAN฀connection.

UPDATEReect฀settings฀when฀they฀are฀changed.

3. Convenient Features

 Projecting Your Computer’s Screen Image from the

Projector via a Network [NETWORK PROJECTOR]

By฀selecting฀the฀projector฀connected฀to฀the฀same฀network฀as฀that฀of฀your฀PC,฀the฀PC฀screen฀image฀can฀be฀projected฀

to฀the฀screen฀via฀network.฀There฀is฀no฀need฀of฀connection฀using฀the฀computer฀cable฀(VGA).

Operation Environment

Applicable฀OSWindows฀7฀Professional

Windows฀7฀Ultimate

Windows฀7฀Enterprise฀

Windows฀Vista฀Home฀Premium

Windows฀Vista฀Business

Windows฀Vista฀Ultimate

Windows฀Vista฀Enterprise

Hardware฀specicationsThe฀specications฀recommended฀by฀Microsoft฀as฀the฀operation฀environment฀for฀

Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista฀should฀be฀satised.

Network฀EnvironmentWired฀LAN฀or฀wireless฀LAN฀environment฀that฀supports฀TCP/IP฀is฀required.

Screen฀colorHigh฀Color฀(16฀bits)

True฀Color฀(24฀bits฀and฀32฀bits)

*฀Setting฀with฀256฀colors฀or฀less฀is฀not฀available.

Setting฀the฀Projector฀to฀Network฀Projector฀Input฀Mode

1.฀With฀the฀projector฀turned฀on,฀press฀the฀SOURCE฀button.

The input selection window appears.

฀Another฀way฀to฀display฀the฀input฀selection฀window฀is฀to฀press฀the฀NETWORK฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.฀The฀

APPLICATION฀MENU฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.฀Go฀to฀step฀3.

3. Convenient Features

2.฀Press฀the฀

or ฀button฀to฀select฀[NETWORK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀In฀the฀screen,฀the฀[APPLICATION฀MENU]฀menu฀is฀displayed.

3.฀From฀the฀[APPLICATION฀MENU]฀menu,฀select฀[NETWORK฀PROJECTOR].

฀The฀[PROJECTOR฀NAME/DISPLAY฀RESOLUTION/PASSWORD/URL]฀will฀be฀displayed.

3. Convenient Features

Projecting฀the฀Image฀with฀Network฀Projector

1.฀Click฀[Start]฀from฀the฀desktop฀of฀Windows฀7.

2.฀Click฀[All฀Programs].

3.฀Click฀[Accessories].

4.฀Click฀[Connect฀to฀a฀Network฀Projector].

฀When฀the฀[Permission฀Connect฀to฀a฀Network฀Projector]฀window฀appears,฀click฀[Yes.].

฀The฀“Connect฀to฀a฀Network฀Projector”฀window฀appears.

5.฀Click฀[→฀Search฀for฀a฀projector฀(recommended)].

฀In฀the฀“Available฀projectors”฀box,฀“PH1000฀Series”฀is฀displayed.

6.฀Click฀[PH1000฀Series].

฀The฀message฀“Enter฀the฀password฀for฀the฀projector฀that฀you฀selected.”฀is฀displayed฀at฀the฀bottom฀of฀the฀window.

3. Convenient Features

7.฀Input฀the฀password฀to฀the฀password฀input฀box฀displayed฀by฀the฀operation฀at฀step฀3฀on฀page฀65.

8.฀Click฀[Connect].

฀The฀network฀projector฀function฀works฀and฀the฀screen฀of฀Windows฀7฀is฀projected฀from฀the฀projector.

•฀If฀the฀resolution฀of฀your฀computer’s฀screen฀is฀different฀from฀the฀projector’s฀screen฀resolution,฀the฀NETWORK฀

PROJECTOR฀function฀may฀not฀work.฀If฀this฀happens,฀change฀the฀resolution฀of฀the฀computer’s฀screen฀to฀lower฀

resolution฀than฀the฀one฀displayed฀at฀Step฀3฀on฀page฀

65.

NOTE:฀When฀the฀network฀projector฀function฀works,฀the฀background฀color฀of฀the฀desktop฀changes฀to฀black.฀When฀the฀network฀

projector function is stopped, the original background color is restored.

Reference:฀If฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀found฀at฀Step฀5,฀click฀[฀→฀Enter฀the฀projector฀address].฀Then,฀input฀the฀“Network฀address”฀

(Input฀example:฀http://10.32.97.61/lan)฀and฀“Projectorpassword”฀(Input฀example:฀82291627)฀displayed฀in฀the฀screen฀projected฀

from the projector.

Exiting฀the฀Network฀Projector฀Operation

1.฀Click฀[Projecting:฀PH1000฀Series]฀in฀the฀Windows฀Vista฀task฀bar.

2.฀Click฀[Disconnect].

฀The฀Network฀Projector฀function฀is฀stopped.

3.฀Press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀of฀the฀projector฀to฀select฀an฀input฀terminal฀other฀than฀[NETWORK].

฀When฀using฀the฀remote฀control,฀press฀a฀button฀other฀than฀the฀NETWORK฀button.

3. Convenient Features

 Using the Projector to Operate Your Computer via a Network

[REMOTE DESKTOP]

•฀By฀selecting฀the฀PC฀connected฀to฀the฀same฀network฀as฀that฀of฀the฀projector,฀the฀PC฀screen฀image฀can฀be฀projected฀

to฀the฀screen฀via฀network.

฀Then,฀by฀operating฀the฀keyboard,฀you฀can฀operate฀Windows฀7,฀Windows฀Vista฀or฀Windows฀XP฀on฀the฀PC฀connected฀

with฀the฀network.

•฀With฀the฀Remote฀Desktop฀function,฀you฀can฀remotely฀operate฀the฀PC฀placed฀at฀a฀distance฀from฀the฀projector.

Meeting฀room

Ofce

NOTE:

•฀The฀[REMOTE฀DESKTOP]฀function฀will฀work฀on฀the฀following฀Windows฀editions.

฀Windows฀7฀Professional

฀Windows฀7฀Ultimate

฀Windows฀7฀Enterprise฀

฀Windows฀Vista฀Business

฀Windows฀Vista฀Ultimate

฀Windows฀Vista฀Enterprise

฀Windows฀XP฀Professional฀with฀Service฀Pack฀3

฀(Note)

•฀In฀this฀user’s฀manual฀this฀feature฀is฀described฀using฀Windows฀7฀as฀an฀example,฀but฀Windows฀Vista฀and฀Windows฀XP฀Professional฀

Service฀Pack฀2฀or฀later฀will฀also฀work฀with฀this฀feature.

•฀A฀keyboard฀is฀required฀to฀use฀the฀Remote฀Desktop฀function.

•฀The฀Remote฀Desktop฀function฀can฀be฀operated฀with฀a฀keyboard.฀Using฀a฀wireless฀mouse฀with฀a฀wireless฀keyboard฀is฀more฀useful฀

for operating.

Use฀a฀commercially฀available฀wireless฀keyboard,฀a฀wireless฀mouse,฀and฀a฀USB฀wireless฀receiver.

Use฀a฀commercially฀available฀USB฀keyboard฀and฀USB฀mouse.

•฀A฀USB฀keyboard฀with฀a฀built-in฀USB฀hub฀cannot฀be฀used฀with฀the฀projector.

•฀A฀wireless฀keyboard฀or฀mouse฀that฀supports฀Bluetooth฀cannot฀be฀used฀with฀the฀projector.

•฀We฀do฀not฀warrant฀that฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀projector฀will฀support฀all฀USB฀devices฀in฀the฀market.

3. Convenient Features

Prepare฀a฀commercially฀available฀wireless฀keyboard฀(US฀layout฀version).

Connect฀the฀USB฀wireless฀receiver฀to฀the฀USB฀port฀(Type฀A)฀of฀the฀projector.฀Make฀all฀necessary฀settings฀for฀your฀

wireless฀keyboard฀and฀mouse.

3. Convenient Features

Setting the password to the user account of Windows 7

TIP:฀If฀a฀password฀has฀been฀set฀for฀an฀account,฀the฀steps฀1฀to฀9฀can฀be฀skipped.

1.฀Click฀[Start]฀from฀the฀desktop฀of฀Windows฀7.

2.฀Click฀[Control฀Panel].

3.฀Click฀[Add฀or฀remove฀user฀accounts]฀displayed฀under฀[User฀Accounts].

4.฀When฀the฀[User฀Account฀Control]฀conrmation฀window฀appears,฀click฀[Continue].

5.฀Click฀[Administrator].

6.฀Click฀[Create฀a฀password].

7.฀Input฀the฀password฀to฀the฀[New฀password]฀box.

8.฀Input฀the฀same฀password฀as฀that฀at฀Step฀7฀to฀the฀[Conrm฀new฀password]฀box.

9.฀Click฀[Create฀a฀password].

฀The฀Administrator฀is฀changed฀to฀[Password฀Protection].

Setting the Remote Access

1.฀Click฀[Start]฀from฀the฀desktop฀of฀Windows฀7.

2.฀Click฀[Control฀Panel].

3.฀Click฀[System฀and฀Security].

4.฀Click฀[Allow฀remote฀access]฀displayed฀under฀[System].

5.฀When฀the฀[User฀Account฀Control]฀conrmation฀window฀appears,฀click฀[Continue].

฀The฀[System฀Properties]฀window฀appears.

6.฀Click฀[Allow฀connections฀from฀computers฀running฀any฀version฀of฀Remote฀Desktop฀(less฀secure)]฀in฀the฀

Remote฀Desktop฀box฀and฀click฀[OK].

Checking฀the฀IP฀address฀on฀Windows฀7

1.฀Click฀[Start]฀from฀the฀desktop฀of฀Windows฀7.

2.฀Click฀[Control฀Panel].

3.฀Click฀[View฀network฀status฀and฀tasks]฀displayed฀under฀[Network฀and฀Internet].

3. Convenient Features

4.฀Click฀[View฀status]฀displayed฀in฀blue฀on฀the฀right฀of฀[Local฀Area฀Connection]฀in฀the฀window.

฀The฀[Local฀Area฀Connection฀Status]฀window฀appears.

5.฀Click฀[Details...].

฀Write฀down฀the฀value฀for฀“IPv4฀IP฀Address”฀(xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx)฀displayed.

6.฀Click฀[Close].

7.฀Click฀[X]฀at฀the฀upper฀right฀of฀the฀window.

฀The฀system฀goes฀back฀to฀the฀desktop.

Starting฀the฀Remote฀Desktop

1.฀With฀the฀projector฀turned฀on,฀press฀the฀SOURCE฀button.

The input selection window appears.

฀Another฀way฀to฀display฀the฀input฀selection฀window฀is฀to฀press฀the฀NETWORK฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.฀The฀

APPLICATION฀MENU฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.฀Go฀to฀step฀3.

3. Convenient Features

2.฀Press฀the฀ or ฀button฀to฀select฀[NETWORK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀[APPLICATION฀MENU]฀menu฀will฀be฀displayed.

3.฀From฀the฀[APPLICATION฀MENU]฀menu,฀use฀the฀wireless฀keyboard฀to฀select฀[REMOTE฀DESKTOP฀CONNEC-

TION].

฀The฀[REMOTE฀DESKTOP฀CONNECTION]฀window฀appears.

4.฀Operate฀the฀wireless฀keyboard฀to฀input฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀Windows฀7฀and฀click฀“Connect”.

฀The฀log-on฀screen฀of฀Windows฀7฀is฀displayed฀in฀the฀screen฀projected฀by฀the฀projector.

5.฀Operate฀the฀wireless฀keyboard฀to฀input฀the฀user’s฀password฀and฀press฀“Enter”.

฀The฀remote฀desktop฀function฀is฀started.

฀Windows฀7฀desktop฀is฀displayed฀in฀the฀screen฀projected฀by฀the฀projector.

Log out the computer.

฀Use฀the฀wireless฀keyboard฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀to฀operate฀Windows฀7.

NOTE:฀When฀the฀projection฀is฀made฀with฀the฀remote฀desktop฀function,฀the฀background฀color฀of฀the฀desktop฀is฀changed฀to฀

black.

3. Convenient Features

Exiting฀the฀Remote฀Desktop

1.฀Operate฀the฀wireless฀keyboard฀to฀click฀[Start]฀from฀the฀desktop฀screen฀projected฀by฀the฀projector.

2.฀Click฀[X]฀on฀the฀right฀of฀the฀start฀menu.

฀The฀remote฀desktop฀function฀is฀stopped.

3.฀Press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀of฀the฀projector฀to฀select฀an฀input฀terminal฀other฀than฀[NETWORK].

฀When฀using฀the฀remote฀control,฀press฀a฀button฀other฀than฀the฀NETWORK฀button.

TIP:

Setting฀[OPTIONS]฀in฀REMOTE฀DESKTOP

Clicking฀[OPTIONS]฀displays฀the฀[PERFORMANCE]฀screen.

Making฀settings฀to฀[OPTIONS]฀will฀allow฀you฀to฀display฀the฀desktop฀background,฀or฀to฀enable฀the฀window฀animation฀function฀during฀

the฀Remote฀Desktop฀operation.฀However,฀doing฀this฀will฀cause฀the฀display’s฀or฀mouse’s฀response฀to฀slow฀down.฀

If฀the฀display’s฀or฀mouse’s฀response฀is฀slowed฀down,฀try฀one฀or฀more฀of฀the฀following:

DESKTOP฀BACKGROUND:฀Clear฀the฀check฀mark฀to฀display฀the฀desktop฀background฀in฀monochrome.

MENU฀AND฀WINDOW฀ANIMATION:฀Clear฀the฀check฀mark฀to฀disable฀menu฀and฀window฀animation.

THEMES:฀Clear฀the฀check฀mark฀not฀to฀use฀Themes.

SHOW฀CONTENTS฀OF฀WINDOW฀WHILE฀DRAGGING:฀Clear฀the฀check฀mark฀to฀show฀only฀the฀window฀pane฀while฀

dragging.

4. Using the Viewer

❶ What you can do with the Viewer

The฀Viewer฀feature฀allows฀you฀to฀view฀slides฀or฀movie฀les฀stored฀on฀a฀USB฀memory฀on฀the฀projector,฀or฀a฀shared฀

folder฀in฀a฀computer฀connected฀to฀the฀network.

The฀Viewer฀has฀the฀following฀features.

•฀When฀a฀commercially฀available฀USB฀memory฀that฀stores฀image฀les฀is฀inserted฀into฀the฀USB฀port฀(Type฀A)฀of฀the฀

projector,฀the฀Viewer฀allows฀you฀to฀view฀the฀image฀les฀on฀the฀USB฀memory.

฀Even฀if฀no฀computer฀is฀available,฀presentations฀can฀be฀conducted฀simply฀with฀the฀projector.฀

•฀Movie฀le฀can฀be฀played฀back.

•฀A฀Microsoft฀PowerPoint฀le฀or฀Adobe฀PDF฀le฀can฀be฀simply฀projected฀on฀the฀screen฀without฀connecting฀a฀com-

puter.

•฀Image฀and฀movie฀les฀stored฀in฀a฀shared฀folder฀in฀a฀computer฀connected฀to฀a฀network฀can฀be฀projected.

฀The฀computer฀with฀“Media฀Sharing”฀of฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀11฀turned฀on฀can฀be฀used฀as฀a฀media฀server.

Supported graphic formats

FormatFile฀name฀extension

JPEG.jpg,฀.jpe,฀.jpeg฀(CMYK฀is฀not฀supported.)

BMP.bmp฀(bit฀eld฀not฀supported)

PNG

.png฀(Interlaced฀PNG฀and฀α฀channel฀PNG฀are฀not฀supported.)

GIF.gif฀(Interlaced฀GIF,฀transparation฀GIF,฀and฀animation฀GIF฀are฀not฀supported.)

*฀If฀an฀unsupported฀image฀is฀selected,฀the฀icon฀

฀will฀be฀displayed.

NOTE:

Maximum฀number฀of฀pixels฀of฀image฀which฀can฀be฀displayed฀are:

•฀Progressive฀JPEG:฀1280฀×฀1280

•฀GIF:฀1280฀×฀1280

•฀Others:฀4000฀×฀4000

•฀Some฀les฀supported฀by฀the฀above฀requirements฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

Supported movie ﬁles

File฀name฀extensionVideo฀compression/expansion฀methodAudio฀compression/expansion฀method

.mpg,฀.mpegMPEG2MPEG฀Audio฀Layer2

MPEG฀Audio฀Layer3

.wmvVC-1/WMV9WMA9฀Standard

.mp4H.264/AVCAAC-LC

Playback฀requirements:

Resolution:฀320฀×฀240฀to฀1280฀×฀720

Video฀frame฀rate:฀up฀to฀30fps

Bitrate:฀up฀to฀15Mbps

Max.฀le฀size:฀up฀to฀2GB

NOTE:

•฀Some฀les฀supported฀by฀the฀above฀requirements฀may฀not฀be฀played฀back.

฀When฀a฀supported฀movie฀le฀is฀played฀back,฀its฀audio฀will฀not฀be฀output฀from฀the฀projector.

4. Using the Viewer

NOTE:

•฀Movie฀les฀converted฀by฀using฀the฀video/audio฀format฀which฀is฀not฀supported฀by฀this฀projector฀cannot฀be฀played฀back.

In this case, there will be no icon to show that playback is not possible.

•฀Files฀with฀Digital฀Rights฀Management(DRM)฀protection฀cannot฀be฀played฀back.

•฀Some฀of฀the฀movie฀les฀that฀meet฀the฀above฀requirements฀may฀not฀be฀played฀back.

•฀WMV฀format฀video฀le฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀an฀aspect฀ratio฀of฀1฀to฀1฀independently฀of฀its฀original฀aspect฀ratio.

•฀Files฀that฀can฀be฀played฀back฀on฀the฀media฀server฀are฀graphics฀and฀movie฀les.฀In฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀11฀(Windows฀XP/

Windows฀Vista)฀mp4฀les฀cannot฀be฀played฀back.

Supported PDF ﬁles

File฀name฀extensionSupported฀le฀format

.pdfAdobe฀Acrobat฀PDF

NOTE:

•฀Fonts฀not฀embedded฀in฀PDF฀le฀may฀not฀be฀displayed

•฀Functions฀added฀to฀PDF฀le฀after฀created฀will฀not฀work฀or฀display.฀Functions฀added฀are฀bookmarks,฀boxes฀in฀form฀tool,฀and฀notes฀

will not be displayed.

฀Auto฀ip฀or฀Auto฀transition฀will฀not฀work.

•฀Some฀PDF฀les฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

Supported PowerPoint ﬁles

File฀name฀extensionSupported฀le฀format

.pptMicrosoft฀PowerPoint฀97฀–฀2003

NOTE:

•฀Playable฀fonts,฀colors,฀font฀ornament,฀placement,฀object฀insertion฀or฀animation฀are฀restricted.

•฀Some฀Microsoft฀PowerPoint฀97฀–฀2003฀les฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

Supported฀USB฀memory฀devices

-฀Be฀sure฀to฀use฀a฀USB฀memory฀device฀formatted฀with฀the฀FAT,฀exFAT,฀FAT32฀or฀FAT16฀le฀system.

฀The฀projector฀does฀not฀support฀NTFS฀formatted฀USB฀memory.

฀If฀the฀projector฀does฀not฀recognize฀your฀USB฀memory,฀check฀if฀the฀format฀is฀supported.

฀To฀format฀your฀USB฀memory฀in฀your฀computer,฀refer฀to฀the฀document฀or฀help฀le฀that฀comes฀with฀your฀Win-

dows.

-฀We฀do฀not฀warrant฀that฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀projector฀will฀support฀all฀USB฀memories฀in฀the฀market.

-฀Wait฀at฀least฀5฀seconds฀after฀disconnecting฀a฀USB฀memory฀device฀before฀reconnecting฀it฀and฀vice฀versa.฀

฀The฀projector฀may฀not฀identify฀the฀USB฀memory฀device฀if฀it฀is฀repeatedly฀connected฀and฀disconnected฀in฀rapid฀

intervals.

4. Using the Viewer

Notices on shared folder and media server

•฀Files฀from฀a฀shared฀folder฀or฀media฀server฀may฀not฀be฀projected฀if฀security฀or฀antivirus฀software฀is฀installed฀on฀your฀

computer.

•฀Open฀the฀following฀rewall฀ports:

-฀Media฀server฀

Port฀numberProtocol

1900UDP

2869TCP

10243TCP

10280-10284UDP

-฀Shared฀folder

Port฀numberProtocol

137UDP/TCP

138UDP/TCP

139UDP/TCP

445UDP/TCP

•฀Set฀your฀computer฀for฀sharing฀and฀security฀to฀grant฀access฀to฀les฀in฀the฀shared฀folder฀and฀set฀your฀security฀or฀

antivirus฀software฀to฀grant฀access฀to฀les฀in฀the฀shared฀folder.฀Consult฀your฀network฀administrator฀for฀more฀informa-

tion.

•฀Movie฀les฀in฀the฀shared฀folder฀or฀the฀media฀server฀may฀not฀be฀played฀back฀correctly฀depending฀on฀your฀network฀

environment฀or฀the฀bit฀rate฀of฀your฀le.

NOTE:

Do฀not฀disconnect฀between฀the฀projector฀and฀your฀computer฀by฀removing฀the฀LAN฀cable฀or฀turning฀off฀the฀projector฀when฀a฀Pow-

erPoint฀le฀or฀PDF฀le฀is฀displayed฀from฀a฀shared฀folder.

Doing฀so฀will฀make฀Viewer฀inoperable.

NOTE:

•฀The฀following฀operations฀by฀using฀the฀buttons฀on฀the฀projector฀are฀not฀possible฀when฀the฀VIEWER฀screen฀such฀as฀the฀slide฀screen฀

and the thumbnail screen is displayed.

-฀Auto฀Adjustment฀by฀using฀the฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀button

•฀Freezing฀picture฀by฀using฀the฀FREEZE,฀ASPECT,฀or฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀is฀not฀possible฀when฀the฀VIEWER฀

screen such as the slide screen and the thumbnail screen is displayed.

•฀Executing฀[RESET]฀→฀[ALL฀DATA]฀from฀the฀menu฀will฀return฀the฀settings฀for฀the฀Viewer฀toolbar฀to฀the฀factory฀default.

4. Using the Viewer

❷ Preparing presentation materials

1.฀Create฀your฀presentation฀materials฀and฀save฀them฀in฀a฀supported฀le฀format฀to฀your฀computer.

•฀See฀page฀

99฀for฀supported฀le฀formats.

•฀Make฀sure฀that฀PowerPoint฀le฀is฀displayed฀on฀the฀Viewer฀before฀giving฀your฀real฀presentation.

฀With฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0,฀you฀can฀convert฀your฀PowerPoint฀les฀to฀index฀les฀that฀can฀be฀displayed฀on฀

the฀Viewer.฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀can฀be฀downloaded฀from฀our฀website.

•฀When฀creating฀a฀PDF฀le,฀embed฀your฀fonts฀in฀your฀PDF฀le.฀Embedding฀fonts฀requires฀Adobe฀Acrobat.฀This฀

cannot฀be฀done฀in฀Adobe฀Reader.

TIP:

•฀Using฀Print฀Command

Example฀for฀font฀embedding฀using฀Print฀Command.฀See฀the฀help฀of฀Adobe฀Acrobat฀for฀more฀information.

1.฀Select฀“Print”฀from฀the฀“File”฀menu.

2.฀Select฀“Adobe฀PDF”฀from฀“Printer฀name”฀and฀click฀the฀“Properties”฀but

ton.

3.฀Click฀the฀“Edit”฀button฀in฀the฀“Adobe฀PDF฀Settings”฀tab.

4.฀Click฀the฀font฀tab฀in฀the฀Edit฀window฀to฀select฀the฀font฀embed฀window.

5.฀Place฀a฀check฀mark฀for฀“Embed฀all฀fonts”.

฀Click฀“OK”฀to฀return฀to฀the฀Print฀window,฀and฀click฀“OK”฀to฀start฀creating฀a฀

PDF฀le.

2.฀Save฀a฀le฀to฀your฀drive.

฀To฀save฀a฀le฀to฀your฀USB฀memory:

฀Use฀the฀Windows฀Explore฀to฀copy฀the฀le฀to฀your฀USB฀memory.

฀To฀place฀a฀le฀in฀a฀shared฀folder฀you฀create฀in฀your฀computer,฀see฀page฀

90.

฀To฀use฀“Media฀Sharing”฀in฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀11,฀see฀page฀94.

4. Using the Viewer

❸ Projecting images stored in a USB memory device

This฀section฀explains฀the฀basic฀operation฀of฀the฀Viewer.

The฀explanation฀provides฀the฀operational฀procedure฀when฀the฀Viewer฀toolbar฀is฀set฀to฀the฀factory฀default.

Preparation:฀Before฀starting฀the฀Viewer,฀store฀images฀to฀the฀USB฀memory฀using฀your฀computer.

Starting the Viewer

1.฀Turn฀on฀the฀projector.฀(→฀page฀

16)

2.฀Insert฀the฀USB฀memory฀into฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀projec-

tor.

NOTE:

•฀Do฀not฀remove฀the฀USB฀memory฀from฀the฀projector฀while฀it’s฀LED฀

ashes.฀Doing฀so฀may฀corrupt฀the฀data.

TIP:

You฀can฀a฀USB฀memory฀insert฀the฀projector฀when฀the฀drive฀list฀screen฀

is displayed.

3.฀Press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀to฀select฀[VIEWER].

฀A฀press฀of฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀will฀display฀the฀source฀select฀

screen.

฀A฀few฀more฀presses฀of฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀will฀display฀the฀

drive list screen.

฀Another฀way฀to฀select฀[VIEWER]฀is฀to฀press฀the฀VIEWER฀

button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.

TIP:

•฀For฀more฀information฀about฀the฀drive฀list฀screen,฀see฀page฀

82.

•฀To฀display฀graphics฀in฀a฀shared฀folder,฀see฀page฀90; to display still

images฀or฀movie฀les฀in฀a฀media฀server,฀see฀page฀94.

4. Using the Viewer

4.฀Press฀the฀▶฀button฀to฀select฀“USB1”฀and฀press฀the฀

ENTER฀button.

฀The฀“USB1”฀thumbnail฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

TIP:

•฀For฀more฀information฀about฀thumbnail฀screen,฀see฀page฀

84.

5.฀Use฀the฀▲▼◀ or ▶฀button฀to฀select฀an฀icon.

•฀The฀→฀(arrow)฀symbol฀on฀the฀right฀indicates฀there฀are฀

more฀pages.฀pressing฀the฀PAGE฀▽฀(page฀down)฀button฀

will฀show฀the฀next฀page:฀pressing฀the฀PAGE฀△

(page up)

will show the previous page.

6.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀Operation฀varies฀depending฀on฀the฀selected฀le.

฀•฀Still฀image

฀The฀selected฀slide฀will฀be฀displayed.

The ◀ or ▶฀button฀can฀be฀used฀to฀select฀the฀next฀(right)฀

slide฀or฀the฀previous฀(left)฀slide฀in฀the฀thumbnail฀screen.

•฀Pressing฀the฀ENTER฀button฀will฀display฀the฀control฀bar฀

with which is used to select or rotate an slide.(→ page

85)

4. Using the Viewer

฀•฀Movie฀le

฀The฀movie฀le฀will฀start฀playing.

฀After฀nishing฀the฀playback,฀the฀screen฀will฀turn฀to฀black.฀

Press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀to฀return฀to฀the฀thumbnail฀screen.

•฀Pressing฀the฀ENTER฀button฀will฀display฀the฀movie’s฀

control฀bar฀with฀which฀you฀can฀pause฀or฀fastforward฀and฀

some other operations.

฀•฀Microsoft฀PowerPoint฀le

฀The฀slide฀on฀the฀rst฀page฀will฀be฀displayed.

Press ▶ to select the next slide; press ◀ to select the previ-

ous slide.

•฀You฀can฀also฀use฀the฀▼ or ▲฀button฀to฀select฀a฀page.฀To฀

return฀to฀the฀thumbnail฀screen,฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button.

NOTE:

•฀Files฀with฀slideshow฀or฀animation฀effects฀may฀not฀be฀correctly฀

displayed฀on฀the฀Viewer.

฀See฀“Supported฀PowerPoint฀les”฀on฀page฀75, 99.

฀•฀Adobe฀PDF฀le

฀The฀rst฀page฀will฀be฀displayed.

•฀The฀PDF฀le฀will฀ll฀the฀width฀of฀the฀screen.

Pressing the ▼ or ▲฀button฀will฀scroll฀the฀screen฀down฀or฀

up.

฀The฀PAGE฀▽฀or฀PAGE฀△฀button฀will฀move฀the฀screen฀one฀

page down or up.

฀To฀return฀to฀the฀thumbnail฀screen,฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button.

•฀When฀a฀passoword฀input฀window฀is฀displayed,฀it฀means฀

that฀the฀PDF฀le฀is฀password-protected.

฀Pressing฀the฀ENTER฀button฀will฀show฀the฀software฀

keyboard.฀Use฀the฀software฀keyboard฀to฀enter฀your฀

password.

฀Select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀The฀PDF฀le฀

will฀be฀displayed.

•฀For฀more฀information฀on฀the฀software฀keyboard,฀see฀page฀

153.

NOTE:

Bookmarks฀and฀notes฀that฀were฀added฀after฀PDF฀conversion฀will฀not฀

be displayed.

If฀fonts฀were฀not฀embedded฀at฀the฀time฀of฀PDF฀conversion,฀those฀fonts฀

will not be displayed.

TIP:

It฀takes฀some฀time฀(about฀30฀seconds฀to฀two฀minutes)฀to฀display฀a฀

large฀size฀le฀or฀to฀turn฀pages฀of฀a฀PDF฀le฀that฀has฀many฀pages.

4. Using the Viewer

฀•฀Index฀le฀(extension:.idx)

•฀Index฀les,฀which฀is฀converted฀by฀using฀Viewer฀PPT฀

Converter฀3.0,฀will฀appear฀in฀the฀Thumbnail฀screen.฀

฀Only฀folders฀and฀JPEG฀files฀converted฀by฀using฀

Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀will฀appear฀in฀the฀Thumbnail฀

screen.

•฀To฀select฀slideshow฀of฀index฀les,฀open฀the฀[PRESENTA-

TION]฀folder฀in฀the฀DRIVE฀LIST฀screen.

฀However,฀index฀les฀will฀not฀appear.฀Only฀folders฀and฀

JPEG฀les฀will฀appear.

•฀Up฀to฀four฀index฀folders฀in฀your฀USB฀and฀shared฀folder฀

are฀displayed.฀The฀four฀folders฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀reverse฀

chronological order

•฀When฀you฀insert฀the฀USB฀memory฀device฀storing฀index฀

with฀the฀Viewer฀in฀operation,฀the฀content฀of฀the฀index฀les฀

will฀be฀displayed.

NOTE:

•฀The฀play฀mode฀(MANUAL/AUTO)฀for฀slides฀of฀index฀le฀works฀in฀

the following way:

฀In฀case฀of฀[MANUAL]฀for฀[PLAY฀MODE]

฀When฀you฀select฀[OPTIONS]฀→฀[SLIDE฀SETTING]฀→฀[PLAY฀MODE]฀

→฀[MANUAL],฀index฀les฀will฀be฀set฀for฀manual฀playback฀in฀regard-

less฀of฀whether฀[INTERVAL]฀is฀set.

฀In฀case฀of฀[AUTO]฀selected฀for฀[PLAY฀MODE]

฀When฀you฀select฀[OPTIONS]฀→฀[SLIDE฀SETTING]฀→฀[PLAY฀MODE]฀

→฀[AUTO],฀index฀les฀will฀be฀set฀for฀auto฀playback฀at฀intervals฀

specied฀by฀using฀[INTERVAL].

฀When,฀however,฀[-1]฀is฀selected฀for฀[INTERVAL],฀the฀play฀mode฀will฀

be฀set฀for฀auto฀playback฀according฀to฀the฀setting฀for฀[OPTIONS]฀→

[SLIDE฀SETTING]฀→฀[INTERVAL].

7.฀Remove฀the฀USB฀memory฀from฀the฀projector.

฀Return฀to฀the฀drive฀list฀screen.฀Make฀sure฀that฀the฀LED฀on฀

the฀USB฀memory฀is฀not฀ashing฀before฀removing฀the฀USB฀

memory.

NOTE:฀If฀you฀remove฀the฀USB฀memory฀from฀the฀projector฀with฀a฀slide฀

displayed, the projector may not operate correctly. If this happens,

turn off the projector, turn off the main power switch, and unplug the

power฀cord.฀Wait฀3฀minutes,฀then฀connect฀the฀power฀cord,฀turn฀on฀

the main power switch, and turn on the projector.

Exiting the Viewer

1.฀Press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀to฀select฀a฀source฀other฀than฀

[VIEWER].

฀A฀press฀of฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀will฀display฀the฀source฀select฀

screen.

฀A฀few฀more฀presses฀of฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀will฀display฀

another source.

•฀To฀exit฀the฀Viewer฀using฀the฀remote฀control,฀select฀a฀

source฀other฀than฀[VIEWER].

XXXX Motors

4. Using the Viewer

Names and functions of Viewer screen

The฀Viewer฀has฀three฀screens:฀Drive฀list฀screen,฀Thumbnail฀screen,฀and฀Slide฀screen.

•฀Drive฀list฀screen

Displays฀a฀list฀of฀drives฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

Menu operation

•฀Use฀the฀▼

or ▲฀button฀to฀move฀the฀cursor฀up฀or฀down.฀Select฀the฀menu฀item฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀

to฀display฀the฀submenu.

Operation for Drive list screen

1.฀Press฀the฀▶฀button฀to฀move฀the฀cursor฀to฀the฀drive฀list.฀

(Use the ◀ or ▶฀button฀to฀switch฀between฀the฀menu฀and฀the฀drive฀list.)

Press the ▼ or ▲฀button฀to฀select฀a฀type฀of฀drive;฀press฀the฀◀ or ▶฀button฀to฀select฀the฀drive฀connected฀to฀the฀

projector.

2.฀Select฀the฀drive฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀switch฀to฀the฀thumbnail฀screen฀of฀the฀selected฀drive.

Cursor (yellow)

Menu Menu

Scroll฀bar

[Drive list screen] [Thumbnail฀screen]

Folder icon

Path information

Drive information/File information

Menu guide

Operation฀button฀guide

Control฀bar

* The operation for still image differs from that for movie.

[Slide฀screen]

4. Using the Viewer

Functions

NameDescription

REFRESHDisplays฀additional฀media฀servers฀in฀the฀drive฀list฀screen.

OPTIONSOpens฀the฀OPTIONS฀menu.

SLIDE฀SETTING

Sets฀up฀slides.฀(→฀page฀

87)

MOVIE฀SETTING

Sets฀up฀movie฀les.฀(→฀page฀

88)

AUTO฀PLAY฀SETTING

Sets฀up฀auto฀play.฀(→฀page฀

88)

SHARED฀FOLDER

Sets฀up฀a฀shared฀folder.฀(→฀page฀

90)

MEDIA฀SERVER

Sets฀up฀a฀media฀server.฀(→฀page฀

94)

RETURNCloses฀the฀OPTIONS฀menu.฀

SYSTEM฀SETTINGSwitches฀to฀the฀system฀setting฀menu.฀See฀wired฀LAN,฀wireless฀LAN,฀WPS,฀

network฀information,฀mouse,฀and฀keyboard฀in฀“9.฀Application฀Menu”.฀(→

page฀

140)

USBDisplays฀the฀icon฀for฀a฀USB฀memory฀inserted฀into฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀

projector.

SHARED฀FOLDERDisplays฀up฀to฀four฀drives฀of฀a฀computer฀connected฀to฀a฀LAN฀(set฀for฀con-

necting฀a฀shared฀folder).

*฀See฀page฀

90฀for฀setting฀up฀for฀connecting฀a฀shared฀foler฀of฀the฀projector.

MEDIA฀SERVERDisplays฀up฀to฀four฀drives฀of฀a฀computer฀connected฀to฀a฀LAN฀(set฀for฀con-

necting฀a฀media฀server).

*฀See฀page฀94฀for฀setting฀up฀for฀connecting฀a฀media฀server฀of฀the฀projector

PRESENTATIONDisplays฀the฀icon฀when฀a฀USB฀memory฀or฀shared฀foler฀stores฀index฀les.

Path฀informationDisplays฀the฀location฀of฀a฀folder฀or฀le.

Drive฀information[Example]

USB1314MB฀FREE/492MB

Displays฀the฀drive.Displays฀free฀space฀and฀capcity฀of฀

a฀drive.฀(USB฀only)

Menu฀guideDisplays฀the฀description฀of฀a฀selected฀menu.

Operation฀button฀guideDisplays฀information฀about฀operation฀buttons.

*฀It฀is฀displayed฀in฀three-digit฀number฀(rounding฀up)

NOTE:

When฀the฀OPTIONS฀menu฀is฀displayed,฀the฀drive฀list฀screen฀or฀thumbnail฀screen฀is฀not฀displayed.฀To฀display฀it,฀select฀the฀[RETURN]฀

icon฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

4. Using the Viewer

•฀Thumbnail฀screen

Displays฀a฀list฀of฀folders,฀thumbnails,฀and฀icons฀in฀the฀drive฀selected฀on฀the฀drive฀list฀screen.

Menu operation

•฀Use฀the฀▼

or ▲฀button฀to฀move฀the฀cursor฀up฀or฀down.฀Select฀the฀menu฀item฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀

to฀display฀the฀menu฀or฀setting฀screen.

Operation for Thumbnail screen

1.฀Press฀the฀▶฀button฀to฀move฀the฀cursor฀to฀the฀thumbnail฀screen฀when฀the฀OPTIONS฀menu฀is฀not฀dis

played.

2.฀Press฀the฀▼

, ▲, ◀, or ▶฀button฀to฀select฀a฀le฀or฀folder.

3.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀start฀slideshow฀or฀playback฀of฀the฀selected฀le.฀Selecting฀a฀folder฀will฀display฀

its฀thumbnail฀screen.

Functions

NameDescription

UP Goes฀to฀one฀upper฀level฀menu.

THUMBNAILSwitches฀two฀displays฀between฀thumbnail฀and฀icon.

SORT฀SETTINGRearranges฀folders฀or฀les.

DRIVE฀LISTReturns฀to฀the฀drive฀list฀screen.

OPTIONSChanges฀to฀the฀OPTIONS฀menu.

SYSTEM฀SET-

TING

Opens฀the฀system฀setting฀menu.

Scroll฀barThumbnail฀screen฀will฀display฀12฀les฀with฀4฀by฀3.฀If฀the฀thumbnail฀screen฀has฀twelve฀or฀

more฀les฀or฀folders,฀the฀scroll฀bar฀will฀be฀displayed฀at฀the฀right฀side.฀Using฀the฀PAGE฀

▽฀or฀PAGE฀△฀button฀will฀scroll฀the฀whole฀screen฀down฀or฀up.

Path฀informationDisplays฀the฀location฀of฀a฀folder฀or฀le.

Thumbnail฀information[Example]

005.jpg5/200 11/03/2010฀13:25:12฀502KB

Selected฀folder฀

name฀or฀le฀

name

Numbers฀and฀order฀of฀

les฀in฀a฀folder฀(only฀

when฀folder฀selected)

Create/Change฀date:฀

M/D/Y/H/M/B

Displays฀le฀

capacity

Menu฀guideDisplays฀the฀description฀of฀a฀selected฀menu.

Operation฀button฀guideDisplays฀information฀about฀operation฀buttons.

TIP:

•฀If฀an฀unsupported฀image฀is฀selected,฀the฀icon฀[?]฀will฀be฀displayed,

•฀The฀maximum฀displayable฀number฀of฀images฀is฀300฀in฀the฀thumbnail฀screen฀including฀the฀number฀of฀folders.

•฀If฀a฀le฀name฀or฀path฀of฀a฀folder฀is฀longer฀than฀specied,฀it฀will฀be฀displayed฀with฀center฀characters฀or฀path฀skipped.

฀Example:฀“123456789.jpg”฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀“123..789.jpg”.

4. Using the Viewer

•฀Slide฀screen฀(still฀image/movie)

Plays฀a฀le฀selected฀from฀a฀list฀of฀thumbnails฀or฀icons.

•฀For฀operating฀a฀Microsoft฀PowerPoint฀le฀and฀Adobe฀PDF฀le,฀see฀page฀

80.

Control bar operation

•฀The฀control฀bar฀will฀be฀displayed฀only฀when฀a฀still฀image฀(or฀index฀le)฀and฀a฀movie฀le฀is฀selected.

•฀The฀control฀bar฀for฀still฀images฀differs฀from฀that฀for฀movie฀les.

1.฀Pressing฀the฀ENTER฀button฀in฀Slide฀screen฀will฀display฀the฀control฀bar฀at฀the฀bottom฀of฀the฀screen.

2.฀Use฀the฀◀

or ▶฀button฀to฀select฀a฀le฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

•฀The฀selected฀function฀will฀be฀executed.

Functions of still image control bar

NameDescription

PREVGoes฀back฀to฀the฀previous฀image

PLAYPlays฀the฀image.฀This฀button฀also฀is฀used฀to฀stop฀or฀start฀playing฀an฀image.

NEXTGoes฀to฀the฀next฀image.

RIGHTRotates฀the฀image฀90°฀clockwise.

•฀To฀cancel,฀select฀another฀folder.

LEFTRotates฀the฀image฀90°฀counter฀clockwise.

•฀To฀cancel,฀select฀another฀folder.

SIZE

BEST฀FITDisplays฀the฀image฀with฀its฀aspect฀ratio฀in฀the฀projector’s฀displayable฀

maximum฀resolution.

ACTUAL฀

SIZE

Displays฀the฀image฀in฀its฀actual฀size.

CLOSECloses฀the฀control฀bar.

•฀You฀can฀also฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀to฀close฀the฀control฀bar.

ENDStops฀playing฀slides฀or฀slideshow,฀and฀closes฀the฀control฀bar฀to฀return฀to฀the฀thumbnail฀

screen.

4. Using the Viewer

Functions of movie control bar

NameDescription

PREVGoes฀back฀to฀the฀beginning฀of฀a฀movie฀le.

•฀Goes฀back฀to฀the฀beginning฀of฀the฀previous฀movie฀le฀if฀executed฀immediately฀after฀being฀

started฀playing.

FRFast-rewinds฀a฀movie฀le฀for฀about฀7฀seconds.

PLAY/PAUSE

PLAYPlays฀a฀movie฀le.

PAUSEStops฀playing฀a฀movie฀le.

FFFast-forwards฀a฀movie฀le฀for฀about฀7฀seconds.

NEXTGoes฀to฀the฀beginning฀of฀a฀next฀movie฀le.

TIMEDisplays฀an฀elapsed฀time฀for฀playback฀or฀pause.

SIZE

BEST฀FITDisplays฀the฀image฀with฀its฀aspect฀ratio฀in฀the฀projector’s฀displayable฀

maximum฀resolution.

ACTUAL฀

SIZE

Displays฀the฀image฀in฀its฀actual฀size.

CLOSECloses฀the฀control฀bar.

•฀You฀can฀also฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀to฀close฀the฀control฀bar.

ENDStops฀playing฀a฀movie,฀and฀closes฀the฀control฀bar฀to฀return฀to฀the฀thumbnail฀screen.

4. Using the Viewer

Viewer option settings

•฀SLIDE฀SETTING

Sets฀still฀images฀or฀slides.

NameOptionsDescription

SCREEN฀SIZEBEST฀FITDisplays฀the฀image฀with฀its฀aspect฀ratio฀in฀the฀projector’s฀display-

able฀maximum฀resolution.

ACTUAL฀SIZEDisplays฀the฀image฀in฀its฀actual฀size.

PLAY฀MODEMANUALSelects฀manual฀play.

AUTOSelects฀auto฀play.

INTERVAL5฀-฀300฀secondsSpecifies฀interval฀time฀when฀[AUTO]฀is฀selected฀for฀PLAY฀

MODE.

REPEAT

Check฀markTurns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀repeat฀function.

TIP

•฀To฀play฀one฀or฀more฀slides,฀place฀those฀les฀into฀a฀folder.

4. Using the Viewer

•฀MOVIE฀SETTING

Sets฀the฀functions฀for฀a฀movie฀le.

NameOptionsDescription

SCREEN฀SIZEBEST฀FITDisplays฀the฀image฀with฀its฀aspect฀ratio฀in฀the฀projector’s฀display-

able฀maximum฀resolution.

ACTUAL฀SIZEDisplays฀the฀image฀in฀its฀actual฀size.

REPEATOFFTurns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀repeat฀function.

ONE฀REPEATRepeats฀one฀le฀only.

ALL฀REPEATRepeats฀all฀les฀in฀the฀current฀folder.

TIP

•฀Turning฀on฀[REPEAT]฀will฀display฀black฀screen฀during฀intermission฀between฀movies.

•฀AUTO฀PLAY฀SETTING

Sets฀auto฀play฀for฀slideshow฀when฀a฀USB฀memory฀device฀is฀inserted฀into฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀projector,฀or฀when฀

[VIEWER]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SOURCE].

NameOptionsDescription

AUTO฀PLAYOFF—

PICTURE

Plays฀the฀rst฀still฀image฀found฀in฀a฀drive.

MOVIEPlays฀the฀rst฀movie฀found฀in฀a฀drive.

PowerPointPlays฀the฀rst฀PowerPoint฀le฀found฀in฀a฀drive.

TIP

•฀Auto฀play฀behavior฀is฀different฀between฀when฀a฀USB฀memory฀device฀is฀inserted฀into฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀projector฀and฀when฀

[VIEWER]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SOURCE].

•฀Auto฀play฀starts฀for฀the฀rst฀found฀le฀supporting฀the฀le฀type฀set฀up฀for฀Auto฀Play.฀The฀le฀will฀be฀searched฀in฀the฀drive฀root฀or฀

lower฀level.฀

•฀When฀[VIEWER]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SOURCE],฀the฀last฀selected฀le฀will฀be฀automatically฀played฀if฀it฀is฀found,฀or฀the฀last฀selected฀folder฀

will฀be฀searched฀and฀the฀rst฀found฀le฀will฀be฀automatically฀played.

฀To฀automatically฀play฀a฀movie฀le฀in฀a฀USB฀memory,฀store฀one฀movie฀le฀or฀change฀its฀le฀name฀so฀that฀it฀can฀be฀searched฀rst.

4. Using the Viewer

•฀SORT฀SETTING

Sets฀the฀order฀of฀displaying฀thumbnails฀or฀slides.

NameOptionsDescription

SORT

NAME฀(ABC..)Displays฀the฀les฀alphabetically฀by฀name฀in฀ascending฀order.

NAME฀(ZYX..)Displays฀the฀les฀alphabetically฀by฀name฀in฀descending฀order.

EXT.฀(ABC..)Displays฀the฀les฀alphabetically฀by฀extension฀in฀ascending฀or-

der.

EXT.฀(ZYX..)Displays฀the฀les฀alphabetically฀by฀extension฀in฀descending฀

order.

DATE฀(NEW)Displays฀the฀les฀in฀reverse฀chronological฀order.

DATE฀(OLD)Displays฀the฀les฀in฀chronological฀order.

SIZE฀(BIG)Displays฀the฀les฀in฀descending฀order฀of฀its฀le฀size.

SIZE฀(SMALL)Displays฀the฀les฀in฀ascending฀order฀of฀its฀le฀size.

4. Using the Viewer

❹ Projecting data from shared folder

LAN

Shared฀folder

Wireless฀LAN

Projector

Shared฀folder

Preparation

For฀projector:฀Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀network.

For฀computer:฀Place฀les฀to฀be฀projected฀in฀a฀shared฀folder฀and฀note฀the฀folder’s฀path.฀Memorize฀or฀write฀down฀the฀

path฀for฀later฀use.

•฀For฀sharing฀a฀folder,฀refer฀to฀your฀user฀guide฀or฀help฀le฀accompanied฀with฀your฀Windows฀computer.

•฀Use฀a฀keyboard฀to฀give฀a฀name฀to฀the฀shared฀folder฀in฀alphanumeric฀characters.

•฀To฀connect฀the฀shared฀folder฀beyond฀the฀subnet,฀set฀[WINS฀CONFIGURATION]฀in฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀from฀

the฀menu.

•฀Digital฀signature฀(SMB฀signature)฀is฀not฀supported.

Connecting the projector to the shared folder

1.฀Press฀the฀VIEWER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.

฀The฀drive฀list฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.

•฀Another฀way฀to฀start฀the฀VIEWER฀is฀to฀press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀a฀few฀times฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet.฀(→ page

20)

4. Using the Viewer

2.฀Displays฀the฀[OPTIONS]฀menu.

Press the ▼฀button฀to฀select฀the฀฀(OPTIONS)฀icon฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

•฀When฀the฀OPTIONS฀menu฀is฀displayed,฀the฀drive฀list฀will฀not฀be฀displayed.

3.฀Display฀the฀[SHARED฀FOLDER฀SETTING]฀screen.

Press the ▼฀button฀to฀select฀the฀฀(SHARED฀FOLDER฀SETTING)฀icon฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

4.฀Select฀a฀folder฀number฀and฀place฀to฀enable฀it.

Press the ◀ or ▶฀button฀to฀a฀shared฀folder฀number฀and฀press฀the฀▼฀button฀to฀select฀[ENABLE]฀,฀and฀then฀press฀

the฀ENTER฀button.

5.฀Enter฀the฀path,฀user฀name,฀and฀password฀for฀the฀shared฀folder.

Press the ▼฀button฀to฀select฀the฀[SHARED฀FOLDER]฀eld.฀The฀software฀keyboard฀will฀be฀displayed.

฀For฀using฀the฀software฀keyboard,฀see฀page฀

153.

•฀If฀your฀computer฀is฀not฀password฀protected,฀entering฀a฀password฀is฀not฀required.

•฀Up฀to฀four฀shared฀folders฀can฀be฀added.

•฀The฀maximum฀length฀of฀a฀path฀of฀the฀shared฀folder฀must฀be฀15฀alphanumeric฀characters฀for฀computer฀name฀and฀

23 alphanumeric characters for folder name.

4. Using the Viewer

6.฀Exit฀the฀setting.

Press the ▼฀button฀to฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀This฀will฀close฀the฀[SHARED฀FOLDER]฀screen.

•฀If฀an฀error฀message฀appear,฀your฀settings฀are฀not฀correct.฀Try฀again.

4. Using the Viewer

Disconnecting the shared folder from the projector

•฀Disable฀the฀number฀of฀a฀shared฀folder฀you฀wish฀to฀disconnect

Press the ▼฀button฀to฀select฀[ENABLE]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀clear฀it.

NOTE:

•฀When฀a฀PowerPoint฀le฀or฀PDF฀le฀is฀displayed,฀do฀not฀disconnect฀your฀LAN฀cable.฀If฀doing฀so,฀the฀Viewer฀will฀not฀work.

TIP:฀

•฀Connecting฀settings฀for฀Shared฀folder฀

฀Settings฀of฀up฀to฀four฀folders฀can฀be฀saved.

฀Restarting฀the฀projector฀will฀display฀setting-saved฀shared฀folders฀in฀grey฀folder฀icon฀on฀the฀drive฀list฀screen.฀

฀Selecting฀the฀grey฀icon฀folder฀will฀skip฀entry฀for฀a฀folder฀path.

•฀Failing฀to฀connect฀with฀a฀shared฀folder฀will฀display฀the฀folder฀icon฀with฀“x”฀mark.฀If฀this฀happen,฀check฀your฀folder฀setting.

4. Using the Viewer

❺ Projecting data from media server

LAN

Media server

Wireless฀LAN

Media server

Projector

Preparation

For฀projector:฀Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀network.

For฀computer:฀Prepare฀image฀les฀or฀movie฀les฀to฀be฀projected,฀and฀set฀up฀“Media฀Sharing”฀in฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀

11฀or฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀12.

NOTE:

•฀Both฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀media฀server฀must฀be฀on฀the฀same฀subnet.฀Connecting฀to฀the฀media฀server฀beyond฀the฀subnet฀is฀not฀

possible.

•฀Types฀of฀images฀and฀movies฀which฀can฀be฀shared฀may฀vary฀depending฀on฀Windows฀version.

Setting up “Media Sharing” in Windows Media Player 11

1.฀Start฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀11.

2.฀Select฀“Media฀Sharing”฀from฀“Library”.

฀The฀“Media฀Sharing”฀dialog฀box฀will฀be฀displayed.

4. Using the Viewer

3.฀Select฀“Share฀my฀media”฀check฀box,฀and฀then฀select฀OK.฀

฀A฀list฀of฀accessible฀devices฀will฀be฀displayed.

4.฀Select฀“PH1000฀Series”฀and฀then฀“Allow”.

฀A฀check฀mark฀will฀be฀added฀to฀the฀“PH1000฀Series”฀icon.

•฀The฀“PH1000฀Series”฀is฀a฀projector฀name฀specied฀in฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS].฀

5.฀Select฀“OK”.

฀This฀will฀make฀pictures฀and฀video฀in฀“Library”฀available฀from฀the฀projector.

4. Using the Viewer

Setting up “Media Sharing” in Windows Media Player 12

1.฀Start฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀12.

2.฀Select฀“Stream”,฀and฀then฀select฀“Automatically฀allow฀devices฀to฀play฀my฀media”.

฀The฀“Allow฀All฀Media฀Devices”฀windows฀will฀be฀displayed.

3.฀Select฀“Automatically฀allow฀all฀computers฀and฀media฀devices”.

฀Graphics฀and฀movie฀les฀in฀“Library”฀can฀be฀used฀from฀the฀projector.

4. Using the Viewer

Connecting the projector to the media server

Press฀the฀VIEWER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.

The฀VIEWER฀will฀start.

•฀Another฀way฀to฀start฀the฀VIEWER฀is฀to฀press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀a฀few฀times฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet.฀(→฀page฀

20)

•฀This฀will฀start฀searching฀for฀a฀computer฀with฀“media฀sharing”฀enabled฀in฀the฀network฀and฀add฀it฀to฀the฀“Media฀server”฀

of฀the฀thumbnail฀screen.

฀Another฀way฀to฀do฀this฀is฀to฀point฀the฀cursor฀to฀“Media฀server”฀and฀select฀[REFRESH]฀from฀the฀thumbnail฀menu฀

and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

NOTE:

•฀Up฀to฀four฀accessible฀media฀servers฀can฀be฀automatically฀searched฀and฀displayed.฀The฀fth฀device฀or฀later฀cannot฀be฀displayed.

(→฀page฀78)

4. Using the Viewer

Disconnecting the projector from the media server

1.฀Display฀the฀OPTIONS฀menu.

Press the ▼฀button฀to฀select฀the฀[OPTIONS]฀icon฀and฀select฀the฀ENTER฀button.

2.฀Display฀the฀MEDIA฀SERVER฀setting฀screen.

Press the ▼฀button฀to฀select฀the฀MEDIA฀SERVER฀icon฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

3.฀Disable฀the฀connection.

฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀clear฀the฀checkmark฀to฀disable฀the฀connection.

Press the ▼฀button฀to฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀close฀the฀MEDIA฀SERVER฀setting฀screen.

4. Using the Viewer

❻ Restrictions on displaying ﬁles

The฀Viewer฀allows฀you฀to฀give฀a฀simplied฀display฀of฀a฀PowerPoint฀le฀or฀PDF฀le.

Due฀to฀simplied฀display,฀however,฀actual฀display฀may฀be฀different฀from฀the฀one฀on฀your฀computer฀application฀pro-

gram.

Some restrictions on PowerPoint ﬁles

•฀Fonts฀will฀be฀automatically฀converted฀to฀the฀fonts฀installed฀in฀the฀projector.฀Fonts฀can฀vary฀in฀size฀or฀width,฀causing฀

layout฀corruption

฀Some฀characters฀or฀fonts฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

•฀Some฀functions฀included฀in฀font฀are฀not฀supported.

฀Example:฀There฀are฀some฀restrictions฀on฀animation,฀selection,฀or฀hyperlink.

•฀It฀may฀take฀longer฀time฀to฀feed฀pages฀compared฀with฀a฀computer

•฀In฀some฀cases฀Microsoft฀PowerPoint฀97-2003฀format฀les฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

Some restrictions on PDF ﬁles

•฀Fonts฀not฀embedded฀at฀the฀time฀of฀PDF฀creation฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

•฀Some฀functions฀included฀in฀font฀are฀not฀supported.

฀Example:฀There฀are฀some฀restrictions฀on฀annotations,฀selection,฀form,฀or฀color฀space.

•฀It฀may฀take฀longer฀time฀to฀feed฀pages฀compared฀with฀a฀computer

•฀In฀some฀cases฀Adobe฀Acrobat฀format฀les฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

100

5. Using On-Screen Menu

1 Using the Menus

NOTE:฀The฀on-screen฀menu฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀correctly฀while฀interlaced฀motion฀video฀image฀is฀projected.

1.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀display฀the฀menu.

NOTE: The commands such as ENTER,฀EXIT,฀, ฀in฀the฀bottom฀show฀available฀buttons฀for฀your฀operation.

2.฀Press฀the฀฀buttons฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀display฀the฀submenu.

3.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀highlight฀the฀top฀item฀or฀the฀rst฀

tab.

4.฀Use฀the฀฀buttons฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀select฀the฀item฀you฀want฀to฀adjust฀or฀

set.

฀You฀can฀use฀the฀฀buttons฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀select฀the฀tab฀you฀want.

5.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀display฀the฀submenu฀window.

6.฀Adjust฀the฀level฀or฀turn฀the฀selected฀item฀on฀or฀off฀by฀using฀the฀฀buttons฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀

the฀projector฀cabinet.

Changes฀are฀stored฀until฀adjusted฀again.

7.฀Repeat฀steps฀2฀-6฀to฀adjust฀an฀additional฀item,฀or฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projec

tor฀cabinet฀to฀quit฀the฀menu฀display.

NOTE:฀When฀a฀menu฀or฀message฀is฀displayed,฀several฀lines฀of฀information฀may฀be฀lost,฀depending฀on฀the฀signal฀or฀settings.

8.฀฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button฀to฀close฀the฀menu.

฀To฀return฀to฀the฀previous฀menu,฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button.

101

5. Using On-Screen Menu



Menu Elements

Slide฀bar

Solid฀triangle

Menu mode

Tab

Radio฀button

ECO฀mode฀symbol

Wireless฀symbol

Menu฀windows฀or฀dialog฀boxes฀typically฀have฀the฀following฀elements:

Highlight .............................Indicates the selected menu or item.

Solid triangle ......................Indicates further choices are available. A highlighted triangle indicates the item is active.

Tab ......................................Indicates a group of features in a dialog box. Selecting on any tab brings its page to the front.

Radio button .......................Use this round button to select an option in a dialog box.

Source ................................Indicates the currently selected source.

Menu mode ........................Indicates the current menu mode: BASIC or ADVANCED.

Off Timer remaining time ....Indicates the remaining countdown time when the [OFF TIMER] is preset.

Slide bar .............................Indicates settings or the direction of adjustment.

ECO mode symbol ..............Indicates [ECO MODE] is set.

Key Lock symbol ................Indicates the [CONTROL PANEL LOCK] is enabled.

Thermometer symbol .........Indicates the [ECO MODE] is forcibly set to [ON] mode because the internal temperature is too

high.

High Altitude symbol ..........Indicates the [FAN MODE] is set to [HIGH ALTITUDE] mode.

Wireless symbol .................Indicate the wireless LAN connection is enabled.

Source

Available฀buttons

High฀Altitude฀symbol

Off Timer remaining

time

Highlight

Thermometer฀symbol

Key฀Lock฀symbol

102

5. Using On-Screen Menu

 List of Menu Items

Some฀menu฀items฀are฀not฀available฀depending฀on฀the฀input฀source.

Menu฀ItemDefaultOptions

SOURCE

COMPUTER1*

COMPUTER2*

COMPUTER3*

HDMI*

DisplayPort*

VIDEO*

S-VIDEO*

VIEWER*

NETWORK*

SLOT

ENTRY฀LIST

TEST฀PATTERN

ADJUST

PICTURE

MODESTANDARD

STANDARD,฀PROFESSIONAL

PRESET*

HIGH-BRIGHT,฀PRESENTATION,฀VIDEO,฀MOVIE,฀GRAPHIC,฀

sRGB,฀DICOM฀SIM.

DETAIL฀SETTINGS

GENERAL

REFERENCE*

HIGH-BRIGHT,฀PRESENTATION,฀VIDEO,฀MOVIE,฀GRAPHIC,฀

sRGB,฀DICOM฀SIM.

GAMMA฀

CORRECTION

DYNAMIC,฀NATURAL,฀BLACK฀DETAIL

SCREEN฀SIZE*

*LARGE,฀MEDIUM,฀SMALL

COLOR฀

TEMPERATURE*

*5000,฀6500,฀7800,฀8500,฀9300,฀10500

DYNAMIC฀

CONTRAST

*OFF,฀ON

WHITE฀BALANCE

CONTRAST฀R0

CONTRAST฀G0

CONTRAST฀B0

BRIGHTNESS฀R0

BRIGHTNESS฀G0

BRIGHTNESS฀B0

SATURATION

RED0

GREEN0

BLUE0

YELLOW0

MAGENTA0

CYAN0

CONTRAST50

BRIGHTNESS50

SHARPNESS10

COLOR50

HUE0

RESET

IMAGE฀OPTIONS

CLOCK*

PHASE*

HORIZONTAL*

VERTICAL*

BLANKING*

TOP,฀BOTTOM,฀LEFT,฀RIGHT

OVERSCAN*AUTO,฀0[%],฀5[%],฀10[%]

ASPECT฀RATIO

(COMPUTER1/2/3)฀AUTO,฀4:3,฀5:4,฀16:9,฀15:9,฀16:10,฀

NATIVE

(COMPONENT/VIDEO/S-VIDEO)฀AUTO,฀4:3,฀LETTERBOX,฀

WIDE฀SCREEN,฀ZOOM

(COMPONENT/VIDEO/S-VIDEO)฀AUTO,฀4:3฀WINDOW,฀

LETTERBOX,฀WIDE฀SCREEN,฀4:3฀FILL

RESOLUTION*–

VIDEO

NOISE฀

REDUCTION

RANDOM฀NR*OFF,฀LOW,฀MEDIUM,฀HIGH

MOSQUITO฀NROFFOFF,฀LOW,฀MEDIUM,฀HIGH

BLOCK฀NROFFOFF,฀ON

DEINTERLACEAUTOAUTO,฀VIDEO,฀FILM

3D฀Y/C฀SEPARATIONONOFF,฀ON

DETAIL฀ENHANCEMENT*

SIGNAL฀TYPERGBRGB,฀COMPONENT

VIDEO฀LEVELAUTOAUTO,฀NORMAL,฀ENHANCED

LENS฀MEMORY

STORE

MOVE

RESET

*฀The฀asterisk฀(*)฀indicates฀that฀the฀default฀setting฀varies฀depending฀on฀the฀signal.

*1฀The฀[SCREEN฀SIZE]฀item฀is฀available฀when฀[DICOM฀SIM.]฀is฀selected฀for฀[REFERENCE].

*2฀When฀[PRESENTATION]฀or฀[HIGH-BRIGHT]฀is฀selected฀in฀[REFERENCE],฀the฀[COLOR฀TEMPERATURE]฀is฀not฀available.

•฀Basic฀menu฀items฀are฀indicated฀by฀shaded฀area.

103

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Menu฀ItemDefaultOptions

SETUP

BASIC

KEYSTONE

HORIZONTAL0

VERTICAL0

CORNERSTONE

PIP/PICTURE฀BY฀

PICTURE

PIP/PBP฀MODEPIPPIP,฀PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE

PIP฀POSITIONBOTTOM-RIGHTTOP-LEFT,฀TOP-RIGHT,฀BOTTOM-LEFT,฀BOTTOM-RIGHT

PIP/PBP฀SOURCEOFFOFF,฀VIDEO,฀S-VIDEO

WALL฀COLOROFF

OFF,฀BLACKBOARD,฀BLACKBOARD฀(GRAY),฀LIGHT฀

YELLOW,฀LIGHT฀BLUE,฀LIGHT฀ROSE

LAMP฀MODE

ECO฀MODEOFFOFF,฀ON

LAMP฀SELECTDUALDUAL,฀SINGLE,฀LAMP1฀ONLY,฀LAMP2฀ONLY

LAMP฀INTERVAL฀

MODE

OFFOFF,฀12฀HOURS,฀24฀HOURS,฀1฀WEEK

LAMP฀SWITCHING฀

TIME

00:0000:00฀-฀24:00

LAMP฀SWITCHING฀

DAY

SUNSUN,฀MON,฀TUE,฀WED,฀THU,฀FRI,฀SAT

CLOSED฀CAPTIONOFF

OFF,฀CAPTION1,฀CAPTION2,฀CAPTION3,฀CAPTION4,฀

TEXT1,฀TEXT2,฀TEXT3,฀TEXT4

OFF฀TIMEROFFOFF,฀0:30,฀1:00,฀2:00,฀4:00,฀8:00,฀12:00,฀16:00

TOOLS

ADMINISTRATOR฀MODE,฀PROGRAM฀TIMER,฀TIME,฀

MOUSE

LANGUAGEENGLISH

ENGLISH,฀DEUTSCH,฀FRANÇAIS,฀ITALIANO,฀ESPAÑOL,฀

SVENSKA,฀日本語

DANSK,฀PORTUGUÊS,฀ČEŠTINA,฀MAGYAR,฀POLSKI,฀

NEDERLANDS,฀SUOMI

NORSK,฀TÜRKÇE,฀РУССКИЙ,

, Ελληνικά, 中文, 한국어

ROMÂNĂ, HRVATSKA, БЪЛГАРСКИ, INDONESIA, ,

ไทย

COLOR฀SELECTCOLORCOLOR,฀MONOCHROME

SOURCE฀DISPLAYONOFF,฀ON

MESSAGE฀DISPLAYONOFF,฀ON

ID฀DISPLAYONOFF,฀ON

ECO฀MESSAGEOFFOFF,฀ON

DISPLAY฀TIMEAUTO฀45฀SECMANUAL,฀AUTO฀5฀SEC,฀AUTO฀15฀SEC,฀AUTO฀45฀SEC

BACKGROUNDLOGOBLUE,฀BLACK,฀LOGO

FILTER฀MESSAGEOFFOFF,฀100[H],฀500[H],฀1000[H],฀2000[H],฀5000[H]

INSTALLATION฀

(1)

ORIENTATION

DESKTOP฀

FRONT

DESKTOP฀FRONT,฀CEILING฀REAR,฀DESKTOP฀REAR,฀

CEILING฀FRONT

SCREENSCREEN฀TYPE4:3฀SCREEN4:3฀SCREEN,฀16:9฀SCREEN,฀16:10฀SCREEN

GEOMETRIC฀CORRECTIONOFFOFF,฀1,฀2,฀3

MULTI-SCREEN฀

COMP.

MODEOFFOFF,฀ON

CONTRAST0

BRIGHTNESS0

REF.฀WHITE฀

BALANCE

CONTRAST฀R0

CONTRAST฀G0

CONTRAST฀B0

BRIGHTNESS฀R0

BRIGHTNESS฀G0

BRIGHTNESS฀B0

UNIFORMITY฀R0

UNIFORMITY฀B0

REF.฀LENS฀

MEMORY

STORE

MOVE

RESET

LOAD฀BY฀SIGNALOFFOFF,฀ON

FORCED฀MUTEOFFOFF,฀ON

CALIBRATION

INSTALLATION฀

(2)

NETWORK฀SETTINGS

WIRED฀LAN,฀WIRELESS฀LAN,฀WPS,฀NETWORK฀

INFORMATION,฀PROJECTOR฀NAME,฀DOMAIN,฀ALERT฀

MAIL,฀NETWORK฀SERVICE

CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCKOFFOFF,฀ON

SECURITYOFFOFF,฀ON

COMMUNICATION฀SPEED38400bps4800bps,฀9600bps,฀19200bps,฀38400bps,฀115200bps

REMOTE฀SENSORFRONT/BACKFRONT/BACK,฀FRONT,฀BACK

CONTROL฀ID

CONTROL฀ID฀

NUMBER

1 1–254

CONTROL฀IDOFFOFF,฀ON

*฀The฀asterisk฀(*)฀indicates฀that฀the฀default฀setting฀varies฀depending฀on฀the฀signal.

104

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Menu฀ItemDefaultOptions

SETUP

OPTIONS(1)

AUTO฀ADJUSTNORMALOFF,฀NORMAL,฀FINE

FAN฀MODE

AUTOMODE:฀AUTO,฀HIGH,฀HIGH฀ALTITUDE

FLOOR

SETTING:฀FLOOR,฀CEILING,฀VERTICAL฀TILT฀UP,฀VERTICAL฀

TILT฀DOWN

SIGNAL฀SELECT(COMP3)

RGB/

COMPONENT

RGB/COMPONENT,฀VIDEO

SEAMLESS฀SWITCHINGOFFOFF,฀ON

COLOR฀SYSTEM

VIDEOAUTO

AUTO,฀NTSC3.58,฀NTSC4.43,฀PAL,฀PAL-M,฀PAL-N,฀PAL60,฀

SECAM

S-VIDEOAUTO

AUTO,฀NTSC3.58,฀NTSC4.43,฀PAL,฀PAL-M,฀PAL-N,฀PAL60,฀

SECAM

COMPUTER3฀

(VIDEO)

AUTO

AUTO,฀NTSC3.58,฀NTSC4.43,฀PAL,฀PAL-M,฀PAL-N,฀PAL60,฀

SECAM

SLOT฀POWER

PROJECTOR฀ONOFF,฀ON

PROJECTOR฀

STANDBY

ENABLE

DISABLE,฀ENABLE

OPTIONS(2)

STANDBY฀MODENORMALNORMAL,฀POWER-SAVING,฀NETWORK฀STANDBY

DIRECT฀POWER฀ONOFFOFF,฀ON

AUTO฀POWER฀ON(COMP1/3)OFFOFF,฀COMPUTER1,฀COMPUTER3

AUTO฀POWER฀OFFOFFOFF,฀0:05,฀0:10,฀0:20,฀0:30

DEFAULT฀SOURCE฀SELECTLAST

LAST,฀AUTO,฀COMPUTER1,฀COMPUTER2,฀COMPUTER3,฀

HDMI,฀DisplayPort,฀VIDEO,฀S-VIDEO,฀VIEWER,฀NETWORK

EDGE฀BLENDINGMODEOFF

OFF,฀ON

(ON:฀TOP,฀BOTTOM,฀LEFT,฀RIGHT,฀BLACK฀LVEL)

INFO.

USAGE฀TIME

LAMP฀1฀LIFE฀REMAINING

LAMP฀2฀LIFE฀REMAINING

LAMP฀1฀HOURS฀USED

LAMP฀2฀HOURS฀USED

FILTER฀HOURS฀USED

TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS

SOURCE(1)

INPUT฀TERMINAL

RESOLUTION

HORIZONTAL฀FREQUENCY

VERTICAL฀FREQUENCY

SYNC฀TYPE

SYNC฀POLARITY

SCAN฀TYPE

SOURCE฀NAME

ENTRY฀NO.

SOURCE(2)

SIGNAL฀TYPE

VIDEO฀TYPE

BIT฀DEPTH

VIDEO฀LEVEL

LINK฀RATE

LINK฀LANE

WIRED฀LAN

IP฀ADDRESS

SUBNET฀MASK

GATEWAY

MAC฀ADDRESS

WIRELESS฀

LAN(1)

IP฀ADDRESS

SUBNET฀MASK

GATEWAY

MAC฀ADDRESS

WIRELESS฀

LAN(2)

SSID

NETWORK฀TYPE

WEP/WPA

CHANNEL

SIGNAL฀LEVEL

VERSION฀(1)

FIRMWARE

DATA

FIRMWARE2

VERSION฀(2)FIRMWARE3

OTHERS

PROJECTOR฀NAME

MODEL฀NO.

SERIAL฀NUMBER

LAN฀UNIT฀TYPE

CONTROL฀ID฀(when฀[CONTROL฀ID]฀

is฀set)

RESET

CURRENT฀SIGNAL

ALL฀DATA

ALL฀DATA(INCLUDING฀ENTRY฀LIST)

CLEAR฀LAMP฀1฀HOURS

CLEAR฀LAMP฀2฀HOURS

CLEAR฀FILTER฀HOURS

105

5. Using On-Screen Menu

 Menu Descriptions & Functions [SOURCE]

COMPUTER 1, 2, and 3

Selects฀the฀computer฀connected฀to฀your฀COMPUTER฀1,฀2,฀or฀COMPUTER฀3฀input฀connector฀signal.

NOTE:฀When฀the฀component฀input฀signal฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀COMPUTER฀1฀IN,฀COMPUTER฀2฀IN,฀or฀COMPUTER฀3฀IN฀connector,฀select฀

[COMPUTER1],฀[COMPUTER2]฀or฀[COMPUTER3]฀respectively.฀The฀projector฀automatically฀determines฀whether฀the฀COMPUTER1,฀

2,฀or฀3฀input฀signal฀is฀an฀RGB฀or฀component฀signal.

HDMI

Selects฀the฀HDMI฀compatible฀equipment฀connected฀to฀your฀HDMI฀IN฀connector.

DisplayPort

Projects฀the฀image฀of฀the฀device฀connected฀to฀the฀DisplayPort฀input฀connector.

VIDEO

Selects฀what฀is฀connected฀to฀your฀VIDEO฀input-VCR,฀DVD฀player฀or฀document฀camera.

S-VIDEO

Selects฀what฀is฀connected฀to฀your฀S-VIDEO฀input-VCR฀or฀DVD฀player.

NOTE:฀A฀frame฀may฀freeze฀for฀a฀brief฀period฀of฀time฀when฀a฀video฀is฀played฀back฀in฀fast-forward฀or฀fast-rewind฀with฀a฀Video฀or฀S-

Video฀source.

VIEWER

This฀feature฀enables฀you฀to฀make฀presentations฀using฀a฀USB฀memory฀that฀contains฀slides.

(→฀page฀74฀“4.฀Using฀the฀Viewer”)

NETWORK

Selects฀a฀signal฀from฀the฀LAN฀port฀(RJ-45)฀or฀the฀installed฀USB฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀(optional฀for฀models฀for฀Europe,฀

Australia,฀Asia฀and฀other฀countries฀than฀North฀America).

SLOT (for optional board)

Selects฀a฀signal฀from฀the฀optional฀board฀(SB-01HC฀or฀other฀NEC’s฀interface฀boards)฀when฀it฀is฀installed.

ENTRY LIST

Displays฀a฀list฀of฀signals.฀See฀the฀following฀pages.

TEST PATTERN

Displays฀the฀test฀pattern.฀

NOTE:

•฀The฀test฀pattern฀can฀be฀displayed฀even฀when฀the฀menu฀is฀displayed.฀Unavailable฀menu฀items฀are฀displayed฀in฀grey.฀

106

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Using฀the฀Entry฀List

When฀any฀source฀or฀lens฀memory฀adjustments฀are฀made,฀the฀adjustments฀are฀automatically฀registered฀in฀the฀Entry฀

List.฀The฀(adjustment฀values฀of)฀registered฀signals฀can฀be฀loaded฀from฀the฀Entry฀List฀whenever฀necessary.

However,฀only฀up฀to฀100฀patterns฀can฀be฀registered฀in฀the฀Entry฀List.฀When฀100฀patterns฀have฀been฀registered฀in฀the฀

Entry฀List,฀an฀error฀message฀is฀then฀displayed฀and฀no฀additional฀patterns฀can฀be฀registered.฀You฀should฀thus฀delete฀

(adjustment฀values฀of)฀signals฀that฀are฀no฀longer฀needed.

Displaying฀the฀Entry฀list

1.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button.

฀The฀menu฀will฀be฀displayed.

2.฀Press฀the฀

or ฀button฀to฀select฀[SOURCE].

฀The฀SOURCE฀list฀will฀be฀displayed.

3.฀Use฀the฀, , , or ฀to฀select฀[ENTRY฀LIST]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀ENTRY฀LIST฀windows฀will฀be฀displayed.

฀If฀the฀ENTRY฀LIST฀window฀is฀not฀displayed,฀switch฀the฀menu฀to฀[ADVANCED].

฀To฀switch฀the฀menu฀between฀[ADVANCED]฀and฀[BASIC],฀select฀[APPLICATION฀MENU]฀→฀[TOOLS]฀→

[ADMINISTRATOR฀MODE].฀(→ page 158)

107

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Entering฀the฀currently฀projected฀signal฀into฀the฀Entry฀List฀[STORE]

1.฀Press฀the฀

or ฀button฀to฀select฀any฀number.

2.฀Press฀the฀

or ฀button฀to฀select฀[STORE]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

Calling฀up฀a฀signal฀from฀the฀Entry฀List฀[LOAD]

Press฀the฀ or ฀button฀to฀select฀a฀signal฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

Editing฀a฀signal฀from฀the฀Entry฀List฀[EDIT]

1.฀Press฀the฀ or ฀button฀to฀select฀a฀signal฀you฀wish฀to฀edit.

2.฀Press฀the฀

, , , or ฀button฀to฀select฀[EDIT]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀Edit฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.

SOURCE฀NAMEEnter฀a฀signal฀name.฀Up฀to฀18฀alphanumeric฀characters฀can฀be฀used.

INPUT฀TERMINALSelect฀the฀input฀source.

LOCKSet฀so฀that฀the฀selected฀signal฀cannot฀be฀deleted฀when฀[ALL฀DELETE]฀is฀executed.฀The฀

changes฀made฀after฀LOCK฀execution฀cannot฀be฀saved.

SKIPSet฀so฀that฀the฀selected฀signal฀will฀be฀skipped฀during฀auto฀search.

3.฀Set฀the฀above฀items฀and฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

NOTE: The input terminal cannot be changed to the currently projected signal.

108

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Cutting฀a฀signal฀from฀the฀Entry฀List฀[CUT]

1.฀Press฀the฀ or ฀button฀to฀select฀a฀signal฀you฀wish฀to฀delete.

2.฀Press฀the฀

, , , or ฀button฀to฀select฀[CUT]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀signal฀will฀be฀deleted฀from฀the฀Entry฀List฀and฀the฀deleted฀signal฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀clipboard฀at฀the฀bottom฀

of the Entry List.

NOTE:

•฀The฀currently฀projected฀signal฀cannot฀be฀deleted.

•฀When฀the฀locked฀signal฀is฀selected,฀it฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀gray฀which฀indicates฀it฀is฀not฀available.

TIP:

•฀Data฀on฀the฀clipboard฀can฀be฀passed฀onto฀the฀Entry฀List.

•฀Data฀on฀the฀clipboard฀will฀not฀be฀lost฀after฀the฀Entry฀List฀is฀closed.

Copying฀and฀pasting฀a฀signal฀from฀the฀Entry฀List฀[COPY]฀/฀[PASTE]

1.฀Press฀the฀

or ฀button฀to฀select฀a฀signal฀you฀wish฀to฀copy.

2.฀Press฀the฀

, , , or ฀button฀to฀select฀[COPY]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀copied฀signal฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀clipboard฀at฀the฀bottom฀of฀the฀Entry฀List.

3.฀Press฀the฀

or ฀button฀to฀move฀to฀the฀list.

4.฀Press฀the฀

or ฀button฀to฀select฀a฀signal.

5.฀Press฀the฀

, , , or ฀button฀to฀select฀[PASTE]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀Data฀on฀the฀clipboard฀will฀be฀pasted฀to฀the฀signal.

Deleting฀all฀the฀signals฀from฀the฀Entry฀List฀[ALL฀DELETE]

1.฀Press฀the฀

, , , or ฀button฀to฀select฀[ALL฀DELETE]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀conrmation฀message฀will฀be฀displayed.

2.฀Press฀the฀

or ฀button฀to฀select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

NOTE: The locked signal cannot be deleted.

109

5. Using On-Screen Menu

 Menu Descriptions & Functions [ADJUST]

[PICTURE]

[MODE]

This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀determine฀how฀to฀save฀settings฀for฀[DETAIL฀SETTINGS]฀of฀[PRESET]฀for฀each฀input.

STANDARD ............ Saves settings for each item of [PRESET] (Preset 1 through 7)

PROFESSIONAL ..... Saves all the settings of [PICTURE] for each input.

[PRESET]

This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀optimized฀settings฀for฀your฀projected฀image.

You฀can฀adjust฀neutral฀tint฀for฀yellow,฀cyan฀or฀magenta.฀

There฀are฀six฀factory฀presets฀optimized฀for฀various฀types฀of฀images.฀You฀can฀also฀use฀[DETAIL฀SETTINGS]฀to฀set฀user฀

adjustable฀settings฀to฀customize฀each฀gamma฀or฀color.

Your฀settings฀can฀be฀stored฀in฀[PRESET฀1]฀to฀[PRESET฀7].

HIGH-BRIGHT ........ Recommended for use in a brightly lit room.

PRESENTATION ..... Recommended for making a presentation using a PowerPoint ﬁle.

VIDEO .................... Recommended for typical TV program viewing.

MOVIE ................... Recommended for movies.

GRAPHIC ............... Recommended for graphics.

sRGB ..................... Standard color values

DICOM SIM. .......... Recommended for DICOM simulation format.

NOTE:

•฀The฀[DICOM฀SIM.]฀option฀is฀for฀training/reference฀only฀and฀should฀not฀be฀used฀for฀actual฀diagnosis.

•฀DICOM฀stands฀for฀Digital฀Imaging฀and฀Communications฀in฀Medicine.฀It฀is฀a฀standard฀developed฀by฀the฀American฀College฀of฀Radiol-

ogy฀(ACR)฀and฀the฀National฀Electrical฀Manufacturers฀Association฀(NEMA).฀

฀The฀standard฀species฀how฀digital฀image฀data฀can฀be฀moved฀from฀system฀to฀system.฀

[DETAIL SETTINGS]

110

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[GENERAL]

Storing฀Your฀Customized฀Settings฀[REFERENCE]

This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀store฀your฀customized฀settings฀in฀[PRESET฀1]฀to฀[PRESET฀7].

First,฀select฀a฀base฀preset฀mode฀from฀[REFERENCE],฀then฀set฀[GAMMA฀CORRECTION]฀and฀[COLOR฀TEMPERA-

TURE].฀

HIGH-BRIGHT ........ Recommended for use in a brightly lit room.

PRESENTATION ..... Recommended for making a presentation using a PowerPoint ﬁle.

VIDEO .................... Recommended for typical TV program viewing.

MOVIE ................... Recommended for movies.

GRAPHIC ............... Recommended for graphics.

sRGB ..................... Standard color values.

DICOM SIM. .......... Recommended for DICOM simulation format.

Selecting Gamma Correction Mode [GAMMA CORRECTION]

Each฀mode฀is฀recommended฀for:

DYNAMIC .............. Creates a high-contrast picture.

NATURAL ............... Natural reproduction of the picture.

BLACK DETAIL ....... Emphasizes detail in dark areas of the picture.

Selecting฀Screen฀Size฀for฀DICOM฀SIM฀[SCREEN฀SIZE]

This฀function฀will฀perform฀gamma฀correction฀appropriate฀for฀the฀screen฀size.

LARGE ................... For screen size of 200"

MEDIUM ................ For screen size of 150"

SMALL ................... For screen size of 100"

NOTE:฀This฀function฀is฀available฀only฀when฀[DICOM฀SIM.]฀is฀selected฀for฀[DETAIL฀SETTINGS].

Adjusting Color Temperature [COLOR TEMPERATURE]

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀the฀color฀temperature฀of฀your฀choice.

NOTE:

•฀When฀[PRESENTATION]฀or฀[HIGH-BRIGHT]฀is฀selected฀in฀[REFERENCE],฀this฀function฀is฀not฀available.

•฀When฀a฀color฀option฀other฀than฀[OFF]฀is฀selected฀for฀[WALL฀COLOR],฀this฀function฀is฀not฀available.

Adjusting Brightness and Contrast [DYNAMIC CONTRAST]

This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀adjust฀the฀contrast฀ratio฀optically฀using฀the฀built-in฀iris.

To฀increase฀the฀contrast฀ratio,฀select฀[ON].

111

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Adjusting White Balance [WHITE BALANCE]

This฀allows฀you฀to฀adjust฀the฀white฀balance.฀Contrast฀for฀each฀color฀(RGB)฀to฀adjust฀the฀white฀level฀of฀the฀screen;฀

Brightness฀for฀each฀color฀(RGB)฀is฀used฀to฀adjust฀the฀black฀level฀of฀the฀screen.

[SATURATION]

Corrects฀the฀saturation฀for฀all฀signals.

Adjusts฀the฀saturation฀for฀the฀colors฀red,฀green,฀blue,฀yellow,฀magenta฀and฀cyan.

RED ....................... Adjusts the color in red areas, centered around the red.

GREEN ................... Adjusts the color in green areas, centered around the green.

BLUE ...................... Adjusts the color in blue areas, centered around the blue.

YELLOW ................ Adjusts the color in yellow areas, centered around the yellow.

MAGENTA .............. Adjusts the color in magenta areas, centered around the magenta.

CYAN ..................... Adjusts the color in cyan areas, centered around the cyan.

[CONTRAST]

Adjusts฀the฀intensity฀of฀the฀image฀according฀to฀the฀incoming฀signal.

[BRIGHTNESS]

Adjusts฀the฀brightness฀level฀or฀the฀back฀raster฀intensity.

[SHARPNESS]

Controls฀the฀detail฀of฀the฀image.

[COLOR]

Increases฀or฀decreases฀the฀color฀saturation฀level.

[HUE]

Varies฀the฀color฀level฀from฀+/−฀green฀to฀+/−฀blue.฀The฀red฀level฀is฀used฀as฀reference.

Input฀signalCONTRASTBRIGHTNESSSHARPNESSCOLORHUE

COMPUTER/DisplayPort/HDMI฀(RGB)YesYesYes

No฀(Yes:฀SDTV/

HDTV)

No฀(Yes:฀SDTV/

HDTV)

COMPUTER/DisplayPort/HDMI฀

(COMPONENT)

YesYesYesYesYes

VIDEO/S-VIDEO/COMPONENTYesYesYesYesYes

VIEWER/NETWORKYesYesYesNo No

Yes฀=฀Adjustable,฀No฀=฀Not฀adjustable

[RESET]

The฀settings฀and฀adjustments฀for฀[PICTURE]฀will฀be฀returned฀to฀the฀factory฀settings฀with฀the฀exception฀of฀the฀following;฀

Preset฀numbers฀and฀[REFERENCE]฀within฀the฀[PRESET]฀screen.

The฀settings฀and฀adjustments฀under฀[DETAIL฀SETTINGS]฀within฀the฀[PRESET]฀screen฀that฀are฀not฀currently฀selected฀

will฀not฀be฀reset.

112

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[IMAGE OPTIONS]

Adjusting฀Clock฀and฀Phase฀[CLOCK/PHASE]

This฀allows฀you฀to฀manually฀adjust฀CLOCK฀and฀PHASE.

CLOCK ................... Use this item to ﬁne tune the computer image or to remove any vertical banding that might appear. This

function adjusts the clock frequencies that eliminate the horizontal banding in the image.

This adjustment may be necessary when you connect your computer for the ﬁrst time.

PHASE ................... Use this item to adjust the clock phase or to reduce video noise, dot interference or cross talk. (This is

evident when part of your image appears to be shimmering.)

Use [PHASE] only after the [CLOCK] is complete.

NOTE:฀The฀[CLOCK]฀and฀[PHASE]฀items฀are฀available฀for฀RGB฀signals฀only.

113

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Adjusting฀Horizontal/Vertical฀Position฀[HORIZONTAL/VERTICAL]

Adjusts฀the฀image฀location฀horizontally฀and฀vertically.

-฀An฀image฀can฀be฀distorted฀during฀the฀adjustment฀of฀[CLOCK]฀and฀[PHASE].฀This฀is฀not฀malfunction.

-฀The฀adjustments฀for฀[CLOCK],฀[PHASE],฀[HORIZONTAL],฀and฀[VERTICAL]฀will฀be฀stored฀in฀memory฀for฀the฀

current฀signal.฀The฀next฀time฀you฀project฀the฀signal฀with฀the฀same฀resolution,฀horizontal฀and฀vertical฀frequency,฀

its฀adjustments฀will฀be฀called฀up฀and฀applied.

฀To฀delete฀adjustments฀stored฀in฀memory,฀from฀the฀menu,฀you฀select฀[RESET]฀→฀[CURRENT฀SIGNAL]฀and฀reset฀

the฀adjustments.

[BLANKING]

Adjusts฀the฀display฀range฀(blanking)฀at฀the฀top,฀bottom,฀left฀and฀right฀edges฀of฀the฀input฀signal.

Selecting฀Overscan฀Percentage฀[OVERSCAN]

Select฀overscan฀percentage฀(Auto,฀0%,฀5%฀and฀10%)฀for฀signal.

Projected image

Overscaned฀by฀10%

NOTE:

•฀The฀[OVERSCAN]฀item฀is฀not฀available:

฀-฀฀when฀[NATIVE]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO].

฀-฀฀when฀[VIEWER]฀or฀[NETWORK]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SOURCE]

114

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Selecting the Aspect Ratio [ASPECT RATIO]

Use฀this฀function฀to฀select฀the฀screen’s฀vertical:horizontal฀aspect฀ratio.

Select฀the฀screen฀type฀(4:3฀screen,฀16:9฀screen฀or฀16:10฀screen)฀at฀the฀screen฀setting฀before฀setting฀the฀aspect฀ratio.฀

(→฀page฀

124)

The฀projector฀automatically฀identies฀the฀signal฀being฀input฀and฀sets฀the฀optimum฀aspect฀ratio.

For Computer signal

For฀Component/Video/S-Video฀signals

When฀the฀screen฀type฀is฀set฀to฀4:3When฀the฀screen฀type฀is฀set฀to฀16:9฀or฀16:10

ResolutionAspect฀Ratio

VGA฀640฀×฀480฀4:3

SVGA฀800฀×฀600฀4:3

XGA฀1024฀×฀768฀4:3

WXGA฀1280฀×฀768฀15:9

WXGA฀1280฀×฀800฀16:10

HD(FWXGA)฀1366฀×฀768฀approx.฀16:9

WXGA+฀1440฀×฀900฀16:10

SXGA฀1280฀×฀1024฀5:4

SXGA+฀1400฀×฀1050฀4:3

WXGA++฀1600฀×฀900฀16:9

UXGA

฀1600฀×฀1200฀4:3

WSXGA+ 1680฀×฀1050฀16:9

FHD(1080P) 1920฀×฀1080฀16:9

WUXGA1920฀×฀1200฀16:10

OptionsFunction

AUTO

The฀projector฀will฀automatically฀determine฀the฀incoming฀signal฀and฀display฀it฀in฀its฀aspect฀ratio.฀

The฀projector฀may฀erroneously฀determine฀the฀aspect฀ratio฀depending฀on฀its฀signal.฀If฀this฀occurs,฀

select฀the฀appropriate฀aspect฀ratio฀from฀the฀following.

4:3The฀image฀is฀displayed฀in฀4:3฀aspect฀ratio.

5:4The฀image฀is฀displayed฀in฀5:4฀aspect฀ratio

16:9The฀image฀is฀displayed฀in฀16:9฀aspect฀ratio

15:9The฀image฀is฀displayed฀in฀15:9฀aspect฀ratio

16:10The฀image฀is฀displayed฀in฀16:10฀aspect฀ratio

115

5. Using On-Screen Menu

NATIVEThe฀projector฀displays฀the฀current฀image฀in฀its฀true฀resolution฀when฀the฀incoming฀computer฀signal฀

has฀a฀lower฀or฀higher฀resolution฀than฀the฀projector’s฀native฀resolution.฀(→฀page฀

2,฀223)

When฀the฀incoming฀computer฀signal฀has฀a฀higher฀resolution฀than฀the฀projector's฀native฀resolution,฀

the฀center฀of฀an฀image฀will฀be฀displayed.

LETTER฀BOXThe฀image฀of฀a฀letterbox฀signal฀(16:9)฀is฀stretched฀equally฀in฀the฀horizontal฀and฀vertical฀directions฀

to฀t฀the฀screen.

WIDE฀SCREENThe฀image฀of฀a฀squeeze฀signal(16:9)฀is฀stretched฀left฀and฀right฀in฀16:9.

ZOOMThe฀image฀of฀a฀squeeze฀signal฀(16:9)฀is฀stretched฀left฀and฀right฀in฀4:3.

Parts฀of฀the฀displayed฀image฀are฀cropped฀at฀the฀left฀and฀right฀edges฀and฀therefore฀not฀visible.

4:3฀FILLThe฀image฀of฀a฀signal(4:3)฀is฀stretched฀left฀and฀right฀in฀16:9.

TIP:

•฀Image฀position฀can฀be฀adjusted฀vertically฀using฀[POSITION]฀when฀the฀[16:9],฀[15:9],฀or฀[16:10]฀aspect฀ratios฀are฀selected.

•฀The฀term฀“letterbox”฀refers฀to฀a฀more฀landscape-oriented฀image฀when฀compared฀to฀a฀4:3฀image,฀which฀is฀the฀standard฀aspect฀

ratio฀for฀a฀vide฀source.

฀The฀letterbox฀signal฀has฀aspect฀ratios฀with฀the฀vista฀size฀“1.85:1”฀or฀cinema฀scope฀size฀“2.35:1”฀for฀movie฀lm.

•฀The฀term฀“squeeze”฀refers฀to฀the฀compressed฀image฀of฀which฀aspect฀ratio฀is฀converted฀from฀16:9฀to฀4:3.

[RESOLUTION]

This฀function฀sets฀the฀resolution฀of฀a฀projected฀image฀if฀auto-detect฀fails฀to฀work฀well.

116

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[VIDEO]

Using Noise Reduction [NOISE REDUCTION]

This฀function฀is฀used฀to฀reduce฀video฀noise.

RANDOM NR ......... Reduces ﬂickering random noise in an image.

MOSQUITO NR ...... Reduces mosquito noise that appears around the edges of an image during DVD playback.

BLOCK NR ............. Reduces block noise or mosaic-like patterns by selecting ON.

Selecting Interlaced Progressive Conversion Process Mode [DEINTERLACE]

This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀an฀interlaced-to-progressive฀conversion฀process฀for฀video฀signals.

AUTO ..................... Determines an appropriate interlaced-to-progressive conversion process automatically.

VIDEO .................... Applies a normal interlaced-to-progressive conversion process.

FILM ...................... Applies the automatic detection mode for telecine signals. This option is recommended for a movie pic-

ture.

NOTE:฀This฀function฀is฀not฀available฀with฀RGB฀signals.

Turning฀On฀or฀Off฀the฀3D฀Dimensional฀Separation฀[3D฀Y/C฀SEPARATION]

When฀projecting฀an฀image฀from฀a฀VIDEO฀input,฀set฀to฀ON฀to฀project฀the฀highest฀quality฀image.

OFF ........................ Turns off the 3 dimensional separation feature.

ON ......................... Turns on the 3 dimensional separation feature.

NOTE:฀Only฀available฀for฀NTSC฀3.58฀video฀signals.

[DETAIL ENHANCEMENT]

This฀function฀enhances฀the฀contours฀of฀the฀image฀when฀projecting฀component฀signals.

NOTE:

This฀function฀may฀not฀be฀available฀depending฀on฀the฀signal฀or฀screen฀setting.

[SIGNAL TYPE]

The฀projector฀automatically฀identies฀whether฀the฀COMPUTER฀1,฀COMPUTER฀2฀or฀COMPUTER฀3*฀input฀signals฀are฀

RGB฀or฀component฀signals฀to฀project฀the฀image.฀If฀the฀colors฀are฀unnatural,฀however,฀try฀switching฀the฀setting.

*฀For฀COMPUTER฀3,฀the฀computer฀signal฀and฀video฀signal฀can฀be฀selected฀at฀SIGNAL฀SELECT(COMP3).

RGB ....................... Switches to the RGB input.

COMPONENT ......... Switches to the component signal input.

117

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[VIDEO฀LEVEL]

This฀function฀selects฀video฀signal฀level฀when฀the฀projector’s฀HDMI฀and฀DisplayPort฀input฀connectors฀and฀an฀external฀

device฀are฀connected.

AUTO ..................... The video level is switched automatically based on the information from the device outputting the signal.

Depending on the connected device, this setting may not be made properly. In this case, switch to “NORMAL”

or “ENHANCED” from the menu and view with the optimum setting.

NORMAL ................ This disables the enhanced mode.

ENHANCED ............ This improves the image’s contrast, expressing the dark and light sections more dynamically.

Using the Lens Memory Function [LENS MEMORY]

This฀function฀serves฀to฀store฀the฀adjusted฀values฀for฀each฀input฀signal฀when฀using฀the฀LENS฀SHIFT,฀ZOOM฀and฀FO-

CUS฀buttons฀of฀the฀projector฀or฀the฀remote฀control.฀Adjusted฀values฀can฀be฀applied฀to฀the฀signal฀you฀selected.฀This฀

will฀eliminate฀the฀need฀to฀adjust฀lens฀shift,฀focus,฀and฀zoom฀at฀the฀time฀of฀source฀selection.

STORE ................... Stores the current adjusted values in memory for each input signal.

MOVE .................... Applies the adjusted values to the current signal.

RESET .................... Returns the adjusted values to the last condition.

NOTE:

•฀To฀store฀adjusted฀values฀common฀to฀all฀the฀input฀sources,฀use฀the฀REF.฀LENS฀MEMORY฀function.฀See฀page฀48, 126.

•฀Lens฀memory฀adjustments฀will฀be฀automatically฀registered฀the฀ENTRY฀LIST.฀These฀lens฀memory฀adjustments฀can฀be฀loaded฀from฀

the฀ENTRY฀LIST.฀(→ page 107)

฀Note฀that฀performing฀[CUT]฀or฀[ALL฀DELETE]฀in฀the฀ENTRY฀LIST฀will฀delete฀lens฀memory฀adjustments฀as฀well฀as฀source฀adjust-

ments. This deletion will not take effect until other adjustments is loaded.

118

5. Using On-Screen Menu

 Menu Descriptions & Functions [SETUP]

[BASIC]

Correcting฀Vertical฀Keystone฀Distortion฀Manually฀[KEYSTONE]

You฀can฀correct฀vertical฀distortion฀manually.฀(→฀page฀

28)

TIP:฀When฀this฀option฀is฀highlighted,฀pressing฀the฀ENTER฀button฀will฀display฀its฀slide฀bar฀for฀adjustment.

Selecting Cornerstone Mode [CORNERSTONE]

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀correct฀trapezoidal฀distortion.

Selecting฀this฀item฀will฀display฀the฀Cornerstone฀adjustment฀screen.฀(→฀page฀40)

NOTE:฀The฀[CORNERSTONE]฀item฀is฀not฀available฀when฀[KEYSTONE]฀or฀[GEOMETRIC฀CORRECTION]฀is฀selected.

Using฀the฀PIP/PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE฀Function฀[PIP/PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE]

This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀view฀two฀different฀signals฀simultaneously.฀(→฀page฀

43)

MODE:฀

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀two฀modes:฀PIP฀and฀PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE.

PIP:฀This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀view฀a฀sub฀picture฀in฀the฀main฀picture.

PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE:฀This฀allows฀you฀to฀view฀two฀pictures฀side฀by฀side.

POSITION:

When฀[PIP]฀is฀selected฀for฀[MODE],฀this฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀the฀position฀of฀a฀sub฀picture฀in฀the฀main฀pic-

ture.

The฀options฀are:฀TOP-LEFT,฀TOP-RIGHT,฀BOTTOM฀LEFT,฀and฀BOTTOM฀RIGHT.

NOTE:฀The฀[POSITION]฀cannot฀be฀selected฀when฀[PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE]฀is฀selected.

119

5. Using On-Screen Menu

SOURCE:

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀a฀sub฀picture฀signal.

The฀options฀are:฀OFF,฀VIDEO฀and฀S-VIDEO.

Selecting฀[OFF]฀will฀cancel฀the฀PIP/PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE฀mode฀and฀return฀to฀the฀normal฀screen.

Using the Wall Color Correction [WALL COLOR]

This฀function฀allows฀for฀quick฀adaptive฀color฀correction฀in฀applications฀where฀the฀screen฀material฀is฀not฀white.

[LAMP MODE]

The฀projector฀is฀designed฀to฀accept฀two฀lamps฀(dual฀lamp฀system).฀

This฀dual฀lamp฀system฀provides฀prolonged฀lamp฀life฀or฀high฀brightness฀or฀extra฀lamp฀(Extended฀life฀lamp).฀

The฀[LAMP฀MODE]฀item฀has฀3฀options:฀[ECO฀MODE],฀[LAMP฀SELECT],฀and฀[LAMP฀INTERVAL฀MODE].฀

NOTE: Be sure to use the same lamp type for both lamp 1 and 2.

Setting Eco Mode [ECO MODE]

The฀ECO฀MODE฀increases฀lamp฀life,฀while฀lowering฀power฀consumption฀and฀cutting฀down฀on฀CO

฀emissions.฀

Two฀brightness฀modes฀of฀the฀lamp฀can฀be฀selected:฀[OFF]฀and฀[ON]฀modes.฀

(→฀page฀

36)

120

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Selecting the lamp to be used [LAMP SELECT]

This฀feature฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀which฀lamp฀to฀be฀used.฀

NOTE: This option is not displayed in the Basic menu.

DUAL

..................... Select to use the two lamps at the same time to increase brightness.

SINGLE .................. Lights either lamp 1 or 2 whichever was used last. This option also selects Lamp 1 or Lamp 2 according to

the time preset with Lamp Interval.

LAMP 1 ONLY ........ Select to use the Lamp 1 of the two lamps. (Lamp 1 on the right of the rear side)

LAMP 2 ONLY ........ Select to use the Lamp 2 of the two lamps. (Lamp 2 on the left of the rear side)

TIP:

On฀Selecting฀[SINGLE]฀for฀[LAMP฀SELECT]

•฀A฀lamp฀has฀a฀property฀that฀its฀brightness฀gradually฀decreases฀with฀age.฀To฀keep฀the฀brightness฀of฀two฀lamps฀on฀the฀same฀level฀as฀

much฀as฀possible,฀select฀[SINGLE]฀for฀[LAMP฀SELECT].

•฀Lamp฀life฀will฀decrease฀when฀shorter฀lamp฀interval฀times฀are฀set฀within฀the฀on-screen฀menu.฀You฀are฀recommended฀to฀extend฀the฀

lamp฀interval฀time.

Setting฀the฀lamp฀interval฀[LAMP฀INTERVAL฀MODE]

This฀allows฀you฀to฀specify฀the฀time฀for฀switching฀between฀the฀two฀lamps฀alternately.฀This฀option฀is฀available฀only฀when฀

[SINGLE]฀is฀selected฀for฀[LAMP฀SELECT].฀

OFF ........................ Turns off the lamp interval mode setting.

12 HOURS/24 HOURS/1 WEEK

.............................. Select one of these three options for interval time.

NOTE:

•฀This฀function฀is฀available฀only฀when฀[SINGLE]฀is฀selected฀for฀[LAMP฀SELECT].

•฀Before฀setting฀[LAMP฀INTERVAL฀MODE],฀[LAMP฀SWITCHING฀TIME]฀or฀[LAMP฀SWITCHING฀DAY],฀make฀sure฀that฀the฀current฀date฀

and฀time฀is฀set฀for฀the฀projector.฀To฀set฀the฀date฀and฀time฀for฀the฀projector,฀select฀[APPLICATION฀MENU]฀→฀[TOOLS]฀→฀[DATE฀

AND฀TIME]฀from฀the฀menu.฀(→ page 162)

Setting the time for changing the lamp [LAMP SWITCHING TIME]

This฀allows฀you฀to฀set฀the฀time฀for฀changing฀the฀lamp.

Example฀–฀When฀[SINGLE]฀is฀selected฀for฀[LAMP฀SELECT]฀and฀[24฀HOURS]฀for฀[LAMP฀INTERVAL฀MODE]:

Lamp 1

Lamp 2

24฀hours24฀hours

This indicates the lamp is turned on.

This indicates the lamp is turned off.

Current Time Switching฀Time*Switching฀Time

(*)฀After฀setting฀the฀Current฀Time,฀if฀the฀value฀between฀Current฀Time฀and฀Switching฀Time฀is฀less฀than฀ve฀(5)฀minutes,฀the฀rst฀

lamp฀switching฀instance฀does฀not฀take฀place.

121

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Setting฀the฀day฀for฀changing฀the฀lamp฀[LAMP฀SWITCHING฀DAY]

This฀allows฀you฀to฀set฀the฀day฀for฀changing฀the฀lamp.

The฀options฀are:฀SUN฀(Sunday),฀MON฀(Monday),฀TUE฀(Tuesday),฀WED฀(Wednesday),฀THU฀(Thursday),฀FRI฀(Friday),฀

and฀SAT฀(Saturday).

NOTE:

•฀This฀function฀is฀available฀only฀when฀[1฀WEEK]฀is฀selected฀for฀[LAMP฀INTERVAL฀MODE].

Setting Closed Caption [CLOSED CAPTION]

This฀option฀sets฀several฀closed฀caption฀modes฀that฀allow฀text฀to฀be฀superimposed฀on฀the฀projected฀image฀of฀Video฀

or฀S-Video.

OFF ........................ This exits the closed caption mode.

CAPTION 1-4 ......... Text is superimposed.

TEXT 1-4 ................ Text is displayed.

Using Off Timer [OFF TIMER]

1.฀Select฀your฀desired฀time฀between฀30฀minutes฀and฀16฀hours:฀OFF,฀0:30,฀1:00,฀2:00,฀4:00,฀8:00,฀12:00,฀16:00.

2.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.

3.฀The฀remaining฀time฀starts฀counting฀down.

4.฀The฀projector฀will฀turn฀off฀after฀the฀countdown฀is฀complete.

NOTE:

•฀To฀cancel฀the฀preset฀time,฀set฀[OFF]฀for฀the฀preset฀time฀or฀turn฀off฀the฀power.

•฀When฀the฀remaining฀time฀reaches฀3฀minutes฀before฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off,฀the฀[THE฀PROJECTOR฀WILL฀TURN฀OFF฀WITHIN฀3฀

MINUTES]฀message฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀bottom฀of฀the฀screen.

[TOOLS]

See฀“APPLICATION฀MENU”฀on฀page฀

140.

Selecting Menu Language [LANGUAGE]

You฀can฀choose฀one฀of฀27฀languages฀for฀on-screen฀instructions.

NOTE:฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

122

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[MENU]

Selecting Menu Color [COLOR SELECT]

You฀can฀choose฀between฀two฀options฀for฀menu฀color:฀COLOR฀and฀MONOCHROME.

Turning฀On฀/฀Off฀Source฀Display฀[SOURCE฀DISPLAY]

This฀option฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀input฀name฀display฀such฀as฀COMPUTER฀1,฀COMPUTER2,฀COMPUTER3,฀HDMI,฀Display-

Port,฀VIDEO,฀S-VIDEO,฀VIEWER,฀NETWORK฀to฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀top฀right฀of฀the฀screen.

Turning messages on and off [MESSAGE DISPLAY]

This฀option฀selects฀whether฀or฀not฀to฀display฀projector฀messages฀at฀the฀bottom฀of฀the฀projected฀image.

Even฀when฀“OFF”฀is฀selected,฀the฀security฀lock฀warning฀is฀displayed.฀The฀security฀lock฀warning฀turns฀off฀when฀the฀

security฀lock฀is฀canceled.

Turning฀ON/OFF฀Control฀ID฀[ID฀DISPLAY]

ID DISPLAY ........... This option turns on or off the ID number which is displayed when the ID SET button on the remote control

is pressed. (→ page

127)

Turning฀On฀/฀Off฀Eco฀Message฀[ECO฀MESSAGE]

This฀option฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀following฀messages฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on.฀

The฀Eco฀Message฀prompts฀the฀user฀to฀save฀energy.฀When฀[OFF]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ECO฀MODE],฀you฀will฀get฀a฀message฀

to฀prompt฀you฀to฀select฀[ON]฀for฀[ECO฀MODE].

When฀[ON]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ECO฀MODE]

To฀close฀the฀message,฀press฀any฀one฀of฀the฀buttons.฀The฀message฀will฀disappear฀if฀no฀button฀operation฀is฀done฀for฀

30฀seconds.

123

5. Using On-Screen Menu

When฀[OFF]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ECO฀MODE]

Pressing฀the฀ENTER฀button฀will฀display฀the฀[ECO฀MODE]฀screen.฀(→฀page฀36)

To฀close฀the฀message,฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button.

Selecting฀Menu฀Display฀Time฀[DISPLAY฀TIME]

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀how฀long฀the฀projector฀waits฀after฀the฀last฀touch฀of฀a฀button฀to฀turn฀off฀the฀menu.฀The฀

preset฀choices฀are฀[MANUAL],฀[AUTO฀5฀SEC],฀[AUTO฀15฀SEC],฀and฀[AUTO฀45฀SEC].฀The฀[AUTO฀45฀SEC]฀is฀the฀fac-

tory฀preset.

Selecting฀a฀Color฀or฀Logo฀for฀Background฀[BACKGROUND]

Use฀this฀feature฀to฀display฀a฀blue/black฀screen฀or฀logo฀when฀no฀signal฀is฀available.฀The฀default฀background฀is฀

[LOGO].

NOTE:

•฀

Even฀when฀the฀background฀logo฀is฀selected,฀if฀two฀pictures฀are฀displayed฀in฀[PIP/PICTURE฀BY฀PICTURE]฀mode,฀the฀blue฀background฀

is displayed without the logo when there is no signal.

Selecting Interval Time for Filter Message [FILTER MESSAGE]

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀the฀time฀preference฀between฀displaying฀the฀message฀for฀cleaning฀the฀lters.฀Clean฀

the฀lter฀when฀you฀get฀the฀message฀“PLEASE฀CLEAN฀FILTER.”฀(→฀page฀

180)

Six฀options฀are฀available:฀OFF,฀100[H],฀500[H],฀1000[H],฀2000[H],฀5000[H]

The฀default฀setting฀is฀[OFF].

NOTE:฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

[INSTALLATION(1)]

Selecting Projector Orientation [ORIENTATION]

This฀reorients฀your฀image฀for฀your฀type฀of฀projection.฀The฀options฀are:฀desktop฀front฀projection,฀ceiling฀rear฀projection,฀

desktop฀rear฀projection,฀and฀ceiling฀front฀projection.

NOTE:

This฀projector฀is฀a฀tilt-free฀projector฀with฀which฀it฀is฀possible฀to฀project฀images฀on฀the฀ceiling฀(upward)฀or฀oor฀(downward).฀When฀

changing฀the฀projector฀orientation,฀also฀change฀the฀[SETTING]฀option฀of฀[FAN฀MODE]฀accordingly.฀(→ page 129)

124

5. Using On-Screen Menu

DESKTOP฀FRONT

CEILING฀REAR

DESKTOP฀REAR

CEILING฀FRONT

Selecting Aspect Ratio and Position for Screen [SCREEN]

Screen฀typeSets฀the฀aspect฀ratio฀of฀the฀projection฀screen.

4:3฀screenFor฀a฀screen฀with฀a฀4:3฀aspect฀ratio

16:9฀screenFor฀a฀screen฀with฀a฀16:9฀aspect฀ratio

16:10฀screenFor฀a฀screen฀with฀a฀16:10฀aspect฀ratio

Display฀positionWhen฀the฀screen฀type฀is฀set฀to฀16:9฀or฀16:10,฀adjusts฀the฀vertical฀position฀of฀the฀display฀

range.

Downward

Upward

NOTE:

•฀

After฀changing฀the฀screen฀type,฀check฀the฀setting฀of฀[ASPECT฀RATIO]฀in฀the฀menu.฀

(→ page 114)

Using Geometric Correction [GEOMETRIC CORRECTION]

This฀feature฀retrieves฀geometric฀data฀registered฀in฀the฀projector฀memory.

Three฀presets฀of฀geometric฀data฀have฀been฀registered.฀To฀turn฀off฀this฀feature,฀select฀[OFF].

NOTE:

•฀The฀[KEYSTONE]฀and฀[CORNERSTONE]฀adjustments฀are฀not฀available฀when฀geometric฀data฀is฀applied.

•฀To฀clear฀your฀geometric฀data,฀press฀the฀3D฀REFORM฀button฀for฀a฀minimum฀of฀2฀seconds.

•฀The฀[GEOMETRIC฀CORRECTION]฀feature฀can฀cause฀an฀image฀to฀be฀slightly฀blurred฀because฀the฀correction฀is฀made฀electroni-

cally.

125

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Using฀Multi-Screen฀Compensation฀[MULTI-SCREEN฀COMP.]

This฀feature฀allows฀you฀to฀match฀brightness฀of฀images฀projected฀from฀multiple฀projectors.

Before฀using฀[MULTI-SCREEN฀COMP.],฀you฀need฀to฀match฀color฀of฀images฀projected฀from฀multiple฀projectors.

MODE .................... OFF: Turns off this function.

ON: Turns on this function. The [BRIGHTNESS] and the [CONTRAST] can be adjusted.

CONTRAST ............ Adjusts the bright part of the picture.

BRIGHTNESS ......... Adjusts the dark part of the picture.

Adjusting

1.฀Prepare฀black฀and฀white฀images฀so฀that฀the฀images฀can฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀computer฀screen.

2.฀Display฀the฀black฀image฀on฀the฀computer฀screen,฀and฀project฀the฀image฀from฀the฀projector.

3.฀Select฀[MULTI-SCREEN฀COMP.]฀→

[MODE] → [ON].

4.฀Adjust฀the฀dark฀part฀of฀the฀images.

Press the ฀button฀to฀select฀[BRIGHTNESS]฀and฀use฀the฀ or ฀to฀match฀the฀black฀part฀of฀another฀projector.

5. Display the white screen on the computer screen.

Project the image from two or more projectors.

6.฀Adjust฀the฀bright฀part฀of฀the฀images.

Press the ฀button฀to฀select฀[CONTRAST]฀and฀use฀the฀ or  to match the white part of another projector.

฀Moving฀the฀slide฀bar฀toward฀[+]฀(plus)฀can฀change฀the฀white฀part฀of฀the฀image.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀move฀the฀

slide฀bar฀toward฀[−]฀(minus)฀to฀adjust฀the฀brightness.

TIP:

•฀When฀you฀use฀multiple฀projectors,฀you฀can฀use฀the฀[CONTROL฀ID]฀function฀to฀operate฀a฀single฀projector฀or฀all฀the฀projectors฀from฀

the฀remote฀control.฀(→

page 127)

•฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

[REF. WHITE BALANCE]

This฀feature฀allows฀you฀to฀adjust฀the฀white฀balance฀for฀all฀signals.

The฀white฀and฀black฀levels฀of฀the฀signal฀are฀adjusted฀for฀optimum฀color฀reproduction.

Uniformity฀is฀also฀adjusted฀when฀the฀redness฀(R)฀and฀blueness฀(B)฀of฀the฀white฀color฀in฀the฀screen’s฀horizontal฀(left/

right)฀direction฀are฀uneven.

BRIGHTNESS R/BRIGHTNESS G/BRIGHTNESS B

.............................. These adjust the picture’s black color.

CONTRAST R/CONTRAST G/CONTRAST B

.............................. These adjust the picture’s white color.

UNIFORMITY R ...... The further this is set to the + side, the stronger the redness on the left side of the picture (increasing

towards the left edge) and the weaker the redness on the right side of the picture (decreasing towards the

right edge).

This is reversed when set to the − side.

UNIFORMITY B ...... The further this is set to the + side, the stronger the blueness on the left side of the picture (increasing

towards the left edge) and the weaker the blueness on the right side of the picture (decreasing towards the

right edge).

This is reversed when set to the − side.

126

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Using฀the฀Reference฀Lens฀Memory฀Function฀[REF.฀LENS฀MEMORY]

This฀function฀serves฀to฀store฀the฀adjusted฀values฀common฀to฀all฀input฀sources฀when฀using฀the฀LENS฀SHIFT,฀ZOOM฀

and฀FOCUS฀buttons฀of฀the฀projector฀or฀the฀remote฀control.฀The฀adjusted฀values฀stored฀in฀memory฀can฀be฀used฀as฀a฀

reference฀to฀the฀current.

STORE ................... Stores the current adjusted values in memory as a reference.

MOVE .................... Applies the adjusted reference values stored in [STORE] to the current signal.

RESET .................... Returns the adjusted reference values to the factory default setting.

LOAD BY SIGNAL .. For change to take effect at the time of source selection, select [YES].

FORCED MUTE ...... To turn off the image during lens shift, select [YES].

CALIBRATION ........ Corrects the adjustable zoom and focus range.

The adjustable zoom and focus range can vary depending on the lens in use. Be sure to perform [CALIBRA-

TION] after replacement of the lens.

NOTE:

The following lenses need calibration:

•฀NP26ZL,฀NP27ZL,฀NP28ZL,฀NP29ZL

NOTE:

•฀Adjusted฀values฀in฀[REF.LENS฀MEMORY]฀will฀not฀be฀returned฀to฀default฀when฀performing฀[CURRENT฀SIGNAL]฀or฀[ALL฀DATA]฀for฀

[RESET]฀from฀the฀menu.

•฀To฀store฀adjusted฀values฀for฀each฀input฀source,฀use฀the฀Lens฀Memory฀function.฀(→ page 48, 117)

127

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[INSTALLATION(2)]

Disabling฀the฀Cabinet฀Buttons฀[CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK]

This฀option฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK฀function.

NOTE:

•฀This฀CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK฀does฀not฀affect฀the฀remote฀control฀functions.

•฀When฀the฀control฀panel฀is฀locked,฀pressing฀and฀holding฀the฀EXIT฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀for฀about฀10฀seconds฀will฀change฀

the฀setting฀to฀[OFF].

TIP:฀When฀the฀[CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK]฀is฀turned฀on,฀a฀key฀lock฀icon฀[฀฀]฀will฀be฀displayed฀at฀the฀bottom฀right฀of฀the฀menu.

Enabling฀Security฀[SECURITY]

This฀feature฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀SECURITY฀function.

Unless฀the฀correct฀keyword฀is฀entered,฀the฀projector฀cannot฀project฀an฀image.฀(→฀page฀

45)

NOTE:฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

Selecting Communication Speed [COMMUNICATION SPEED]

This฀feature฀sets฀the฀baud฀rate฀of฀the฀PC฀Control฀port฀(D-Sub฀9P).฀It฀supports฀data฀rates฀from฀4800฀to฀115200฀bps.฀

The฀default฀is฀38400฀bps.฀Select฀the฀appropriate฀baud฀rate฀for฀your฀equipment฀to฀be฀connected฀(depending฀on฀the฀

equipment,฀a฀lower฀baud฀rate฀may฀be฀recommended฀for฀long฀cable฀runs).

NOTE:

•฀Select฀[38400bps]฀or฀less฀when฀using฀the฀User฀Supportware.

•฀Your฀selected฀communication฀speed฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

Turning On or Off Remote Sensor [REMOTE SENSOR]

This฀option฀determines฀which฀remote฀sensor฀on฀the฀projector฀is฀enabled฀in฀wireless฀mode.

The฀options฀are:฀FRONT/BACK,฀FRONT,฀and฀BACK.฀

If฀the฀remote฀control฀system฀does฀not฀function฀when฀direct฀sunlight฀or฀strong฀illumination฀strikes฀the฀remote฀control฀

sensor฀of฀the฀projector,฀change฀another฀option.

Setting ID to the Projector [CONTROL ID]

You฀can฀operate฀multiple฀projectors฀separately฀and฀independently฀with฀the฀single฀remote฀control฀that฀has฀the฀CONTROL฀

ID฀function.฀If฀you฀assign฀the฀same฀ID฀to฀all฀the฀projectors,฀you฀can฀conveniently฀operate฀all฀the฀projectors฀together฀

using฀the฀single฀remote฀control.฀To฀do฀so,฀you฀have฀to฀assign฀an฀ID฀number฀to฀each฀projector.

CONTROL ID NUMBER .......Select a number from 1 to 254 you wish to assign to your projector.

CONTROL ID .......................Select [OFF] to turn off the CONTROL ID setting and select [ON] to turn on the CONTROL ID set-

ting.

128

5. Using On-Screen Menu

NOTE:

•฀When฀[ON]฀is฀selected฀for฀[CONTROL฀ID],฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀operated฀by฀using฀the฀remote฀control฀that฀does฀not฀support฀

the฀CONTROL฀ID฀function.฀(In฀this฀case฀the฀buttons฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀can฀be฀used.)

•฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

•฀Pressing฀and฀holding฀the฀ENTER฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀for฀10฀seconds฀will฀display฀the฀menu฀for฀canceling฀the฀Control฀

ID.

Assigning or Changing the Control ID

1.฀Turn฀on฀the฀projector.

2.฀Press฀the฀ID฀SET฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.

฀The฀CONTROL฀ID฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

฀If฀the฀projector฀can฀be฀operated฀with฀the฀current฀remote฀control฀ID,฀the฀[ACTIVE]฀

will฀be฀displayed.฀If฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀operated฀with฀the฀current฀remote฀control฀

ID,฀the฀[INACTIVE]฀will฀be฀displayed.฀To฀operate฀the฀inactive฀projector,฀assign฀the฀

control฀ID฀used฀for฀the฀projector฀by฀using฀the฀following฀procedure฀(Step฀3).

3.฀Press฀one฀of฀numeric฀keypad฀buttons฀while฀pressing฀and฀holding฀the฀ID฀SET฀

button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.

Example:

฀To฀assign฀“3”,฀press฀the฀“3”฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.

฀No฀ID฀means฀that฀all฀the฀projectors฀can฀be฀operated฀together฀with฀a฀single฀remote฀

control.฀To฀set฀“No฀ID”,฀enter฀“000”฀or฀press฀the฀CLEAR฀button.

TIP:฀The฀range฀of฀IDs฀is฀from฀1฀to฀254.

4.฀Release฀the฀ID฀SET฀button.

฀The฀updated฀CONTROL฀ID฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

NOTE:

•฀The฀IDs฀can฀be฀cleared฀in฀a฀few฀days฀after฀the฀batteries฀are฀run฀down฀or฀removed.

•฀Accidentally฀pressing฀any฀one฀of฀the฀buttons฀of฀the฀remote฀control฀will฀clear฀currently฀specied฀

ID฀with฀batteries฀removed.

129

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[OPTIONS(1)]

Setting Auto Adjust [AUTO ADJUST]

This฀feature฀sets฀the฀Auto฀Adjust฀mode฀so฀that฀the฀computer฀signal฀can฀be฀automatically฀or฀manually฀adjusted฀for฀

noise฀and฀stability.฀You฀can฀automatically฀make฀adjustment฀in฀two฀ways:฀[NORMAL]฀and฀[FINE].

OFF ........................ The computer signal will not be automatically adjusted. You can manually optimize the computer signal.

NORMAL ................ Default setting. The computer signal will be automatically adjusted. Normally select this option.

FINE ....................... Select this option if ﬁne adjustment is needed. It takes more time to switch to the source than when [NOR-

MAL]is selected.

Selecting Fan Mode [FAN MODE]

Fan฀Mode฀is฀used฀to฀set฀the฀speed฀of฀the฀internal฀cooling฀fan.

MODE .................... Select three modes for fan speed: AUTO, HIGH, and HIGH ALTITUDE.

AUTO: The built-in fans automatically run at a variable speed according to the internal temperature.

HIGH: The built-in fans run at high speed

HIGH ALTITUDE: The built-in fans run at a high speed. Select this option when using the projector at altitudes

approximately 5500 feet/1600 meters or higher.

SETTING ................ Select one of the four options ([FLOOR], [CEILING], [VERTICAL TILT DOWN], or [VERTICAL TILT UP])

according to the installation angle of the projector. See the drawing below.

NOTE:฀Be฀sure฀to฀select฀the฀[SETTING]฀option฀according฀to฀the฀projector’s฀orientation.฀Failure฀to฀do฀so฀may฀

cause product malfunction.

0°

45°

90°

225°

180°

135°

270°

315°

Select [VERTICAL TILT UP] for this angle

Select [VERTICAL TILT DOWN] for this angle

Select [FLOOR] for this angle

Select [CEILING] for this angle

When฀you฀wish฀to฀cool฀down฀the฀temperature฀inside฀the฀projector฀quickly,฀select฀[HIGH].

130

5. Using On-Screen Menu

NOTE:

•฀When฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀is฀selected฀for฀[FAN฀MODE],฀a฀symbol฀icon฀ will be displayed at the bottom of the menu.

•฀It฀is฀recommended฀that฀you฀select฀High฀speed฀mode฀if฀you฀use฀the฀projector฀non-stop฀for฀consecutive฀days.

•฀Set฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀when฀using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀or฀higher.

•฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀or฀higher฀without฀setting฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀can฀cause฀

the฀projector฀to฀overheat฀and฀the฀protector฀could฀shut฀down.฀If฀this฀happens,฀wait฀a฀couple฀minutes฀and฀turn฀on฀the฀projector.

•฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀less฀than฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀and฀setting฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀can฀cause฀the฀

lamp฀to฀overcool,฀causing฀the฀image฀to฀icker.฀Switch฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[AUTO].

•฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀or฀higher฀can฀shorten฀the฀life฀of฀internal฀parts฀such฀as฀the฀

lamp.

•฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

Selecting฀the฀Signal฀Format฀[SIGNAL฀SELECT(COMP3)]

When฀an฀output฀device฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀COMPUTER฀3฀video฀input฀connectors,฀this฀sets฀the฀input฀signal.

RGB/COMPONENT ........RGB and component signals are identiﬁed automatically.

VIDEO ...........................This switches to the video signal.

NOTE:฀When฀a฀video฀cable฀(commercially฀available)฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀COMPUTER฀3฀video฀input฀connectors’฀G/Y฀connector,฀video฀

signals฀can฀be฀projected.฀In฀this฀case,฀set฀to฀“VIDEO”.

[SEAMLESS SWITCHING]

When฀the฀input฀connector฀is฀switched,฀the฀image฀displayed฀before฀switching฀is฀held฀to฀switch฀to฀the฀new฀image฀without฀

a฀break฀due฀to฀absence฀of฀a฀signal.

[COLOR SYSTEM]

This฀feature฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀the฀TV฀video฀signal,฀which฀differs฀from฀country฀to฀country฀(NTSC,฀PAL,฀etc.).

This฀is฀set฀to฀[AUTO]฀by฀factory฀default.฀Set฀this฀if฀the฀projector฀cannot฀identify฀the฀signal฀automatically.

Setting for the Optional Board [SLOT POWER]

When฀using฀the฀optional฀board฀such฀as฀SB-01HC฀installed฀in฀the฀slot,฀set฀the฀following฀options.

PROJECTOR ON .................This฀feature฀will฀turn฀on฀or฀off฀the฀power฀to฀the฀optional฀board.฀

OFF: Forcibly turn off the power to the optional board installed in the slot.

ON (Default): Turn on the power to the optional board installed in the slot.

PROJECTOR STANDBY ....... This฀feature฀will฀automatically฀enable฀or฀disable฀the฀optional฀board฀installed฀in฀the฀slot฀

when฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀standby.

DISABLE: Select this option to disable the optional board in the projector standby.

ENABLE (Default): Select this option to enable the optional board in the projector standby.

NOTE:

•฀฀Select฀[OFF]฀when฀the฀optional฀board฀is฀not฀installed฀into฀the฀slot.

131

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[OPTIONS(2)]

Selecting฀Power-saving฀in฀[STANDBY฀MODE]

The฀projector฀has฀three฀standby฀modes:฀[NORMAL],฀[POWER-SAVING]฀and฀[NETWORK฀STANDBY].

The฀POWER-SAVING฀mode฀is฀the฀mode฀that฀allows฀you฀to฀put฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀power-saving฀condition฀which฀

consumes฀less฀power฀than฀the฀NORMAL฀mode.฀The฀projector฀is฀preset฀for฀NORMAL฀mode฀at฀the฀factory.

NORMAL .............................Power indicator: Orange light/STATUS indicator: Green light

POWER-SAVING .................Power indicator: Red light/STATUS indicator: Off

The following connectors, buttons or functions will not work during this mode.

- MONITOR OUT (COMP. 1) connector

- LAN and Mail Alert functions

- Buttons other than POWER button on the cabinet

- Buttons other than POWER ON button on the remote control

- Virtual Remote Tool fucntion

- [AUTO POWER ON (COMP1/3)]

- PC control commands for other than power-on

NETWORK STANDBY

..........When in the standby mode, the POWER indicator will light orange and the STATUS indicator will

not light. This shows that the projector’s power can be turned on by wired LAN.

When in the standby mode, the following connectors, buttons or functions will not work:

- MONITOR OUT (COMP. 1) connector

- Wireless LAN Unit

- [AUTO POWER ON (COMP1/3)]

- Buttons other than POWER button on the cabinet

- Buttons other than POWER ON button on the remote control

- PC control commands for other than power-on

Important:

•฀When฀[CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK]฀or฀[CONTROL฀ID]฀is฀turned฀on,฀or฀when฀[COMPUTER฀1]฀or฀[COMPUTER฀3]฀is฀selected฀for฀[AUTO฀

POWER฀ON(COMP1/3)],฀the฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀setting฀becomes฀invalid.

฀This฀means฀that฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀the฀same฀condition฀when฀the฀[NORMAL]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE].

NOTE:

•฀Even฀when฀[POWER-SAVING]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE],฀power฀on฀or฀off฀can฀be฀done฀by฀using฀the฀PC฀CONTROL฀port.

•฀The฀power฀consumption฀in฀the฀standby฀mode฀will฀not฀be฀included฀in฀calculating฀CO

emission reduction.

•฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

Enabling Direct Power On [DIRECT POWER ON]

Turns฀the฀projector฀on฀automatically฀when฀the฀power฀cord฀is฀inserted฀into฀an฀active฀power฀outlet.฀This฀eliminates฀the฀

need฀to฀always฀use฀the฀POWER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀projector฀cabinet.

132

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Turning฀On฀the฀Projector฀By฀Applying฀Computer฀Signal฀[AUTO฀POWER฀ON(COMP1/3)]

When฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀Standby฀mode,฀applying฀a฀computer฀signal฀from฀a฀computer฀connected฀to฀the฀COMPUTER1฀

IN฀or฀COMPUTER3฀IN฀input฀will฀power฀on฀the฀projector฀and฀simultaneously฀project฀the฀computer’s฀image.

This฀functionality฀eliminates฀the฀need฀to฀always฀use฀the฀POWER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀

to฀power฀on฀the฀projector.

To฀use฀this฀function,฀rst฀connect฀a฀computer฀to฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀projector฀to฀an฀active฀AC฀input.

NOTE:

•฀Disconnecting฀a฀computer฀signal฀from฀the฀computer฀will฀not฀power฀off฀the฀projector.฀We฀recommend฀using฀this฀function฀in฀com-

bination฀of฀the฀AUTO฀POWER฀OFF฀function.

•฀This฀function฀will฀not฀be฀available฀under฀the฀following฀conditions:

-฀when฀a฀component฀signal฀is฀applied฀to฀the฀COMPUTER1฀IN฀or฀COMPUTER3฀IN฀connector

-฀when฀a฀Sync฀on฀Green฀RGB฀signal฀or฀composite฀sync฀signal฀is฀applied

•฀When฀[AUTO฀POWER฀ON(COMP1/3]฀is฀set,฀the฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀setting฀becomes฀invalid.฀This฀means฀that฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀

the฀same฀condition฀when฀the฀[NORMAL]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE].

•฀To฀enable฀the฀AUTO฀POWER฀ON฀(COMP1/3)฀after฀turning฀off฀the฀projector,฀wait฀3฀seconds฀and฀input฀a฀computer฀signal.

฀If฀a฀computer฀signal฀is฀still฀present฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off,฀the฀AUTO฀POWER฀ON฀(COMP1/3)฀will฀not฀work฀and฀the฀

projector remains in standby mode.

Enabling Power Management [AUTO POWER OFF]

When฀this฀option฀is฀selected฀you฀can฀enable฀the฀projector฀to฀automatically฀turn฀off฀(at฀the฀selected฀time:฀5min.,฀10min.,฀

20min.,฀30min.)฀if฀there฀is฀no฀signal฀received฀by฀any฀input฀or฀if฀no฀operation฀is฀performed.

NOTE:

•฀The฀[AUTO฀POWER฀OFF]฀function฀will฀not฀work฀when฀[VIEWER]฀or฀[NETWORK]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SOURCE].

Selecting Default Source [DEFAULT SOURCE SELECT]

You฀can฀set฀the฀projector฀to฀default฀to฀any฀one฀of฀its฀inputs฀each฀time฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on.

LAST ...................... Sets the projector to default to the previous or last active input each time the projector is turned on.

AUTO ..................... Searches for an active source in order of COMPUTER1 → COMPUTER2 → COMPUTER3 → HDMI →

DisplayPort → VIDEO → S-VIDEO → VIEWER → COMPUTER1 and displays the ﬁrst found source.

COMPUTER1 ......... Displays the computer signal from the COMPUTER 1 IN connector every time the projector is turned on.

COMPUTER2 ......... Displays the computer signal from the COMPUTER 2 IN connector every time the projector is turned on.

COMPUTER3 ......... Displays the computer signal from the COMPUTER 3 IN connector every time the projector is turned on.

HDMI ..................... Displays the digital source from the HDMI IN connector every time the projector is turned on.

DisplayPort ............ Displays the digital source from the DisplayPort every time the projector is turned on.

VIDEO .................... Displays the Video source from the VIDEO IN connector every time the projector is turned on.

S-VIDEO ................ Displays the Video source from the S-VIDEO IN connector every time the projector is turned on.

VIEWER ................. Displays slides or plays back movie ﬁles from the USB memory device every time the projector is turned

on.

NETWORK ............. Displays the data sent from the computer via the LAN port (RJ-45) or the wireless LAN unit (sold separately)

mounted on the projector is projected.

SLOT ...................... Displays a signal from the optional (SB-01HC or other NEC’s optional boards) when it is installed.

133

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[EDGE BLENDING]

This฀function฀adjusts฀overlapping฀edges฀of฀images฀projected฀from฀each฀projector฀to฀uniform฀multi-screen฀images.

Turns on or off the Edge Blending function. [MODE]

Turning฀on฀[MODE]฀will฀make฀[TOP],฀[BOTTOM],฀[LEFT],฀[RIGHT],฀and฀[BLACK฀LEVEL]฀available.฀(Default:฀OFF).

Selects฀edge฀of฀top,฀bottom,฀left,฀and฀right฀of฀the฀screen฀to฀perform฀the฀Edge฀Blending฀function.฀

[TOP/BOTTOM/LEFT/RIGHT]

Turning฀on฀[CONTROL]฀will฀make฀[MARKER],฀[RANGE],฀and฀[POSITION]฀available.฀(→฀page฀

52)

CONTROL .............. Turns on or off [TOP], [BOTTOM], [LEFT], and [RIGHT].

MARKER ................ Turns on or off a marker for the range and position adjustment. Turning on [MARKER] will display a magenta

marker for [RANGE] and green marker for [POSITION].

RANGE ................... Adjusts the Edge Blending range (width).

POSITION .............. Adjusts the Edge Blending start position.

Adjusts฀the฀brightness฀level฀of฀9-segmented฀portions.฀[BLACK฀LEVEL]

9-segmented฀portions฀are฀[TOP-LEFT],฀[TOP-CENTER],฀[TOP-RIGHT],฀[CENTER-LEFT],฀[CENTER],฀[CENTER-

RIGHT],฀[BOTTOM-LEFT],฀[BOTTOM-CENTER],฀and฀[BOTTOM-RIGHT].฀(→฀page฀

55)

134

5. Using On-Screen Menu

 Menu Descriptions & Functions [INFO.]

Displays฀the฀status฀of฀the฀current฀signal฀and฀lamp฀usage.฀This฀item฀has฀nine฀pages.฀The฀information฀included฀is฀as฀

follows:

TIP:฀Pressing฀the฀HELP฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀will฀show฀the฀[INFO.]฀menu฀items.

[USAGE TIME]

[LAMP฀1฀LIFE฀REMAINING]฀(%)*

[LAMP฀2฀LIFE฀REMAINING]฀(%)*

[LAMP฀1฀HOURS฀USED]฀(H)

[LAMP฀2฀HOURS฀USED]฀(H)

[FILTER฀HOURS฀USED]฀(H)

[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS]฀(kg-CO2)

*฀The฀progress฀indicator฀shows฀the฀percentage฀of฀remaining฀bulb฀life.

฀The฀value฀informs฀you฀of฀the฀amount฀of฀lamp฀usage.฀When฀the฀remaining฀lamp฀time฀reaches฀0,฀the฀LAMP฀LIFE฀

REMAINING฀bar฀indicator฀changes฀from฀0%฀to฀100฀Hours฀and฀starts฀counting฀down.

฀If฀the฀remaining฀lamp฀time฀reaches฀0฀hours,฀the฀projector฀will฀not฀turn฀on.

•฀The฀message฀to฀the฀effect฀that฀the฀lamp฀or฀the฀lters฀should฀be฀replaced฀will฀be฀displayed฀for฀one฀minute฀when฀

the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on฀and฀when฀the฀POWER฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀or฀the฀remote฀control฀is฀pressed.

฀To฀dismiss฀this฀message,฀press฀any฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀or฀the฀remote฀control.

Lamp life(H)

Replacement lampECO MODE

OFF ON

2000 2500 NP22LP

NOTE:

Tilting฀the฀front฀of฀the฀projector฀up฀or฀down฀by฀more฀than฀10°฀from฀level฀could฀reduce฀lamp฀life฀by฀up฀to฀20%.

•฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS]

฀This฀displays฀the฀estimated฀carbon฀saving฀information฀in฀kg.฀The฀carbon฀footprint฀factor฀in฀the฀carbon฀saving฀cal-

culation฀is฀based฀on฀the฀OECD฀(2008฀Edition).฀(→฀page฀

37)

135

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[SOURCE(1)]

INPUT฀TERMINAL฀RESOLUTION฀

HORIZONTAL฀FREQUENCY฀VERTICAL฀FREQUENCY฀

SYNC฀TYPE฀SYNC฀POLARITY฀

SCAN฀TYPE฀SOURCE฀NAME฀

ENTRY฀NO.

[SOURCE(2)]

SIGNAL฀TYPE฀VIDEO฀TYPE฀

BIT฀DEPTH฀VIDEO฀LEVEL฀

LINK฀RATE฀LINK฀LANE

[WIRED LAN]

IP฀ADDRESS฀SUBNET฀MASK฀

GATEWAY฀MAC฀ADDRESS

136

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[WIRELESS LAN(1)]

IP฀ADDRESS฀SUBNET฀MASK฀

GATEWAY฀MAC฀ADDRESS

[WIRELESS LAN(2)]

SSID฀NETWORK฀TYPE฀

WEP/WPA฀CHANNEL฀

SIGNAL฀LEVEL

[VERSION(1)]

FIRMWARE฀DATA฀

FIRMWARE2

137

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[VERSION(2)]

FIRMWARE3

[OTHERS]

PROJECTOR฀NAME฀MODEL฀NO.฀

SERIAL฀NUMBER฀LAN฀UNIT฀TYPE฀

CONTROL฀ID฀(when฀[CONTROL฀ID]฀is฀set)

138

5. Using On-Screen Menu

8 Menu Descriptions & Functions [RESET]

Returning to Factory Default [RESET]

The฀RESET฀feature฀allows฀you฀to฀change฀adjustments฀and฀settings฀to฀the฀factory฀preset฀for฀a฀(all)฀source฀(s)฀except฀

the฀following:

[CURRENT฀SIGNAL]

Resets฀the฀adjustments฀for฀the฀current฀signal฀to฀the฀factory฀preset฀levels.฀

The฀items฀that฀can฀be฀reset฀are:฀[PRESET],฀[CONTRAST],฀[BRIGHTNESS],฀[COLOR],฀[HUE],฀[SHARPNESS],฀

[ASPECT฀RATIO],฀[HORIZONTAL],฀[VERTICAL],฀[CLOCK],฀[PHASE],฀and฀[OVERSCAN].

[ALL฀DATA]

Reset฀all฀the฀adjustments฀and฀settings฀for฀all฀the฀signals฀to฀the฀factory฀preset.

All฀items฀can฀be฀reset฀EXCEPT฀[ENTRY฀LIST],฀[LANGUAGE],฀[BACKGROUND],฀[FILTER฀MESSAGE],฀[SCREEN],฀

[GEOMETRIC฀CORRECTION],฀[MULTI-SCREEN฀COMP.],฀[REF.WHITE฀BALANCE],฀[CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK],฀

[SECURITY],฀[COMMUNICATION฀SPEED],฀[CONTROL฀ID],฀[SEAMLESS฀SWITCHING],฀[STANDBY฀MODE],฀

[FAN฀MODE],฀[EDGE฀BLENDING],฀[REF.฀LENS฀MEMORY],฀[DATE฀AND฀TIME],฀[LAMP฀LIFE฀REMAINING],฀[LAMP฀

HOURS฀USED],฀[FILTER฀HOURS฀USED],฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS],฀[WIRED฀LAN],฀and฀[WIRELESS฀LAN].

To฀reset฀the฀lamp฀usage฀time,฀see฀“Clearing฀Lamp฀Hour฀Meter฀[CLEAR฀LAMP฀HOURS]”฀below.

[ALL DATA (INCLUDING ENTRY LIST)]

Reset฀all฀the฀adjustments฀and฀settings฀for฀all฀the฀signals฀to฀the฀factory฀preset฀except฀[LANGUAGE],฀[BACKGROUND],฀

[FILTER฀MESSAGE],฀[SCREEN],฀[MULTI-SCREEN฀COMP.],฀[REF.฀WHITE฀BALANCE],฀[CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK],฀

[SEAMLESS฀SWITCHING],฀[SECURITY],฀[COMMUNICATION฀SPEED],฀[CONTROL฀ID],฀[FAN฀MODE],฀[EDGE฀BLEND-

ING],฀[GEOMETIRC฀CORRECTION],฀[REF.฀LENS฀MEMORY],฀[DATE฀AND฀TIME],฀[STANDBY฀MODE],฀[LAMP฀LIFE฀

REMAINING],฀[LAMP฀HOURS฀USED],฀[FILTER฀HOURS฀USED],฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS],฀[WIRED฀LAN],฀and฀

[WIRELESS฀LAN].

Also฀deletes฀all฀the฀signals฀in฀the฀[ENTRY฀LIST]฀and฀returns฀to฀the฀factory฀preset.

NOTE:฀Locked฀signals฀in฀Entry฀List฀cannot฀be฀reset.

Clearing฀Lamp฀Hour฀Meter฀[CLEAR฀LAMP฀1฀HOURS/CLEAR฀LAMP฀2฀HOURS]

Resets฀the฀lamp฀clock฀back฀to฀zero.฀Selecting฀this฀option฀displays฀submenu฀for฀a฀conrmation.฀Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀

the฀ENTER฀button.

NOTE:฀Elapsed฀time฀of฀the฀lamp฀use฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

NOTE: The projector will turn off and go into standby mode when you continue to use the projector for another 100 hours after the

lamp has reached the end of its life. In this condition you cannot clear the lamp hour meter on the menu. If this happens, press the

HELP฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀for฀10฀seconds฀to฀reset฀the฀lamp฀clock฀back฀to฀zero.฀Do฀this฀only฀after฀replacing฀the฀lamp.

139

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Clearing the Filter Usage Hours [CLEAR FILTER HOURS]

Resets฀the฀lter฀usage฀back฀to฀zero.฀Selecting฀this฀option฀displays฀submenu฀for฀a฀conrmation.฀Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀

the฀ENTER฀button.

The฀[OFF]฀item฀is฀selected฀for฀[FILTER฀MESSAGE]฀at฀the฀time฀of฀shipment.฀When฀[OFF]฀is฀selected,฀you฀do฀not฀need฀

to฀clear฀the฀lter฀usage฀hour.

NOTE:฀Elapsed฀time฀of฀the฀lter฀use฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

140

5. Using On-Screen Menu

❾ Application Menu

When฀[NETWORK]฀is฀selected฀from฀the฀[SOURCE]฀menu,฀the฀application฀menu฀[APPLICATION฀MENU]฀will฀be฀dis-

played.

The฀application฀menu฀allows฀you฀to฀set฀up฀the฀User฀Supportware,฀Network฀Settings฀(NETWORK฀SETTINGS)฀and฀

Tools฀(TOOLS).

The฀User฀Supportware฀can฀be฀downloaded฀from฀our฀website.

In฀[ADMINISTRATOR฀MODE],฀either฀[ADVANCED]฀menu฀or฀[BASIC]฀menu฀can฀be฀selected.฀(→฀page฀

158)

The฀[BASIC]฀menu฀contains฀minimum฀essentials฀of฀menus฀and฀commands.฀

IMAGE EXPRESS UTILITY

This฀shows฀information฀for฀projector฀name,฀resolution,฀and฀network฀(wired/wireless)฀which฀are฀required฀to฀use฀Image฀

Express฀Utility.

Use฀this฀information฀to฀set฀up฀for฀your฀computer.

NETWORK PROJECTOR

This฀shows฀information฀for฀projector฀name,฀resolution,฀and฀network฀(wired/wireless)฀which฀are฀required฀to฀use฀Network฀

Projector.

Use฀this฀information฀to฀set฀up฀for฀your฀computer.

141

5. Using On-Screen Menu

REMOTE DESKTOP CONNECTION

This฀allows฀you฀to฀set฀up฀for฀computer฀name฀entry฀and฀effects฀for฀Remote฀Desktop.

NOTE:

•฀A฀USB฀keyboard฀is฀required฀to฀set฀up฀the฀Remote฀Desktop฀Connection.

142

5. Using On-Screen Menu

NETWORK SETTINGS

Important:

•฀Consult฀with฀your฀network฀administrator฀about฀these฀settings.

•฀When฀using฀a฀wired฀LAN฀connection,฀connect฀a฀LAN฀cable฀(Ethernet฀cable)฀to฀the฀LAN฀port฀(RJ-45)฀of฀the฀projector.฀(→ page

173)

TIP:฀The฀network฀settings฀you฀make฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

Hints on How to Set Up LAN Connection

To set up the projector for a LAN connection:

Select฀[WIRED฀LAN]฀or฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀→฀[PROFILES]฀→฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2].

Two฀settings฀can฀be฀set฀for฀wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN.

Next฀turn฀on฀or฀off฀for฀[DHCP],฀[IP฀ADDRESS],฀[SUBNET฀MASK],฀and฀[GATEWAY]฀and฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀

ENTER฀button.฀(→฀page฀143)

To recall LAN settings stored in the proﬁle number:

Select฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2]฀for฀wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN,฀and฀then฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀

(→฀page฀143)

To connect a DHCP server:

Turn฀on฀[DHCP]฀for฀wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN.฀Select฀[ON]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀To฀specify฀IP฀address฀without฀

using฀the฀DHCP฀server,฀turn฀off฀[DHCP].฀(→฀page฀144)

To฀set฀only฀for฀wireless฀LAN฀(NETWORK฀TYPE฀and฀WEP/WPA):

Select฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2]฀for฀wireless฀LAN,฀and฀then฀select฀[ADVANCED]฀and฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀

button.฀The฀Advanced฀menu฀will฀be฀displayed.฀(→฀page฀145)

To select an SSID:

Select฀[ADVANCED]฀→฀[SITE฀SURVEY]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

Select฀an฀SSID฀and฀press฀the฀>฀button฀to฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

If฀you฀do฀not฀use฀[SITE฀SURVEY],฀type฀the฀SSID฀and฀select฀[INFRASTRUCTURE]฀or฀[AD฀HOC].฀(→฀page฀145)

To฀receive฀lamp฀replacement฀time฀or฀error฀messages฀via฀e-mail:

Select฀[ALERT฀MAIL],฀and฀set฀[SENDER'S฀ADDRESS],฀[SMTP฀SERVER฀NAME],฀and฀[RECIPIENT'S฀ADDRESS].฀

Last,฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀(→฀page฀156)

To฀execute฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀using฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0฀or฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀for฀Mac:

The฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀is฀a฀mode฀that฀can฀abbreviate฀the฀troublesome฀LAN฀settings฀when฀using฀the฀Image฀

Express฀Utility฀and฀connecting฀the฀PC฀and฀projector฀via฀a฀wireless฀LAN.

Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0฀and฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀for฀Mac฀are฀contained฀on฀the฀supplied฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-

ROM.฀

To฀use฀[EASY฀CONNECTION],฀select฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀→฀[PROFILES]฀→฀[EASY฀CONNECTION].฀

NOTE:฀The฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀function฀is฀available฀on฀Windows฀7,฀Windows฀Vista฀or฀Windows฀XP฀SP3.฀

143

5. Using On-Screen Menu

WIRED฀LAN฀or฀WIRELESS฀LAN฀(ADVANCED฀menu฀only)

*฀To฀use฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀functions,฀connect฀a฀separately฀sold฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀to฀the฀projector.฀(→฀page฀174)

PROFILES•฀Up฀to฀two฀settings฀for฀the฀LAN฀port฀or฀USB฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀

can฀be฀stored฀in฀memory฀of฀the฀projector.฀Total฀of฀four฀settings฀

can฀be฀stored.

฀Five฀settings฀can฀be฀stored:฀two฀for฀the฀built-in฀LAN฀port,฀two฀

for฀wireless฀LAN฀and฀one฀for฀WPS.

•฀Select฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2]฀and฀then฀do฀settings฀for฀

[DHCP]฀and฀the฀other฀options.฀

฀After฀doing฀this,฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀This฀

will฀store฀your฀settings฀in฀memory.

•฀To฀recall฀the฀settings฀from฀memory:

฀After฀selecting฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2]฀from฀the฀[PRO-

FILES]฀list.

฀Select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀

•฀To฀stop฀emitting฀radio฀waves฀from฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit,฀

select฀[DISABLE]฀from฀the฀[PROFILES]฀list.

•฀Selecting฀[SIMPLE฀ACCESS฀POINT]฀will฀allow฀the฀projector฀to฀

create฀an฀infrastructure฀network.

฀An฀SSID฀will฀be฀automatically฀created.

฀When฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀projector฀is฀changed,฀it฀will฀auto-

matically฀take฀effect฀in฀one฀or฀two฀minutes.

฀Select฀“Obtain฀an฀IP฀Address฀Automatically”฀to฀set฀the฀IP฀ad-

dress฀of฀a฀connected฀computer.

฀It฀takes฀a฀few฀seconds฀for฀a฀change฀of฀your฀computer’s฀IP฀ad-

dress฀to฀come฀into฀effect฀in฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista฀while฀it฀

takes฀one฀or฀two฀minutes฀in฀Window฀XP.

฀When฀you฀connect฀with฀your฀computer฀to฀save฀your฀prole฀

and฀select฀“Automatically฀connect฀when฀within฀range”฀from฀the฀

Properties฀tab฀of฀Wireless฀Network฀in฀Windows฀for฀your฀selected฀

prole,฀your฀wireless฀LAN฀will฀be฀accessed฀under฀the฀following฀

conditions:

•฀at฀the฀time฀of฀turning฀on฀the฀computer฀or฀the฀projector

•฀when฀the฀notebook฀type฀is฀within฀the฀range฀of฀the฀projector’s฀

wireless฀LAN฀can฀be฀achieved.

฀Data฀transmission฀between฀wireless฀LAN฀and฀wired฀LAN฀is฀not฀

possible.

฀When฀the฀[SIMPLE฀ACCESS฀POINT]฀mode฀is฀used฀to฀send฀

images,฀it฀is฀recommended฀to฀connect฀to฀only฀one฀computer.

—

144

5. Using On-Screen Menu

•฀When฀selecting฀[WPS],฀the฀network฀will฀be฀connected฀by฀using฀

settings฀stored฀automatically฀with฀the฀WPS฀function.

฀Selecting฀[WPS]฀will฀allow฀the฀projector฀to฀access฀the฀network฀

by฀using฀the฀settings฀the฀WPS฀function฀automatically฀stored.

DHCPPlace฀a฀check฀mark฀to฀automatically฀assign฀an฀IP฀address฀to฀the฀

projector฀from฀your฀DHCP฀server.

Clear฀this฀check฀box฀to฀register฀the฀IP฀address฀or฀subnet฀mask฀

number฀obtained฀from฀your฀network฀administrator.

—

IP฀ADDRESSSet฀your฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀

when฀[DHCP]฀is฀turned฀off.

Up฀to฀12฀numeric฀

characters

SUBNET฀MASKSet฀your฀subnet฀mask฀number฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀

projector฀when฀[DHCP]฀is฀turned฀off.

Up฀to฀12฀numeric฀

characters

GATEWAY

Set฀the฀default฀gateway฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀

when฀[DHCP]฀is฀turned฀off.฀

Up฀to฀12฀numeric฀

characters

WNS฀CONFIGURA-

TION

Set฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀your฀WINS฀server฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀

to฀the฀projector฀when฀[DHCP]฀is฀turned฀off.฀

Up฀to฀12฀numeric฀

characters

AUTO฀DNSPlace฀a฀check฀mark฀to฀automatically฀assign฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀your฀

DNS฀server฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀from฀your฀DHCP฀server.

Clear฀this฀check฀box฀to฀set฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀your฀DNS฀server฀

connected฀to฀the฀projector.

Up฀to฀12฀numeric฀

characters

DNS฀CONFIGURA-

TION

Set฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀your฀DNS฀server฀on฀the฀network฀connected฀

to฀the฀projector฀when฀[AUTO฀DNS]฀is฀cleared.

Up฀to฀12฀numeric฀

characters

ADVANCED*

This฀menu฀allows฀you฀to฀set฀various฀items฀for฀your฀wireless฀LAN฀

connection฀(network฀type,฀security).

—

RECONNECT

Retry฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀network.฀Try฀this฀if฀you฀have฀

changed฀[PROFILES].฀

—

*฀The฀[ADVANCED]฀setting฀screen฀is฀available฀for฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀only.

NOTE:

•฀If฀you฀select฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀from฀[PROFILES],฀you฀cannot฀make฀settings฀to฀DHCP฀and฀its฀following฀items฀except฀[CHAN-

NEL]฀in฀[ADVANCED].

Advanced฀Settings฀(settings฀only฀required฀when฀using฀a฀separately฀sold฀wireless฀LAN฀unit)

(ADVANCED฀menu฀only)

145

5. Using On-Screen Menu

SITE฀SURVEYDisplays฀a฀list฀of฀available฀SSIDs฀for฀wireless฀LAN฀on฀site.฀Select฀

an฀SSID฀which฀you฀can฀access.

To฀select฀an฀SSID,฀highlight฀[SSID]฀and฀use฀the฀฀to฀select฀[OK]฀

and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀

....................... Wireless access point

....................... Ad Hoc PC

....................... WEP or WPA enabled

—

SECURITY

This฀will฀turn฀on฀or฀off฀the฀encryption฀mode฀for฀secure฀transmis-

sion.

To฀use฀encryption,฀specify฀a฀WEP฀key฀or฀encryption฀key.฀Select฀

your฀security฀type฀appropriate฀for฀your฀computer฀and฀the฀wire-

less฀LAN฀unit.

DISABLE ................ Will not turn on the encryption feature. Your com-

munications may be monitored by someone.

WEP(64bit) ............ Uses 64-bit datalength for secure transmis-

sion.

WEP(128bit) .......... Uses 128-bit datalength for secure transmission.

This option will increase privacy and security

when compared to use of 64-bit datalength en-

cryption.

WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK/WPA-EAP/WPA2-EAP

.............................. These options provide stronger security than

WEP.

NOTE:

•฀The฀security฀type,฀WEP฀key,฀and฀encryption฀key฀settings฀must฀be฀the฀

same฀as฀communication฀devices฀such฀as฀PC฀or฀access฀point฀in฀your฀

wireless network.

•฀When฀you฀use฀[SECURITY],฀your฀image฀transmission฀speed฀will฀slow฀

down.

•฀[WPA-PSK],฀[WPA-EAP],฀[WPA2-PSK]฀and฀[WPA2-EAP]฀are฀not฀avail-

able฀when฀[AD฀HOC]฀is฀selected฀from฀[NETWORK฀TYPE].

—

SSID

Enter฀an฀identier฀(SSID)฀for฀wireless฀LAN.฀Communication฀can฀

be฀done฀only฀with฀equipment฀whose฀SSID฀matches฀SSID฀for฀your฀

wireless฀LAN.฀

Up฀to฀32฀alphanumeric฀

characters฀(case฀

sensitive).

NETWORK฀TYPESelect฀communication฀method฀when฀using฀wireless฀LAN.

INFRASTRUCTURE ...Select this option when communicating with

one or more equipment connected to the wire-

less or wired LAN network via a wireless access

point.

AD HOC ....................Select this option when using the wireless LAN

to directly communicate with a computer in

peer-to-peer mode.

—

CHANNEL

Select฀a฀channel.฀Available฀channels฀vary฀depending฀on฀the฀

country฀and฀region.฀When฀you฀select฀[INFRASTRUCTURE],฀make฀

sure฀that฀the฀projector฀and฀your฀access฀point฀are฀on฀the฀same฀

channel;฀when฀you฀select฀[AD฀HOC],฀make฀sure฀that฀the฀projector฀

and฀your฀computer฀are฀on฀the฀same฀channel.

—

146

5. Using On-Screen Menu

When฀[WEP(64bit)]฀or฀[WEP(128bit)]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SECURITY฀TYPE]

KEY฀SELECTSelects฀one฀WEP฀key฀from฀the฀four฀keys฀below.

KEY1,฀KEY2,฀KEY3,฀

KEY4

Enter฀a฀WEP฀key.

•฀Maximum฀number฀of฀characters

OptionAlphanumeric฀(ASCII)Hexadecimal฀(HEX)

WEP฀64bit5 10

WEP฀128bit13 26

When฀[WPA-PSK],฀[WPA-EAP],฀[WPA2-PSK],฀or฀[WPA2-EAP]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SECURITY฀TYPE]

ENCRYPTION฀TYPESelect฀[TKIP]฀or฀[AES].

KEYEnter฀encryption฀key.฀Key฀length฀must฀be฀8฀or฀greater฀and฀63฀or฀less.

147

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[AUTHENTICATION]฀(required฀for฀wireless฀only)

Setting฀is฀required฀for฀using฀WPA-EAP฀or฀WPA2-EAP.฀

Preparation before setting

Select฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀compliant฀WPA-EAP฀or฀WPA2-EAP฀authentication฀and฀install฀a฀digital฀certicate฀on฀the฀projec-

tor.

1.฀Set฀[DATE฀AND฀TIME]฀on฀the฀projector.฀(→฀page฀

162)

2.฀Use฀a฀computer฀to฀save฀digital฀certicates฀(les)฀for฀WPA-EAP฀or฀WPA2-EAP฀setting฀to฀your฀USB฀memory฀

device.

฀After฀completing฀saving฀the฀le,฀remove฀the฀USB฀memory฀device฀from฀the฀computer.

Important:

•฀The฀le฀formats฀of฀digital฀certicate฀that฀are฀supported฀by฀the฀projector฀are฀DER฀and฀PKCS#12฀only.

•฀The฀projector฀cannot฀handle฀any฀digital฀certicate฀whose฀le฀size฀exceeds฀8฀KB.

•฀CRL฀(Certicate฀Relocation฀List)฀is฀not฀supported.

•฀Client฀certicate฀chain฀is฀not฀supported.

3.฀Plug฀the฀USB฀memory฀device฀into฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀projector.

Setting Procedures

1.฀Select฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀→฀[WIRELESS฀LAN].

2.฀Set฀items฀such฀as฀PROFILES,฀DHCP,฀IP฀ADDRESS,฀SUBNET฀MASK฀and฀others฀as฀required.

•฀Select฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2]฀for฀[PROFILES].฀If฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀is฀selected,฀WPA-PSK,฀WPA2-

PSK,฀WPA-EAP,฀or฀WPA2-EAP฀is฀not฀available.

3.฀Select฀[ADVANCED]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀[ADVANCED]฀setting฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

148

5. Using On-Screen Menu

4.฀Select฀[SITE฀SURVEY]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀“SSID”฀list฀will฀be฀displayed.

5.฀Select฀a฀connecting฀SSID,฀and฀then฀select฀[OK].

฀Finally฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

•฀Select฀the฀SSID฀for฀which฀WPA-PSK฀or฀WPA2-PSK฀is฀set.

•฀Select฀[INFRASTRUCTURE฀(

)]฀for฀[NETWORK฀TYPE].฀WPA-PSK,฀WPA2-PSK,฀WPA-EAP,฀or฀WPA2-EAP฀is฀

not฀available฀when฀[AD฀HOC฀()] is selected.

6.฀Select฀the฀[SECURITY]฀tab.

฀The฀[SECURITY]฀page฀will฀be฀displayed.

7.฀Select฀the฀[SECURITY฀TYPE]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀pull-down฀list฀will฀be฀displayed.

8.฀Select฀[WPA-EAP]฀or฀[WPA2-EAP]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

9.฀Select฀the฀[TKIP/AES]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀pull-down฀list฀will฀be฀displayed.

.฀Select฀[TKIP]฀or฀[AES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀Select฀[TKIP]฀or฀[AES]฀according฀to฀the฀setting฀for฀your฀access฀point.

149

5. Using On-Screen Menu

.฀Select฀the฀[AUTHENTICATION]฀tab.

฀The฀[AUTHENTICATION]฀page฀will฀be฀displayed.

฀Select฀either฀[EAP-TLS]฀or฀[PEAP-MSCHAPv2]฀for฀[EAP฀TYPE].฀The฀setting฀items฀vary฀depending฀on฀the฀EAP฀

type.

฀See฀the฀table฀below.

EAP฀TypeSetting฀ItemNote

EAP-TLS

User฀Name1฀character฀or฀more฀and฀32฀characters฀or฀

less

Client฀CerticatePKCS#12฀format฀le

CA฀Certicate

(Certicate฀authority’s฀certicate)

DER฀format฀le

PEAP-MSCHAPv2User฀Name1฀character฀or฀more฀and฀32฀characters฀or฀

less

Password

1฀character฀or฀more฀and฀32฀characters฀or฀

less

CA฀Certicate

(Certicate฀authority’s฀certicate)

DER฀format฀le

①฀Selecting฀[EAP-TLS]฀for฀[EAP฀TYPE]:

฀The฀following฀section฀explains฀the฀operation฀for฀selecting฀[EAP-TLS].

฀For฀selecting฀[PEAP-MSCHAPv2],฀go฀on฀to฀Step฀12฀on฀page฀

151.

12.

฀Select฀the฀[USER฀NAME]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀character฀entry฀screen฀(software฀keyboard)฀will฀be฀displayed.฀Set฀a฀user฀name.

•฀A฀user฀name฀must฀be฀1฀character฀or฀more฀and฀32฀characters฀or฀less.

(→ page 153)

150

5. Using On-Screen Menu

13.

฀Select฀[CLIENT฀CERTIFICATE]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

A฀list฀of฀les฀(thumbnail฀screen)฀will฀be฀displayed.

•฀For฀operating฀the฀thumbnail฀screen,฀see฀“4.฀Using฀the฀Viewer”฀in฀the฀“User’s฀Manual”฀(PDF).

•฀To฀return฀to฀the฀[AUTHENTICATION]฀page,฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button.

NOTE:

Installing a digital certiﬁcate

You฀can฀install฀each฀digital฀certicate฀(client฀certicate฀and฀CA฀certicate)฀for฀[PROFILE฀1฀(or฀2)]฀on฀a฀le-by-le฀basis.

•฀Install฀a฀root฀CA฀certicate฀for฀a฀CA฀certicate.

•฀If฀you฀install฀a฀digital฀certicate฀over฀your฀existing฀digital฀certicate,฀the฀existing฀digital฀certicate฀will฀be฀overwritten฀with฀the฀new฀

digital฀certicate.

•฀Once฀a฀digital฀certicate฀has฀been฀installed,฀its฀information฀cannot฀be฀deleted฀even฀if฀you฀stop฀setting฀WPA-EAP฀or฀WPA2-EAP.

14.

฀On฀the฀thumbnail฀screen,฀select฀a฀digital฀certicate฀(PKCS#12฀format฀le)฀saved฀in฀your฀USB฀memory฀device฀

and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀password฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.฀

15.

฀Select฀[PASSWORD]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀character฀entry฀screen฀(software฀keyboard)฀will฀be฀displayed.฀Set฀the฀password฀of฀the฀private฀key.฀A฀password฀

must฀be฀1฀character฀or฀more฀and฀32฀characters฀or฀less.

฀The฀selected฀digital฀certicate฀le฀will฀be฀installed฀on฀the฀projector.฀

•฀When฀the฀root฀CA฀certicate฀is฀not฀included฀in฀the฀le฀that฀was฀selected฀in฀Step฀14,฀proceed฀to฀Step฀16.฀When฀

the฀root฀certication฀authority฀certicate฀is฀included,฀proceed฀to฀Step฀18.฀

16.

฀Select฀[CA฀CERTIFICATE]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀drive฀list฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

151

5. Using On-Screen Menu

17.

฀On฀the฀thumbnail฀screen,฀select฀a฀digital฀certicate฀(DER฀format฀le)฀saved฀in฀your฀USB฀memory฀device฀

and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

•฀Select฀your฀root฀CA฀certicate฀here.฀

฀The฀selected฀digital฀certicate฀will฀be฀installed฀on฀the฀projector.

18.

฀After฀completing฀required฀settings,฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀[WIRELESS]฀page฀will฀be฀returned.

19.

฀Select฀[RECONNECT]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

20.

฀Select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

This฀will฀complete฀setting฀[EAP-TLS]฀for฀[EAP฀TYPE]฀in฀[WPA-EAP]฀or฀[WPA2-EAP].

TIP:

Clearing the digital certiﬁcate that is installed on the projector

To฀clear฀the฀digital฀certicate฀installed฀on฀the฀projector,฀follow฀the฀steps฀below.

By฀doing฀the฀following฀procedure,฀all฀the฀digital฀certicates฀for฀the฀currently฀displayed฀prole฀will฀be฀cleared.

1.฀Select฀[CLEAR฀CERTIFICATES]฀in฀the฀bottom฀left฀of฀the฀[AD

VANCED]฀setting฀screen฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀A฀message฀for฀conrmation฀will฀be฀displayed.

2.฀Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀digital฀certicates฀will฀be฀cleared.

TIP:

•฀The฀PKCS#12฀format฀digital฀certicate฀including฀a฀CA฀certicate฀will฀be฀installed฀as฀a฀root฀CA฀certicate.

②฀Selecting฀[PEAP-MSCHAPv2]฀for฀[EAP฀TYPE]:

12.

฀From฀the฀[AUTHENTICATION]฀page,฀select฀[EAP฀TYPE]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀pull-down฀list฀will฀be฀displayed.

13.

฀Select฀[PEAP-MSCHAPv2]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

14.

฀Select฀[USER฀NAME]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀character฀entry฀screen฀(software฀keyboard)฀will฀be฀displayed.฀Set฀a฀user฀name.

•฀A฀user฀name฀must฀be฀32฀characters฀or฀less.

(→ page 153)

152

5. Using On-Screen Menu

15.

฀After฀completing฀setting฀a฀user฀name,฀select฀the฀[PASSWORD]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀character฀entry฀screen฀(software฀keyboard)฀will฀be฀displayed.฀Set฀a฀password.

•฀A฀password฀must฀be฀32฀characters฀or฀less.

16.

฀After฀completing฀setting฀the฀password,฀select฀[CA฀CERTIFICATE]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀drive฀list฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

•฀For฀operating฀the฀thumbnail฀screen,฀see฀“4.฀Using฀the฀Viewer”฀in฀the฀“User’s฀Manual”฀(PDF).

•฀To฀return฀to฀the฀[AUTHENTICATION]฀page,฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button.

NOTE:

Installing a digital certiﬁcate

You฀can฀install฀each฀digital฀certicate฀(client฀certicate฀and฀CA฀certicate)฀for฀[PROFILE฀1฀(or฀2)]฀on฀a฀le-by-le฀

basis.

•฀Install฀a฀root฀CA฀certicate฀for฀a฀CA฀certicate.

•฀If฀you฀install฀a฀digital฀certicate฀over฀your฀existing฀digital฀certicate,฀the฀existing฀digital฀certicate฀will฀be฀overwritten฀with฀the฀new฀

digital฀certicate.

•฀Once฀a฀digital฀certicate฀has฀been฀installed,฀its฀information฀cannot฀be฀deleted฀even฀if฀you฀stop฀setting฀WPA-EAP฀or฀WPA2-EAP.

17.

฀On฀the฀thumbnail฀screen,฀select฀a฀digital฀certicate฀(DER฀format฀le)฀saved฀in฀your฀USB฀memory฀device฀

and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

•฀Select฀your฀root฀CA฀certicate฀here.฀

฀The฀selected฀digital฀certicate฀will฀be฀installed฀on฀the฀projector.

153

5. Using On-Screen Menu

18.

฀After฀completing฀required฀settings,฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀[WIRELESS]฀page฀will฀be฀returned.

19.

฀Select฀[RECONNECT]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

20.

฀Select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

This฀will฀complete฀setting฀[PEAP-MSCHAPv2]฀for฀[EAP฀TYPE]฀in฀[WPA-EAP]฀or฀[WPA2-EAP].

TIP:

Clearing the digital certiﬁcate that is installed on the projector

To฀clear฀the฀digital฀certicate฀installed฀on฀the฀projector,฀follow฀the฀steps฀below.

By฀doing฀the฀following฀procedure,฀all฀the฀digital฀certicates฀for฀the฀currently฀displayed฀prole฀will฀be฀cleared.

1.฀Select฀[CLEAR฀CERTIFICATES]฀in฀the฀bottom฀left฀of฀the฀[AD

VANCED]฀setting฀screen฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀A฀message฀for฀conrmation฀will฀be฀displayed.

2.฀Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀digital฀certicates฀will฀be฀cleared.

TIP:

Entering฀WEP฀keys฀(Switching฀between฀Alphanumeric฀characters฀and฀hexadecimal)

To฀enter฀from฀[KEY1]฀to฀[KEY4],฀do฀the฀following:

1.฀Select฀one฀of฀[KEY฀1],฀[KEY฀2],฀[KEY฀3]฀and฀[KEY฀4]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀

฀The฀character฀entry฀screen฀(software฀keyboard)฀will฀be฀displayed.

2.฀Use฀the฀▼, ▲, ◀, or ▶฀button฀to฀select฀a฀character฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

•฀To฀enter฀a฀WEP฀key฀or฀passphrase,฀use฀alphanumeric฀characters฀(ASCII)฀or฀hexadecimal฀(HEX).฀To฀enter฀a฀PSK฀

key,฀use฀alphanumeric฀characters฀(ASCII).

•฀Press฀the฀[HEX]฀button฀to฀change฀to฀[ASCII]฀to฀set฀the฀key฀in฀ASCII฀digit.฀You฀can฀toggle฀this฀button฀between฀

[ASCII]฀and฀[HEX].

•฀Enter฀0x(numeral฀and฀alphabet฀respectively)฀right฀in฀front฀of฀your฀key฀code.

•฀Hexadecimal฀uses฀0฀to฀9฀and฀A฀to฀F.

3.฀After฀entering฀your฀WEP฀key฀or฀passphrase,฀use฀the฀▼

, ▲, ◀, or ▶฀button฀to฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀

button.

฀The฀character฀entry฀screen฀(software฀keyboard)฀will฀be฀closed.

154

5. Using On-Screen Menu

WPS

When฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀access฀point฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀supports฀WPS฀(Wi-Fi฀Protected฀Setup฀TM),฀you฀can฀

use฀PIN฀method฀or฀push฀button฀method฀to฀set฀up฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀for฀the฀projector.

PIN฀TYPESet฀a฀4-digit฀or฀8฀digit-PIN฀code฀of฀WPS฀for฀your฀access฀point฀to฀complete฀setting฀for฀the฀

SSID฀security.

PUSH฀BUTTON฀TYPEPress฀the฀dedicated฀button฀of฀the฀access฀point฀and฀the฀projector’s฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀to฀

complete฀setting฀for฀the฀SSID฀security.

NETWORK฀INFORMATION

The฀following฀information฀will฀be฀displayed฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀connected฀to฀a฀network฀(wired฀LAN฀or฀wireless฀

LAN).

PROJECTOR฀NAME

HOST฀NAME

DOMAIN

NETWORK฀INFOR-

MATION฀(WIRED฀

LAN/WIRELESS฀LAN)

CONNECTION฀STATUS,฀IP฀ADDRESS,฀SUBNET฀MASK,฀GATEWAY,฀WINS,฀DNS,฀MAC฀

ADDRESS,฀SSID,฀NETWORK฀TYPE,฀WEP/WPA,฀CHANNEL,฀SIGNAL฀LEVEL,฀AU-

THENTICATION,฀AUTHENTICATION฀PERIOD

DISPLAY฀THE฀INFOR-

MATION฀IN฀APPLICA-

TION฀MENU

Turn฀on฀or฀off฀the฀display฀of฀the฀network฀information.

฀The฀meanings฀of฀these฀status฀statements฀are฀described฀below.

StatementAuthentication฀status

AuthenticatedAuthentication฀is฀done฀correctly.

FailureAuthentication฀failed.

Authenticating…Authentication฀is฀in฀process.

ExpiredThe฀digital฀certicate฀is฀expired.฀Or฀[DATE,฀TIME฀PRESET]฀is฀not฀set฀correctly.

Time฀ErrorThe฀[DATE,฀TIME฀PRESET]฀has฀been฀cleared.฀Set฀the฀correct฀date฀and฀time.

155

5. Using On-Screen Menu

PROJECTOR฀NAME฀(ADVANCED฀menu฀only)

PROJECTOR฀NAMESet฀a฀unique฀projector฀name.฀Up฀to฀16฀alphanu-

meric฀characters฀and฀

symbols

DOMAIN฀(ADVANCED฀menu฀only)

Set฀a฀host฀name฀and฀domain฀name฀of฀the฀projector.

HOST฀NAMESet฀a฀host฀name฀of฀the฀projector.Up฀to฀15฀alphanumeric฀

characters

DOMAIN฀NAMESet฀a฀domain฀name฀of฀the฀projector.Up฀to฀60฀alphanumeric฀

characters

156

5. Using On-Screen Menu

ALERT฀MAIL฀(ADVANCED฀menu฀only)

ALERT฀MAILThis฀option฀will฀notify฀your฀computer฀of฀lamp฀replace฀time฀or฀error฀

messages฀via฀e-mail฀when฀using฀wireless฀or฀wired฀LAN.฀

Placing a checkmark will turn on the Alert Mail feature.

Clearing a checkmark will turn off the Alert Mail feature.

Sample of a message to be sent from the projector:

The฀lamp฀and฀lters฀are฀at฀the฀end฀of฀its฀usable฀life.฀Please฀

replace฀the฀lamp.

Projector฀Name:฀NEC฀Projector

Lamp฀1฀Hours฀Used:฀xxxx฀[H]

Lamp฀2฀Hours฀Used:฀xxxx฀[H]

—

HOST฀NAMEType฀in฀a฀host฀name.Up฀to฀15฀alphanumeric฀

characters

DOMAIN฀NAMEType฀in฀a฀domain฀name฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projec-

tor.

Up฀to฀60฀alphanumeric฀

characters

SENDER'S฀AD-

DRESS

Specify฀the฀sender’s฀address.฀Up฀to฀60฀alphanu-

meric฀characters฀and฀

symbols

SMTP฀SERVER฀

NAME

Type฀in฀the฀SMTP฀server฀name฀to฀be฀connected฀to฀the฀projec-

tor.฀

Up฀to฀60฀alphanumeric฀

characters

RECIPIENT'S฀AD-

DRESS฀1,฀2,฀3

Type฀in฀your฀recipient’s฀address.฀Up฀to฀60฀alphanu-

meric฀characters฀and฀

symbols

TEST฀MAIL

Send฀a฀test฀mail฀to฀check฀if฀your฀settings฀are฀correct.

NOTE:

•฀If฀you฀entered฀an฀incorrect฀address฀in฀a฀test,฀you฀may฀not฀receive฀an฀

Alert฀mail.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀check฀if฀the฀Recipient’s฀Address฀is฀

correctly set.

•฀Unless฀any฀one฀of฀the฀[SENDER'S฀ADDRESS],฀[SMTP฀SERVER'S฀

NAME]฀or฀[RECIPIENT'S฀ADDRESS฀1-3]฀is฀selected,฀[TEST฀MAIL]฀is฀

not฀available.

•฀Be฀sure฀to฀highlight฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀before฀executing฀

[TEST฀MAIL].

—

157

5. Using On-Screen Menu

NETWORK฀SERVICE฀(ADVANCED฀menu฀only)

HTTP฀SERVERSet฀a฀password฀for฀your฀HTTP฀server.Up฀to฀10฀alphanumeric฀

characters

PJLink

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀set฀a฀password฀when฀you฀use฀the฀

PJLink฀feature.

NOTE:

•฀Do฀not฀forget฀your฀password.฀However,฀if฀you฀forget฀your฀password,฀

consult with your dealer.

•฀What฀is฀PJLink?

฀PJLink฀is฀a฀standardization฀of฀protocol฀used฀for฀controlling฀projectors฀

of different manufacturers. This standard protocol is established by

Japan฀Business฀Machine฀and฀Information฀System฀Industries฀Associa-

tion฀(JBMIA)฀in฀2005.

฀The฀projector฀supports฀all฀the฀commands฀of฀PJLink฀Class฀1.

•฀Setting฀of฀PJLink฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀

the menu.

Up฀to฀32฀alphanumeric฀

characters

AMX

Turn฀on฀or฀off฀for฀detection฀from฀AMX฀Device฀Discovery฀when฀

connecting฀to฀the฀network฀supported฀by฀AMX’s฀NetLinx฀control฀

system.

TIP:฀

When฀using฀a฀device฀that฀supports฀AMX฀Device฀Discovery,฀all฀AMX฀NetLinx฀

control฀system฀will฀recognize฀the฀device฀and฀download฀the฀appropriate฀

Device฀Discovery฀Module฀from฀an฀AMX฀server.

Placing a checkmark will enable detecting the projector from AMX Device

Discovery.

Clearing a checkmark will disable detecting the projector from AMX

Device Discovery.

—

158

5. Using On-Screen Menu

TOOLS

ADMINISTRATOR MODE

This฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀MENU฀MODE,฀save฀settings,฀and฀set฀a฀password฀for฀the฀administrator฀mode.

MENU฀MODESelect฀either฀[BASIC]฀or฀[ADVANCED]฀menu.

(→฀page฀102)

—

NOT฀SAVE฀SETTING฀

VALUES

Placing a check mark will not save your projector settings.

Clear this check box to save your projector settings.

—

NEW฀PASSWORD/

CONFIRM฀PASS-

WORD

Assign฀a฀password฀for฀the฀administrator฀mode.Up฀to฀10฀alphanumeric฀

characters

NOTE:

When฀[LAST]฀is฀selected฀for฀[DEFAULT฀SOURCE฀SELECT],฀placing฀a฀check฀mark฀for฀[NOT฀SAVE฀SETTING฀VALUES]฀will฀forcibly฀

select฀NETWORK฀for฀source฀at฀every฀power-on฀time.

To฀avoid฀this,฀select฀[AUTO]฀for฀[DEFAULT฀SOURCE฀SELECT]฀before฀placing฀a฀check฀mark฀for฀[NOT฀SAVE฀SETTING฀VALUES].

TIP:

To฀return฀to฀the฀ADVANCED฀menu฀from฀the฀BASIC฀menu,฀do฀the฀following:

1.฀Use฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀cabinet฀or฀press฀the฀NETWORK฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀to฀select฀

[NETWORK]฀to฀display฀the฀APPLICATION฀MENU.

2.฀Select฀[TOOLS]฀→฀[ADMINISTRATOR฀MODE]฀→฀[MENU฀MODE]฀→฀[ADVANCED฀MODE].

159

5. Using On-Screen Menu

PROGRAM TIMER

This฀option฀turns฀on/off฀the฀projector฀and฀changes฀video฀signals,฀and฀selects฀ECO฀mode฀automatically฀at฀a฀specied฀

time.

NOTE:

•฀Before฀using฀[PROGRAM฀TIMER],฀make฀sure฀that฀the฀[DATE฀AND฀TIME]฀feature฀is฀set.฀(→ page 162)

•฀Make฀sure฀that฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀the฀stand฀by฀condition฀with฀the฀POWER฀cord฀connected.

•฀The฀projector฀has฀a฀built-in฀clock.฀The฀clock฀will฀keep฀working฀for฀about฀two฀weeks฀after฀the฀main฀power฀is฀turned฀off.฀If฀the฀main฀

power is not supplied to the projector for two weeks or more, the built-in clock stops working.

•฀When฀[PROGRAM฀TIMER]฀is฀enabled,฀the฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀setting฀becomes฀invalid.

฀This฀means฀that฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀the฀same฀condition฀when฀the฀[NORMAL]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE].

Setting a new program timer

1.฀On฀the฀PROGRAM฀TIMER฀screen,฀use฀the฀▲ or ▼฀button฀to฀select฀[SETTINGS]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀but-

ton.

฀The฀[PROGRAM฀LIST]฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

2.฀Select฀a฀blank฀program฀number฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀[EDIT]฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

3.฀Make฀settings฀for฀each฀item฀as฀required.

ACTIVE .................. Place a check mark to enable the program.

160

5. Using On-Screen Menu

DAY ........................ Select days of the week for the program timer. To execute the program from Monday to Friday, select [MON-

FRI].To execute the program in everyday basis, select [EVERYDAY].

TIME ...................... Set the time to execute the program. Enter time in 24-hour format.

FUNCTION ............. Select a function to be executed. Selecting [POWER] will allow you to turn on or off the projector by setting

[ADVANCED SETTINGS]. Selecting [SOURCE] will allow you to select a video source by setting [ADVANCED

SETTINGS]. Selecting [ECO MODE] will allow you to select [ECO MODE] by setting [ADVANCED SET-

TINGS].

ADVANCED SETTINGS

.............................. Select power on/off, a type of video source, or ECO MODE for the selected item in [FUNCTION].

REPEAT .................. Place a check mark to repeat the program continuing basis. To use the program this week only, clear the

check mark.

4.฀Select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

This will complete the settings.

฀You฀will฀be฀returned฀to฀the฀[PROGRAM฀LIST]฀screen.

5.฀Select฀[BACK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀You฀will฀be฀returned฀to฀the฀[PROGRAM฀TIMER]฀screen.

6.฀Select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀You฀will฀be฀returned฀to฀the฀[TOOLS]฀screen.

NOTE:

•฀Up฀to฀30฀different฀timer฀settings฀can฀be฀programmed.

•฀When฀[PROGRAM฀TIMER]฀is฀turned฀on,฀the฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀setting฀is฀ignored.

•฀The฀Program฀Timer฀is฀executed฀on฀a฀set฀time฀basis,฀not฀in฀a฀program฀basis.

•฀Once฀the฀program฀not฀marked฀with฀a฀check฀in฀[REPEAT]฀has฀been฀executed,฀the฀check฀mark฀in฀the฀[ACTIVE]฀check฀box฀will฀be฀

cleared automatically and the program will be disabled.

•฀When฀the฀on-time฀and฀the฀off-time฀set฀for฀the฀same฀time,฀the฀off-time฀setting฀will฀take฀preference.

•฀Two฀different฀sources฀are฀set฀for฀the฀same฀time,฀the฀larger฀program฀number฀will฀take฀preference.฀

•฀The฀on-time฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀executed฀while฀the฀cooling฀fans฀are฀running฀or฀an฀error฀is฀occurring.

•฀If฀the฀off-time฀setting฀is฀expired฀under฀the฀condition฀in฀which฀the฀power฀off฀is฀not฀possible,฀the฀off-timer฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀executed฀

until the power off becomes possible.

•฀Programs฀not฀marked฀with฀a฀check฀mark฀in฀[ACTIVE]฀of฀the฀[EDIT]฀screen฀will฀not฀be฀executed฀even฀if฀the฀Program฀Timer฀is฀

enabled.

•฀When฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on฀by฀using฀the฀program฀timer฀and฀if฀you฀want฀to฀turn฀off฀the฀projector,฀set฀the฀off-time฀or฀do฀it฀

manually฀so฀as฀not฀to฀leave฀the฀projector฀on฀for฀a฀long฀period฀of฀time.

161

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Activating the program timer

1.฀Select฀[ENABLE]฀on฀the฀[PROGRAM฀TIMER]฀screen฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀[ENABLE]฀will฀be฀activated.

2.฀Select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀[PROGRAM฀TIMER]฀screen฀will฀be฀changed฀to฀the฀[TOOL]฀screen.

NOTE:

•฀Clearing฀[ENABLE]฀will฀disable฀the฀Program฀Timer฀even฀when฀a฀program฀is฀marked฀with฀a฀check฀mark฀on฀[PROGRAM฀LIST]฀

screen.

•฀When฀[ENABLE]฀is฀selected,฀the฀[PROGRAM฀LIST]฀cannot฀be฀edited.฀To฀edit฀the฀programs,฀select฀[ENABLE]฀to฀turn฀off฀the฀Program฀

Timer.

Changing the programmed settings

1.฀On฀the฀[PROGRAM฀LIST]฀screen,฀select฀a฀program฀you฀want฀to฀edit฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

2.฀Change฀the฀settings฀on฀the฀[EDIT]฀screen.

3.฀Select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀programmed฀settings฀will฀be฀changed.

฀You฀will฀be฀returned฀to฀the฀[PROGRAM฀LIST]฀screen.

Changing the order of programs

1.฀On฀the฀[PROGRAM฀LIST]฀screen,฀select฀a฀program฀whose฀order฀you฀want฀to฀change฀and฀press฀the฀▶฀but

ton.

2.฀Press฀the฀▼฀button฀to฀select฀▲ or ▼.

3.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀a฀few฀times฀to฀select฀a฀row฀to฀which฀you฀wish฀to฀move฀the฀program.

฀The฀order฀of฀the฀programs฀will฀be฀changed.

Deleting the programs

1.฀On฀the฀[PROGRAM฀LIST]฀screen,฀select฀a฀program฀number฀you฀want฀to฀delete฀and฀press฀the฀▶฀button.

2.฀Press฀the฀▼฀button฀to฀select฀[DELETE].

3.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀conrmation฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

4.฀Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀program฀will฀be฀deleted.

This will complete deleting the program.

162

5. Using On-Screen Menu

DATE AND TIME

You฀can฀set฀the฀current฀time,฀month,฀date,฀and฀year.

NOTE: The projector has a built-in clock. The clock will keep working for about 2 weeks after the main power is turned off. If the

main power is off for 2 weeks or more, the built-in clock will cease. If the built-in clock ceases, set the date and time again. The

built-in clock will not cease while in the standby mode.

TIME ZONE SETTINGS

.............. Select your time zone.

DATE AND TIME SETTINGS ...... Set your current date (MM/DD/YYYY) and time (HH:MM).

INTERNET TIME SERVER ......... If you place a check mark, the projector’s built-in clock will be synchronized with an Internet

time server in every 24 hours and at the time of projector’s startup.

UPDATE .................................... Synchronizes the projector’s built-in clock immediately. The UPDATE button is not available

unless the INTERNET TIME SERVER check box is turned on.

SUMMER TIME SETTINGS ....... If you place a check mark, the clock for daylight saving will be enabled.

MOUSE

This฀option฀lets฀you฀to฀change฀your฀USB฀mouse฀settings.฀The฀mouse฀settings฀feature฀is฀available฀for฀USB฀mouse฀only.฀

Choose฀the฀settings฀you฀want:

MOUSE BUTTON ...................... [RIGHT HAND] or [LEFT HAND]

MOUSE SENSITIVITY ............... [FAST], [MEDIUM] or [SLOW]

163

6. Connecting to Other Equipment

 Mounting the Optional Lens

Five฀separate฀bayonet฀style฀lenses฀can฀be฀used฀with฀this฀projector.฀The฀descriptions฀here฀are฀for฀the฀NP27ZL฀lens.฀

Mount฀other฀lenses฀in฀the฀same฀manner.

NOTE:

•฀The฀projector฀and฀lenses฀are฀made฀of฀precision฀parts.฀Do฀not฀subject฀them฀to฀shock฀or฀excessive฀forces.

•฀Remove฀the฀separately฀sold฀lens฀when฀moving฀the฀projector.฀If฀not,฀the฀lens฀could฀be฀subject฀to฀shock฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀being฀

moved,฀damaging฀the฀lens฀and฀the฀lens฀shift฀mechanism.

•฀Turn฀off฀the฀power฀and฀wait฀for฀the฀cooling฀fan฀to฀stop฀and฀turn฀off฀the฀main฀power฀switch฀before฀mounting฀or฀removing฀the฀

lens.

•฀When฀dismounting฀the฀lens฀from฀the฀projector,฀return฀the฀lens฀position฀to฀the฀home฀position฀before฀turning฀off฀the฀power.฀Failure฀to฀

do฀so฀may฀prevent฀the฀lens฀from฀being฀mounted฀or฀dismounted฀because฀of฀narrow฀space฀between฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀lens.

•฀Be฀sure฀to฀perform฀[CALIBRATION]฀after฀installation฀or฀replacement฀of฀the฀lens.฀(→ page 17, 126)฀Calibration฀corrects฀the฀adjust-

able zoom and focus range.

The following lenses need calibration:

-฀NP26ZL,฀NP27ZL,฀NP28ZL,฀NP29ZL

•฀Never฀touch฀the฀lens฀surface฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀operating.

•฀Be฀very฀careful฀not฀to฀let฀dirt,฀grease,฀etc.,฀on฀the฀lens฀surface฀and฀not฀to฀scratch฀the฀lens฀surface.

•฀Perform฀these฀operations฀on฀a฀at฀surface฀over฀a฀piece฀of฀cloth,฀etc.,฀to฀prevent฀the฀lens฀from฀getting฀scratched.

•฀When฀leaving฀the฀lens฀off฀the฀projector฀for฀long฀periods฀of฀time,฀mount฀the฀dust฀cap฀on฀the฀projector฀to฀prevent฀dust฀or฀dirt฀from฀

getting inside.

•฀If฀you฀have฀multiple฀projectors,฀be฀careful฀of฀the฀following:

-฀The฀NP25FL,฀NP26ZL,฀NP27ZL,฀NP28ZL,฀and฀NP29ZL฀lenses฀are฀designed฀exclusively฀for฀this฀model฀of฀the฀projector.฀These฀

lenses฀are฀not฀available฀on฀other฀projector฀models.

-฀The฀other฀NEC฀optional฀lenses฀cannot฀be฀used฀with฀this฀model฀of฀the฀projector.

Before mounting the lens:

•฀Prepare฀a฀Phillips฀screwdriver฀(plus-head)

•฀Remove฀the฀dust฀cap฀from฀the฀projector.

TIP:

•฀The฀projector฀comes฀with฀the฀dust฀cap฀at฀the฀time฀of฀shipment

Mounting the lens

1.฀Remove฀the฀lens฀shroud.

(1) Loosen two screws.

Lens release

lever

Safety฀lever

Lens shroud

164

6. Installation and Connections

(2)฀Make฀sure฀that฀the฀lens฀release฀lever฀points฀upward฀(RE

LEASE).

(3)฀Make฀sure฀that฀the฀safety฀lever฀is฀set฀to฀the฀unlocked฀posi

tion฀(UNLOCK)฀to฀prevent฀the฀lens฀from฀falling฀out.

UNLOCK

LOCK

RELEASE

LOCK

LENS

2.฀Remove฀the฀lens฀cap฀on฀the฀back฀of฀the฀lens.

•฀The฀NP27ZL฀lens฀is฀used฀as฀an฀example.

NOTE:฀Mounting฀the฀lens฀with฀lens฀cap฀on฀its฀back฀to฀the฀projector฀can฀

cause malfunction.

3.฀Place฀the฀guide฀pin฀in฀the฀correct฀orientation฀by฀aligning฀

it฀with฀the฀notch฀on฀the฀lens฀hood,฀then฀insert฀the฀lens฀

into฀the฀projector.

Push the lens slowly until it comes to a complete stop.

Guide฀pin

Notch

4.฀Set฀the฀safety฀lever฀to฀the฀right฀position฀(LOCK)฀to฀lock฀

the฀lens.

LOCK

LENS

5.฀Slowly฀turn฀the฀lens฀release฀lever฀counterclockwise฀until฀

the฀lens฀release฀lever฀is฀facing฀downward.

•฀If฀the฀lens฀release฀lever฀cannot฀be฀turned,฀it฀means฀that฀

the lens is not fully inserted.

฀Turn฀back฀the฀lens฀release฀lever฀to฀the฀unlocked฀position฀

and push the lens into the projector until it comes to a

complete stop.

165

6. Installation and Connections

6.฀Place฀the฀lens฀shroud฀back฀onto฀the฀lens฀hood.฀

•฀Tighten฀the฀two฀screws฀to฀x฀the฀lens฀shroud

NOTE :

Be฀sure฀to฀perform฀[CALIBRATION]฀after฀installation฀or฀replacement฀of฀

the฀lens.฀(→ page 17, 126)

Removing the lens

Before removing the lens:

1.฀Turn฀on฀the฀projector.฀(→฀page฀16)

2.฀Press฀and฀hold฀the฀SHUTTER/HOME฀POSITION฀button฀for฀a฀minimum฀of฀2฀seconds.

The lens position will return to the home position. (→ page 24)

3.฀Turn฀off฀the฀main฀power฀and฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord.฀

4.฀Wait฀for฀the฀projector฀to฀cool฀sufciently฀before฀removing฀the฀lens.

1.฀Remove฀the฀lens฀shroud.฀

(→ page 163)

2.฀Slowly฀turn฀the฀lens฀release฀lever฀clockwise฀until฀it฀points฀

upward.

3.฀Set฀the฀safety฀lever฀to฀the฀left฀position฀(UNLOCK).

LOCK

LENS

4.฀Slowly฀remove฀the฀lens฀from฀the฀projector฀by฀pulling฀it฀

straight฀out.

•฀After฀removing฀the฀lens,฀attach฀the฀lens฀cap฀to฀both฀the฀

front฀and฀back฀of฀the฀lens฀for฀proper฀storage.

5.฀Place฀the฀lens฀shroud฀back฀into฀the฀lens฀hood.฀

•฀Tighten฀the฀two฀screws฀to฀x฀the฀lens฀shroud.

•฀If฀the฀projector฀is฀stored฀without฀the฀lens,฀attach฀the฀dust฀

cover to the lens hood.

166

6. Installation and Connections

COMPUTER 2 IN

COMPUTER 3 IN

COMPUTER 1 IN

Computer฀cable฀(VGA)฀(supplied)

To฀mini฀D-Sub฀15-pin฀connector฀

on฀the฀projector.฀It฀is฀recommend-

ed that you use a commercially

available฀distribution฀amplier฀if฀

connecting฀a฀signal฀cable฀longer฀

than฀the฀cable฀supplied.

NOTE:฀For฀Macintosh,฀use฀a฀commercially฀available฀pin฀adapter฀(not฀

supplied)฀to฀connect฀to฀your฀Mac’s฀video฀port.

RGB฀-฀to฀-฀BNC฀cable฀(not฀

supplied)

 Making Connections

The฀projector฀can฀be฀connected฀to฀a฀computer฀using฀the฀computer฀cable,฀a฀5฀x฀BNC฀cable,฀HDMI฀cable฀or฀DisplayPort฀

cable.

Prepare฀commercially฀available฀cables฀for฀connection.

Analog RGB signal connection

•฀Connect฀the฀computer฀cable฀between฀the฀computer’s฀display฀output฀connector฀(mini฀D-Sub฀15-pin)฀and฀the฀projector’s฀

Computer฀1฀or฀Computer฀2฀video฀input฀connector.

•฀When฀connecting฀the฀computer’s฀display฀output฀connector฀(mini฀D-Sub฀15-pin)฀and฀the฀projector’s฀Computer฀3฀

video฀input฀connector,฀use฀a฀BNC฀cable฀(5-core)฀→฀mini฀D-Sub฀15-pin฀converter฀cable.

•฀To฀output฀audio฀from฀the฀computer,฀use฀commercially฀available฀audio฀system.

•฀Select฀the฀source฀name฀for฀its฀appropriate฀input฀connector฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector.

Input฀connector

SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀

cabinet

Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control

COMPUTER฀1฀IN

฀COMPUTER฀1COMPUTER฀1

COMPUTER฀2฀IN

฀COMPUTER฀2COMPUTER฀2

COMPUTER฀3฀IN

฀COMPUTER฀3

COMPUTER฀3

167

6. Installation and Connections

DisplayPort IN

HDMI IN

Digital RGB signal connection

•฀Connect฀a฀commercially฀available฀HDMI฀cable฀between฀the฀computer’s฀HDMI฀output฀connector฀and฀the฀projector’s฀

HDMI฀input฀connector.

•฀Connect฀a฀commercially฀available฀DisplayPort฀cable฀between฀the฀computer’s฀DisplayPort฀output฀connector฀and฀

the฀projector’s฀DisplayPort฀input฀connector.

•฀Select฀the฀source฀name฀for฀its฀appropriate฀input฀connector฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector.

Input฀connector

SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀

cabinet

Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control

HDMI฀IN

฀HDMIHDMI

DisplayPort฀IN

฀DisplayPortDisplayPort

NOTE:

•฀Turn฀off฀the฀power฀of฀the฀computer฀and฀projector฀before฀connecting.

•฀This฀projector฀does฀not฀support฀NEC฀video฀unit฀(model฀ISS-6020)฀video฀decoded outputs.

•฀When฀a฀video฀deck฀is฀connected฀via฀a฀scan฀converter,฀etc.,฀the฀display฀may฀not฀be฀correct฀during฀fast-forwarding฀and฀

rewinding.

TIP

•฀The฀Computer฀1฀and฀Computer฀2฀video฀input฀connectors฀support฀Windows฀Plug฀and฀Play.฀The฀Computer฀3฀video฀input฀connector฀

does฀not฀support฀Windows฀Plug฀and฀Play.

•฀A฀Macintosh฀signal฀adapter฀(commercially฀available)฀may฀be฀required฀to฀connect฀a฀Macintosh฀computer.

฀To฀connect฀a฀Macintosh฀computer฀equipped฀with฀a฀Mini฀DisplayPort฀to฀the฀projector,฀use฀a฀commercially฀available฀Mini฀DisplayPort฀

→฀DisplayPort฀converter฀cable.

HDMI฀cable฀(not฀supplied)

DisplayPort฀cable฀(not฀supplied)

168

6. Installation and Connections

Cautions when connecting an HDMI cable

•฀Use฀a฀certied฀High฀Speed฀HDMI

฀Cable or High฀Speed฀HDMI

฀Cable฀with฀Ethernet.

Cautions฀when฀connecting฀a฀DisplayPort฀cable

•฀Use฀a฀certied฀DisplayPort฀cable.

•฀Depending฀on฀the฀computer,฀some฀time฀may฀be฀required฀until฀the฀image฀is฀displayed.

•฀Some฀DisplayPort฀cables฀(commercially฀available)฀have฀locks.

•฀To฀disconnect฀the฀cable,฀press฀the฀button฀on฀the฀top฀of฀the฀cable’s฀connector,฀then฀pull฀the฀cable฀out.

•฀No฀power฀is฀supplied฀from฀the฀DisplayPort฀input฀connector฀to฀the฀connected฀device.

•฀When฀signals฀from฀a฀device฀that฀uses฀a฀signal฀converter฀adapter฀are฀connected฀to฀the฀DisplayPort฀input฀connector,฀

in฀some฀cases฀the฀image฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

•฀When฀the฀HDMI฀output฀of฀a฀computer฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀DisplayPort฀input฀connector,฀use฀a฀converter฀(commercially฀

available).

Cautions฀when฀using฀a฀DVI฀signal

•฀When฀the฀computer฀has฀a฀DVI฀output฀connector,฀use฀a฀commercially฀available฀converter฀cable฀to฀connect฀the฀

computer฀to฀the฀projector’s฀HDMI฀input฀connector฀(only฀digital฀video฀signals฀can฀be฀input).฀

฀To฀connect฀the฀computer’s฀DVI฀output฀connector฀to฀the฀projector’s฀DisplayPort฀input฀connector,฀use฀a฀commercially฀

available฀converter.

HDMI IN

NOTE:฀When฀Viewing฀a฀DVI฀Digital฀Signal

•฀Use฀a฀DVI-to-HDMI฀cable฀compliant฀with฀DDWG฀(Digital฀Display฀Working฀Group)฀DVI฀(Digital฀Visual฀Interface)฀revision฀1.0฀stan-

dard.฀The฀cable฀should฀be฀within฀197"/5฀m฀long.

•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀PC฀before฀connecting฀the฀DVI-to-HDMI฀cable.

•฀To฀project฀a฀DVI฀digital฀signal:฀Connect฀the฀cables,฀turn฀the฀projector฀on,฀then฀select฀the฀HDMI฀input.฀Finally,฀turn฀on฀your฀PC.

฀Failure฀to฀do฀so฀may฀not฀activate฀the฀digital฀output฀of฀the฀graphics฀card฀resulting฀in฀no฀picture฀being฀displayed.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀

restart฀your฀PC.

•฀Some฀graphics฀cards฀have฀both฀analog฀RGB฀(15-pin฀D-Sub)฀and฀DVI฀(or฀DFP)฀outputs.฀Use฀of฀the฀15-pin฀D-Sub฀connector฀may฀

result in no picture being displayed from the digital output of the graphics card.

•฀Do฀not฀disconnect฀the฀DVI-to-HDMI฀cable฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀running.฀If฀the฀signal฀cable฀has฀been฀disconnected฀and฀then฀

reconnected,฀an฀image฀may฀not฀be฀correctly฀displayed.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀restart฀your฀PC.

169

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting an External Monitor

You฀can฀connect฀a฀separate,฀external฀monitor฀to฀your฀projector฀to฀simultaneously฀view฀on฀a฀monitor฀the฀computer฀

analog฀image฀you’re฀projecting.

NOTE:

•฀Daisy฀chain฀connection฀is฀not฀possible.

•฀The฀signal฀only฀from฀the฀COMPUTER฀1฀IN฀connector฀will฀be฀output฀to฀the฀MONITOR฀OUT฀(COMP1)฀connector.

•฀When฀[POWER-SAVING]฀or฀[NETWORK฀STANDBY]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀within฀the฀on-screen฀menu,฀the฀signal฀will฀

not฀be฀output฀to฀the฀MONITOR฀OUT฀(COMP1)฀connector฀in฀standby.

•฀When฀the฀signal฀from฀the฀COMPUTER฀3฀IN฀connectors฀is฀projected,฀no฀video฀signal฀will฀be฀output฀to฀the฀MONITOR฀OUT฀(COMP1)฀

connector.

Computer฀cable฀(VGA)฀

(supplied)

Computer฀cable฀(VGA)฀

(not supplied)

170

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting Your DVD Player or Other AV Equipment

Connecting฀Video/S-Video฀Input

•฀Select฀the฀source฀name฀for฀its฀appropriate฀input฀connector฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector.

Input฀connector

SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀

cabinet

Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control

VIDEO฀IN

฀VIDEO

VIDEO

S-VIDEO฀IN

฀S-VIDEO

S-VIDEO

NOTE:฀Refer฀to฀your฀VCR฀owner’s฀manual฀for฀more฀information฀about฀your฀equipment’s฀video฀output฀requirements.

NOTE:

•฀An฀image฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀correctly฀when฀a฀Video฀or฀S-Video฀source฀is฀played฀back฀in฀fast-forward฀or฀fast-rewind฀via฀a฀scan฀

converter.

•฀Video฀signals฀can฀be฀projected฀when฀a฀video฀cable฀(commercially฀available)฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀Computer฀3฀video฀input฀connector’s฀

G/Y฀connector.

฀In฀this฀case,฀set฀the฀on-screen฀menu’s฀SETUP฀→฀OPTION(1)฀→

SIGNAL฀SELECT(COMP3) to [VIDEO]฀and฀select฀Computer฀3฀for฀

the input selection.

Video฀cable฀(not฀supplied)

BNC฀(male)฀to฀RCA฀(female)฀

adapter (not supplied)

S-Video฀cable฀(not฀supplied)

Audio฀equipment

Audio฀cable฀(not฀supplied)

171

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting Component Input

•฀Select฀the฀source฀name฀for฀its฀appropriate฀input฀connector฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector.

Input฀connector

SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀

cabinet

Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control

COMPUTER฀1฀IN

฀COMPUTER฀1COMPUTER฀1

COMPUTER฀2฀IN

฀COMPUTER฀2COMPUTER฀2

COMPUTER฀3฀IN

฀COMPUTER฀3

COMPUTER฀3

NOTE:

•฀Normally฀the฀computer฀signal฀and฀component฀signal฀are฀identied฀and฀switched฀automatically.฀If฀the฀signal฀cannot฀be฀identied,฀

however,฀select฀the฀signal฀at฀[ADJUST]฀→฀[VIDEO]฀→฀[SIGNAL฀TYPE]฀on฀the฀projector’s฀on-screen฀menu.฀Select฀“COMPUTER”฀or฀

“VIDEO”฀for฀the฀Computer฀3฀video฀input฀connector฀at฀[SETUP]฀→฀[OPTION฀(1)]฀→฀[SIGNAL฀SELECT(COMP3)]฀(→ page 130).

•฀To฀connect฀to฀a฀video฀device฀with฀a฀D฀connector,฀use฀the฀sold฀separately฀D฀connector฀converter฀adapter฀(model฀ADP-DT1E).

15-pin฀-฀to฀-฀RCA฀(female)฀×฀3฀cable฀adapter฀

(ADP-CV1E)

BNC฀(male)฀to฀RCA฀(female)฀

adapter (not supplied)

Component฀video฀RCA฀×฀3฀cable฀(not฀supplied)

DVD฀player

Audio฀Equipment

172

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting HDMI Input

You฀can฀connect฀the฀HDMI฀output฀of฀your฀DVD฀player,฀hard฀disk฀player,฀Blu-ray฀player,฀or฀notebook฀type฀PC฀to฀the฀

HDMI฀IN฀connector฀of฀your฀projector.

NOTE:฀The฀HDMI฀IN฀connector฀supports฀Plug฀&฀Play฀(DDC2B).

Audio฀cable฀(not฀supplied)

HDMI฀cable฀(not฀supplied)

Use฀High฀Speed฀HDMI

฀Cable.

Input฀connector

SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀

cabinet

Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control

HDMI฀IN

฀HDMIHDMI

TIP:฀For฀users฀of฀audio฀video฀equipment฀with฀an฀HDMI฀connector:

Select฀“Enhanced”฀rather฀than฀“Normal”฀if฀HDMI฀output฀is฀switchable฀between฀“Enhanced”฀and฀“Normal”.

This฀will฀provide฀improved฀image฀contrast฀and฀more฀detailed฀dark฀areas.

For฀more฀information฀on฀settings,฀refer฀to฀the฀instruction฀manual฀of฀the฀audio฀video฀equipment฀to฀be฀connected.

•฀When฀connecting฀the฀HDMI฀IN฀connector฀of฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀DVD฀player,฀the฀projector’s฀video฀level฀can฀be฀

made฀settings฀in฀accordance฀with฀the฀DVD฀player’s฀video฀level.฀In฀the฀menu฀select฀[ADJUST]฀→฀[VIDEO]฀→฀[VIDEO฀

LEVEL]฀and฀make฀necessary฀settings.

173

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting to a Wired LAN

The฀projector฀comes฀standard฀with฀a฀LAN฀port฀(RJ-45)฀which฀provides฀a฀LAN฀connection฀using฀a฀LAN฀cable.฀

To฀use฀a฀LAN฀connection,฀you฀are฀required฀to฀set฀the฀LAN฀on฀the฀projector฀menu.฀Select฀[APPLICATION฀MENU]฀→

[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀→฀[WIRED฀LAN].฀(→฀page฀

143).

Example of LAN connection

Example฀of฀wired฀LAN฀connection

Server

Hub

LAN฀cable฀(not฀supplied)

NOTE:฀Use฀a฀Category฀5฀or฀higher฀LAN฀cable.

174

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting to a Wireless LAN (sold separately)

The฀separately฀sold฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀allows฀you฀to฀use฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀environment.฀When฀using฀the฀projector฀in฀a฀

wireless฀LAN฀environment,฀the฀IP฀address฀and฀other฀settings฀must฀be฀made฀on฀the฀projector.

Important:

•฀If฀you฀use฀the฀projector฀with฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀in฀the฀area฀where฀the฀use฀of฀wireless฀LAN฀equipment฀is฀

prohibited,฀remove฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀from฀the฀projector.

•฀Buy฀the฀appropriate฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀for฀your฀country฀or฀area.

NOTE:

•฀The฀green฀LED฀on฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀ashes฀to฀show฀that฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀is฀working.

•฀Your฀computer’s฀wireless฀LAN฀adapter฀(or฀unit)฀must฀be฀complied฀with฀Wi-Fi฀(IEEE802.11b/g/n)฀standard.

Flow of Setting Wireless LAN

Step฀1:฀Attach฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀to฀the฀projector.฀(→฀page฀

175)

Step฀2:฀Display฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀from฀[APPLICATION฀MENU].฀(→฀page฀142)

Step฀3:฀Select฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀→฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀→฀[PROFILES]฀and฀set฀[EASY฀CONNECTION],฀

[PROFILE฀1],฀or฀[PROFILE฀2].฀(→฀page฀143)

TIP:

Access฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function฀to฀set฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀→฀[SETTINGS]฀→฀[WIRELESS]฀→฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀,฀[PRO

FILE1],฀[PROFILE2].

Mounting a wireless LAN unit

NOTE:

•฀

The฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀has฀a฀front฀and฀a฀back฀and฀must฀be฀mounted฀in฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀port฀in฀a฀specic฀direction.฀The฀port฀is฀

designed so that the unit cannot be mounted in the opposite direction, but trying to push it in by force could damage the wireless

LAN฀unit฀port.

•฀To฀prevent฀damage฀due฀to฀static฀electricity,฀touch฀a฀nearby฀metal฀object฀(a฀door฀knob,฀aluminum฀sash,฀etc.)฀before฀touching฀the฀

wireless฀LAN฀unit฀to฀eliminate฀the฀static฀electricity฀from฀your฀body.

•฀Turn฀off฀the฀main฀power฀before฀mounting฀and฀removing฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀unit.

฀Mounting฀and฀removing฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀while฀the฀projector’s฀power฀is฀on฀could฀damage฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀or฀result฀in฀

malfunction฀on฀the฀projector.฀If฀the฀projector฀should฀malfunction,฀turn฀off฀the฀projector’s฀power,฀turn฀off฀the฀main฀power฀switch,฀

and unplug the power cord, then plug the power cord back in.

•฀Do฀not฀connect฀any฀USB฀device฀other฀than฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀to฀the฀USB฀(LAN)฀port.฀Also,฀do฀not฀connect฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀

unit฀to฀the฀USB฀port฀in฀the฀connector฀section.

175

6. Installation and Connections

1.฀Press฀the฀฀button฀to฀set฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀standby฀mode,฀then฀

turn฀off฀the฀main฀power฀switch.

2.฀Remove฀the฀plate฀(port฀cover).

Loosen the screw security port cover.

•฀The฀screw฀is฀not฀removable.

3.฀Slowly฀insert฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀into฀the฀USB฀(LAN)฀port฀

(

-฀Remove฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀unit’s฀cap,฀set฀the฀unit฀with฀the฀front฀(the฀

side฀with฀the฀indicator)฀facing฀upwards,฀hold฀the฀back฀edge฀and฀

insert the unit gently.

฀Next,฀press฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀in฀with฀a฀nger.

-฀The฀cap฀you฀have฀removed฀will฀be฀used฀when฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀

is removed, so store it in a safe place.

NOTE:฀If฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀is฀hard฀to฀insert,฀do฀not฀push฀it฀in฀by฀force.

4.฀Attach฀the฀anti-theft฀cap฀for฀wireless฀LAN฀unit.

฀Use฀the฀screw฀you฀removed฀at฀Step฀2฀to฀secure฀the฀anti-theft฀cap.

Plate

Anti-theft฀cap

176

6. Installation and Connections

To remove the wireless LAN unit

1.฀Press฀the฀

฀button฀to฀set฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀standby฀mode,฀then฀

turn฀off฀the฀main฀power฀switch.

2.฀Remove฀the฀anti-theft฀cap.

฀Loosen฀the฀screw฀and฀remove฀the฀anti-theft฀cap฀for฀the฀Wireless฀LAN฀

Unit.

3.฀Pull฀out฀the฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀from฀the฀USB฀(LAN)฀port.

NOTE:

If฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀is฀not฀to฀be฀used฀for฀an฀extended฀period฀of฀time,฀put฀the฀

plate back and secure it with the two screws.

177

6. Installation and Connections

Example฀of฀wireless฀LAN฀connection

(Network฀Type฀→฀Infrastructure)

(→฀page฀145)

PC฀with฀wireless฀LAN฀card฀

inserted

PC฀with฀built-in฀wireless฀LAN฀

function

Wired฀LAN

Wireless฀access฀point

USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit

To฀enable฀direct฀communication฀(i.e.,฀peer-to-peer)฀between฀computers฀and฀projectors,฀you฀need฀to฀select฀the฀Ad฀

Hoc฀mode.฀(→฀page฀

145)

PC฀with฀wireless฀LAN฀card฀

inserted

PC฀with฀built-in฀wireless฀LAN฀

function

Example฀of฀wireless฀LAN฀connection฀(Network฀Type฀→฀Ad฀Hoc)

USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit

178

6. Installation and Connections

Stacking projectors

The฀projected฀image฀brightness฀can฀be฀doubled฀by฀gravity฀stacking฀up฀to฀two฀projectors฀without฀external฀support.฀This฀

is฀called฀“Stacking฀Projection”.

CAUTION:

A฀minimum฀of฀two฀persons฀are฀required฀to฀carry฀the฀projector.฀Otherwise฀the฀projector฀may฀tumble฀or฀drop,฀causing฀

personal฀injury.

NOTE:

•฀Projectors฀with฀different฀model฀numbers฀cannot฀be฀gravity฀stacked.

Optional lenses with the same model numbers must be used for stacking projection.

•฀The฀stacking฀projection฀does฀not฀support฀accuracy฀for฀overlaying฀two฀images฀perfectly฀so฀that฀small฀text฀and฀detailed฀graphics฀

can be clearly read or seen.

•฀Use฀a฀commercially฀available฀distribution฀amplier฀to฀both฀the฀primary฀(upper)฀and฀the฀secondary฀(lower)฀projectors฀to฀distribute฀

signal to two outputs of the two projectors.

•฀Notes฀for฀stacking

-฀Ask฀your฀service฀person฀for฀setting฀up฀and฀adjusting฀projectors.

-฀Set฀up฀the฀projectors฀in฀a฀place฀or฀structure฀in฀a฀way฀with฀sufcient฀strength฀to฀support฀the฀combined฀weight฀of฀the฀two฀projec-

tors. The single projector with a lens weighs up to approximately 46 kg/ 101 lbs.

-฀To฀prevent฀the฀projectors฀from฀falling,฀fasten฀them฀in฀a฀way฀to฀withstand฀earthquakes.

-฀Double฀stacking฀will฀cause฀room฀temperature฀to฀increase.฀Ventilate฀the฀room฀well.

-฀Do฀not฀attempt฀to฀stack฀projectors฀on฀the฀ceiling.฀Gravity฀stacking฀cannot฀be฀done฀on฀the฀ceiling.

-฀Warm฀up฀the฀projectors฀for฀one฀hour฀before฀the฀desired฀projection฀is฀obtained.

-฀Set฀up฀the฀projectors฀so฀that฀the฀projected฀image฀shows฀as฀little฀geometric฀distortions฀as฀possible.฀The฀lens฀is฀different฀in฀

geometric฀distortion฀between฀wide(+)฀and฀tele฀(−)฀for฀zoom.

-฀Adjust฀the฀horizontal฀lens฀shift฀to฀the฀lens฀center.

179

6. Installation and Connections

Part฀Names฀and฀Functions฀of฀Stacking฀Column

Stacking฀column

Upper projector

To tilt the upper projector horizontally, use the lower projector’s

horizontal฀adjustment฀knob.

Lower projector

Use฀the฀lower฀projector’s฀horizontal฀adjustment฀knob฀to฀nely฀tilt฀the฀

two projectors horizontally.

Security฀locking฀pin฀(with฀a฀wire)

After฀pulling฀out฀four฀security฀locking฀pins,฀put฀each฀foot฀of฀the฀upper฀projector฀here,฀and฀then฀

insert฀the฀four฀security฀locking฀pins฀fully฀so฀that฀the฀feet฀cannot฀move.

Each฀security฀locking฀pin฀can฀be฀inserted฀from฀either฀direction.

Foot holder

Place the four feet in their respective foot holder.

Horizontal฀adjustment฀knob

Finely฀tilt฀the฀upper฀projector฀horizontally.฀Turn฀it฀clockwise฀to฀orient฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀right;฀

turn฀it฀counterclockwise฀to฀orient฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀left.

Maximum฀rotating฀angle:฀+/−฀0.4°

Vertical฀adjustment฀ring

Tilt฀the฀projector฀vertically.฀Turn฀the฀vertical฀adjustment฀ring฀clockwise฀to฀be฀shortened;฀turn฀it฀

counterclockwise฀to฀be฀extended.฀If฀you฀cannot฀turn฀it฀manually,฀use฀a฀hexagonal฀wrench.฀Do฀not฀

turn the screws inside.

Up฀to฀38฀mm฀(1.5")฀can฀be฀extended.

Foot฀(4฀locations)

Support฀the฀projector฀at฀the฀four฀locations.

180

This฀section฀describes฀the฀simple฀maintenance฀procedures฀you฀should฀follow฀to฀clean฀the฀lters,฀the฀lens,฀the฀cabinet,฀

and฀to฀replace฀the฀lamp฀and฀the฀lters.

1 Cleaning the Filters

The฀air-lter฀sponge฀keeps฀dust฀and฀dirt฀from฀getting฀inside฀the฀projector฀and฀should฀be฀frequently฀cleaned.฀If฀the฀lter฀

is฀dirty฀or฀clogged,฀your฀projector฀may฀overheat.

NOTE:฀The฀message฀for฀lter฀cleaning฀will฀be฀displayed฀for฀one฀minute฀after฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on฀or฀off.฀When฀the฀message฀is฀

displayed,฀clean฀the฀lters.฀The฀time฀to฀clean฀the฀lters฀is฀set฀to฀[OFF]฀at฀time฀of฀shipment.฀(→

page 123)

To cancel the message, press any button on the projector cabinet or the remote control.

CAUTION

•฀Before฀cleaning฀the฀lters,฀turn฀off฀the฀projector,฀disconnect฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀then฀allow฀the฀cabinet฀to฀cool.฀

Failure฀to฀do฀so฀can฀result฀in฀electric฀shock฀or฀burn฀injuries.

Preparation:฀Before฀cleaning฀the฀lters,฀use฀a฀vacuum฀cleaner฀to฀clean฀the฀ventilations฀(inlet).

Two฀lters฀are฀attached฀on฀the฀left฀side฀and฀the฀front฀side.฀Clean฀both฀lters.฀Both฀lters฀have฀the฀same฀shape.

When฀replacing฀the฀lters,฀buy฀the฀optional฀lter฀NP03FT฀in฀advance.

Filter cover

Inlet

(The฀lter฀is฀inside)

Filter cover

Inlet

(The฀lter฀is฀inside.)

Cleaning the ﬁlter on the left side

1.฀Remove฀the฀lter฀cover.

(1)฀Loosen฀each฀of฀the฀two฀knobs฀by฀turning฀them฀counter

clockwise.

฀•฀฀The฀knobs฀are฀not฀removable.

฀•฀฀If฀the฀knob฀is฀too฀tight฀to฀turn,฀use฀a฀Phillips฀screw

driver.

(2)฀Remove฀the฀lter฀cover฀by฀sliding฀it฀to฀the฀left฀and฀pulling฀

it out.

Filter cover

Notch

Knob

7. Maintenance

181

7. Maintenance

2.฀Remove฀the฀lter.

฀Pull฀the฀top฀of฀the฀lter฀outward฀and฀remove฀the฀lter฀by฀lifting฀

it up.

Filter

3.฀Use฀a฀vacuum฀cleaner฀to฀vacuum฀all฀the฀dust฀from฀the฀

inside฀of฀the฀lter.

฀Get฀rid฀of฀dust฀in฀the฀accordion฀lter.

•฀Remove฀the฀dust฀inside฀the฀lter฀cover฀and฀the฀inlet฀of฀the฀

projector as well.

NOTE:

•฀Whenever฀you฀vacuum฀the฀lter,฀use฀the฀soft฀brush฀attachment฀to฀

vacuum.฀This฀is฀to฀avoid฀damage฀to฀the฀lter.

•฀Do฀not฀wash฀the฀lter฀with฀water.฀Doing฀so฀can฀result฀in฀damage฀to฀

the฀lter฀membrane฀and฀also฀cause฀clogging.

4.฀Put฀the฀lter฀back฀into฀place.

฀Insert฀the฀lter฀with฀“↓฀AIR฀FLOW฀↓”฀facing฀the฀projector.

(1)฀฀Insert฀the฀lter฀in฀the฀ange.

(2) Fit฀the฀top฀edge฀of฀the฀lter฀in฀the฀inlet.

Flange

5.฀Place฀the฀lter฀cover฀back฀onto฀the฀projector฀cabinet.

(1)฀฀Insert฀the฀guide฀pin฀(4฀locations)฀of฀the฀projector฀into฀the฀

notch฀(4฀locations)฀of฀the฀lter฀cover.

Notch

Guide฀pin

182

7. Maintenance

(2)฀฀Slide฀the฀lter฀cover฀to฀the฀right฀and฀tighten฀each฀of฀the฀

two฀knobs฀by฀turning฀them฀clockwise.฀

NOTE:

Be฀sure฀to฀clean฀both฀lters฀(left฀and฀front฀sides)฀to฀display฀the฀lter฀

usage hours as accurate as possible.

Cleaning the ﬁlter on the front side

1.฀Remove฀the฀lter฀cover.

(1)฀Loosen฀each฀of฀the฀two฀knobs฀by฀turning฀them฀counter

clockwise.

฀•฀฀The฀knobs฀are฀not฀removable.

฀•฀฀If฀the฀knob฀is฀too฀tight฀to฀turn,฀use฀a฀Phillips฀screw

driver.

(2)฀Remove฀the฀lter฀cover฀by฀pulling฀it฀out.

Knob

2.฀Remove฀the฀lter.

฀Remove฀the฀lter฀by฀pulling฀it฀to฀the฀right.

Filter

3.฀Use฀a฀vacuum฀cleaner฀to฀vacuum฀all฀the฀dust฀from฀the฀

inside฀of฀the฀lter.

฀Get฀rid฀of฀dust฀in฀the฀accordion฀lter.

NOTE:

•฀Whenever฀you฀vacuum฀the฀lter,฀use฀the฀soft฀brush฀attachment฀to฀

vacuum.฀This฀is฀to฀avoid฀damage฀to฀the฀lter.

•฀Do฀not฀wash฀the฀lter฀with฀water.฀Doing฀so฀can฀result฀in฀damage฀to฀

the฀lter฀membrane฀and฀also฀cause฀clogging.

183

7. Maintenance

4.฀Put฀the฀lter฀back฀into฀place.

฀Insert฀the฀lter฀with฀“↓฀AIR฀FLOW฀↓”฀facing฀the฀projector.

(1)฀฀Insert฀the฀lter฀in฀the฀inlet.

(2) Fit฀the฀top฀edge฀of฀the฀lter฀in฀the฀inlet.

Filter

5.฀Place฀the฀lter฀cover฀back฀into฀the฀projector฀cabinet.

(1)฀฀Align฀the฀knob฀(screw)฀with฀the฀screw฀hole.

(2)฀฀Tighten฀each฀of฀the฀two฀knobs฀by฀turning฀it฀clockwise.

Screw฀hole

Filter cover

6.฀Clear฀the฀lter฀usage฀hours.

Plug the power cord into the wall outlet, turn on the main

power switch, and then turn on the projector.

฀From฀the฀menu,฀select฀[RESET]฀→฀[CLEAR฀FILTER฀HOURS]฀

and฀reset฀the฀lter฀usage฀hours.฀(→ page 139)

184

7. Maintenance

 Cleaning the Lens

•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector฀before฀cleaning.

•฀Use฀a฀blower฀or฀lens฀paper฀to฀clean฀the฀lens,฀and฀be฀careful฀not฀to฀scratch฀or฀mar฀the฀lens.฀

 Cleaning the Cabinet

Turn฀off฀the฀projector,฀and฀unplug฀the฀projector฀before฀cleaning.

•฀Use฀a฀dry฀soft฀cloth฀to฀wipe฀dust฀off฀the฀cabinet.

฀If฀heavily฀soiled,฀use฀a฀mild฀detergent.฀

•฀Never฀use฀strong฀detergents฀or฀solvents฀such฀as฀alcohol฀or฀thinner.฀

•฀When฀cleaning฀the฀ventilation฀slits฀or฀the฀speaker฀using฀a฀vacuum฀cleaner,฀do฀not฀force฀the฀brush฀of฀the฀vacuum฀

cleaner฀into฀the฀slits฀of฀the฀cabinet.

Vacuum฀the฀dust฀off฀the฀ventilation฀slits.

•฀Clogged฀ventilation฀slits฀may฀cause฀a฀rise฀in฀the฀internal฀temperature฀of฀the฀projector,฀resulting฀in฀malfunction.

•฀Do฀not฀scratch฀or฀hit฀the฀cabinet฀with฀your฀ngers฀or฀any฀hard฀objects

•฀Contact฀your฀dealer฀for฀cleaning฀the฀inside฀of฀the฀projector.

NOTE:฀Do฀not฀apply฀volatile฀agent฀such฀as฀insecticide฀on฀the฀cabinet,฀the฀lens,฀or฀the฀screen.฀Do฀not฀leave฀a฀rubber฀or฀vinyl฀product฀

in฀prolonged฀contact฀with฀it.฀Otherwise฀the฀surface฀nish฀will฀be฀deteriorated฀or฀the฀coating฀may฀be฀stripped฀off.฀

185

7. Maintenance

 Replacing the Lamp and the Filters

When฀the฀lamp฀reaches฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life,฀the฀LAMP฀indicator฀in฀the฀cabinet฀will฀blink฀red฀and฀the฀message฀“THE฀LAMP฀

HAS฀REACHED฀THE฀END฀OF฀ITS฀USABLE฀LIFE.฀PLEASE฀REPLACE฀THE฀LAMP฀1฀(or฀2).฀USE฀THE฀SPECIFIED฀

LAMP฀FOR฀SAFETY฀AND฀PERFORMANCE.”฀will฀appear฀(*).฀Even฀though฀the฀lamp฀may฀still฀be฀working,฀replace฀the฀

lamp฀to฀maintain฀the฀optimal฀projector฀performance.฀After฀replacing฀the฀lamp,฀be฀sure฀to฀clear฀the฀lamp฀hour฀meter.฀

(→฀page฀

138)

CAUTION

•฀DO฀NOT฀TOUCH฀THE฀LAMP฀immediately฀after฀it฀has฀been฀used.฀It฀will฀be฀extremely฀hot.฀Turn฀the฀projector฀

off฀and฀then฀disconnect฀the฀power฀cord.฀Allow฀at฀least฀one฀hour฀for฀the฀lamp฀to฀cool฀before฀handling.

•฀Use฀the฀specied฀lamp฀for฀safety฀and฀performance.

•฀DO฀NOT฀REMOVE฀ANY฀SCREWS฀except฀two฀(2)฀lamp฀cover฀screw฀and฀three฀(3)฀lamp฀housing฀screws.฀You฀could฀

receive฀an฀electric฀shock.

•฀Do฀not฀break฀the฀glass฀on฀the฀lamp฀housing.

฀Keep฀nger฀prints฀off฀the฀glass฀surface฀on฀the฀lamp฀housing.฀Leaving฀nger฀prints฀on฀the฀glass฀surface฀might฀cause฀

an฀unwanted฀shadow฀and฀poor฀picture฀quality.

•฀The฀projector฀will฀turn฀off฀and฀go฀into฀standby฀mode฀when฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀for฀another฀100฀hours฀

after฀the฀lamp฀has฀reached฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life.฀If฀this฀happens,฀be฀sure฀to฀replace฀the฀lamp.฀If฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀

the฀lamp฀after฀the฀lamp฀reaches฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life,฀the฀lamp฀bulb฀may฀shatter,฀and฀pieces฀of฀glass฀may฀be฀scattered฀

in฀the฀lamp฀case.฀Do฀not฀touch฀them฀as฀the฀pieces฀of฀glass฀may฀cause฀injury.฀If฀this฀happens,฀contact฀your฀NEC฀

dealer฀for฀lamp฀replacement.

*NOTE:฀This฀message฀will฀be฀displayed฀under฀the฀following฀conditions:

•฀for฀one฀minute฀after฀the฀projector฀has฀been฀powered฀on

•฀when฀the฀

฀(POWER)฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀or฀the฀POWER฀OFF฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀is฀pressed

To turn off the message, press any button on the projector cabinet or the remote control.

Optional฀lamp฀and฀tools฀needed฀for฀replacement:

•฀Phillips฀screwdriver฀(plus-head)

•฀Replacement฀lamp:฀

NP22LP

Flow of Replacing the Lamp and the Filters

The฀following฀procedure฀is฀an฀example฀for฀replacing฀both฀lamps.

Step 1.฀Replace฀the฀lamp฀

Step 2.฀Replace฀the฀lters฀(→฀page฀188)

Step 3.

฀Clear฀the฀lamp฀usage฀hours฀and฀the฀lter฀usage฀hours฀(→฀page฀138, 139)

186

7. Maintenance

To replace the lamp:

1.฀Remove฀the฀lamp฀cover.

(1)฀Loosen฀the฀two฀lamp฀cover฀screws.

฀•฀The฀lamp฀cover฀screw฀is฀not฀removable.

(2)฀Pull฀the฀lamp฀cover฀towards฀you฀and฀remove฀it.

2.฀Remove฀the฀lamp฀housing.

(1)฀Loosen฀the฀three฀screws฀securing฀the฀lamp฀housing฀until฀the฀phillips฀screwdriver฀goes฀into฀a฀freewheeling฀condi-

tion.

฀•฀The฀three฀screws฀are฀not฀removable.

฀•฀฀Do฀not฀touch฀the฀exhaust฀fan฀power฀connectors.

(2)฀Remove฀the฀lamp฀housing฀by฀holding฀it.

CAUTION:

Make฀sure฀that฀the฀lamp฀housing฀is฀cool฀enough฀to฀handle฀before฀removing฀it.

Exhaust fan power

connector

Handle

187

7. Maintenance

3.฀Install฀a฀new฀lamp฀housing.

(1)฀Insert฀a฀new฀lamp฀housing฀until฀the฀lamp฀housing฀is฀plugged฀into฀the฀socket.฀

(2)฀Secure฀it฀in฀place฀with฀the฀three฀screws.

฀•฀Be฀sure฀to฀tighten฀the฀screws.

NOTE:

•฀Be฀sure฀to฀install฀both฀Lamp฀1฀and฀Lamp฀2.฀The฀projector฀will฀not฀turn฀on฀unless฀both฀the฀lamps฀are฀installed.

Alignment฀hole

Guide฀pin

4.฀Reattach฀the฀lamp฀cover.

(1)฀Align฀the฀left฀side฀of฀the฀lamp฀cover฀with฀the฀left฀side฀of฀the฀lamp฀housing฀and฀reattach฀the฀lamp฀cover.฀While฀

doing฀so,฀place฀the฀wire฀inside฀the฀lamp฀compartment฀so฀as฀not฀to฀get฀it฀caught฀under฀the฀lamp฀cover.

(2)฀Tighten฀the฀two฀screws฀to฀secure฀the฀lamp฀cover.

฀•฀Be฀sure฀to฀tighten฀the฀screws.

Wire

This completes the lamp replacement.

Go on to the ﬁlter replacement.

NOTE:฀When฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀for฀another฀100฀hours฀after฀the฀lamp฀has฀reached฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life,฀both฀LAMP฀1฀

and฀LAMP฀2฀indicators฀will฀light฀red฀and฀the฀projector฀cannot฀turn฀on฀and฀the฀menu฀is฀not฀displayed.

If฀this฀happens,฀press฀the฀HELP฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀for฀10฀seconds฀to฀reset฀the฀lamp฀clock฀back฀to฀zero.

When฀the฀lamp฀time฀clock฀is฀reset฀to฀zero,฀the฀LAMP฀indicator฀goes฀out.฀When฀only฀one฀lamp฀is฀replaced,฀select฀[RESET]฀from฀the฀

menu฀to฀reset฀the฀lamp฀hour฀used.฀Do฀not฀press฀the฀HELP฀button.

188

7. Maintenance

 Replacing the Filters

It฀is฀recommended฀that฀the฀lters฀are฀cleaned฀after฀every฀5000฀hours฀of฀use฀and฀replaced฀after฀every฀10000฀hours฀of฀

use.฀These฀hours฀can฀vary฀depending฀on฀your฀usage฀environment.

There฀are฀two฀lters,฀one฀located฀at฀the฀front฀of฀the฀projector฀and฀one฀on฀the฀side.

Optional฀lters฀(two฀lter)฀are฀available.

Small฀one฀for฀the฀front

Large฀one฀for฀the฀left฀side

NOTE:

•฀Replace฀both฀lters฀with฀the฀new฀ones฀at฀the฀same฀time.

•฀Before฀replacing฀the฀lters,฀use฀a฀vacuum฀cleaner฀to฀vacuum฀dust฀and฀dirt฀from฀the฀vents฀(inlet)฀of฀the฀projector฀and฀use฀a฀dry฀

soft cloth to wipe dust off the cabinet.

•฀The฀projector฀contains฀high-precision฀parts.฀Keep฀out฀dust฀and฀dirt฀during฀lter฀replacement.

•฀Do฀not฀wash฀the฀lter฀with฀water.฀Water฀will฀damage฀the฀lter฀membrane.

•฀Attach฀the฀lter฀in฀the฀correct฀orientation.฀Failure฀to฀do฀so฀may฀cause฀dust฀and฀dirt฀to฀enter฀inside฀the฀projector,฀resulting฀in฀projec-

tor malfunction.

Filter cover

Inlet

(The฀lter฀is฀inside)

Filter cover

Inlet

(The฀lter฀is฀inside.)

Replacing the ﬁlter on the left side

1.฀Remove฀the฀lter฀cover.

(1)฀Loosen฀each฀of฀the฀two฀knobs฀by฀turning฀them฀counter

clockwise.

฀•฀฀The฀knobs฀are฀not฀removable.

฀•฀฀If฀the฀knob฀is฀too฀tight฀to฀turn,฀use฀a฀Phillips฀screw

driver.

(2)฀Remove฀the฀lter฀cover฀by฀sliding฀it฀to฀the฀left฀and฀pulling฀

it out.

Filter cover

Notch

Knob

189

7. Maintenance

2.฀Remove฀the฀lter.

฀Pull฀the฀top฀of฀the฀lter฀outward฀and฀remove฀the฀lter฀by฀lifting฀

it up.

Filter

3.฀Install฀the฀new฀lter.

฀Insert฀the฀lter฀with฀“↓฀AIR฀FLOW฀↓”฀facing฀the฀projector.

(1)฀฀Insert฀the฀lter฀in฀the฀ange.

(2) Fit฀the฀top฀edge฀of฀the฀lter฀in฀the฀inlet.

Flange

4.฀Place฀the฀lter฀cover฀back฀onto฀the฀projector฀cabinet.

(1)฀฀Insert฀the฀guide฀pin฀(4฀locations)฀of฀the฀projector฀into฀the฀

notch฀(4฀locations)฀of฀the฀lter฀cover.

Notch

Guide฀pin

(2)฀฀Slide฀the฀lter฀cover฀to฀the฀right฀and฀tighten฀each฀of฀the฀

two฀knobs฀by฀turning฀them฀clockwise.฀

NOTE:

Be฀sure฀to฀clean฀both฀lters฀(left฀and฀front฀sides)฀to฀display฀the฀lter฀

usage hours as accurate as possible.

190

7. Maintenance

Replacing the ﬁlter on the front side

1.฀Remove฀the฀lter฀cover.

(1)฀Loosen฀each฀of฀the฀two฀knobs฀by฀turning฀them฀counter

clockwise.

฀•฀฀The฀knobs฀are฀not฀removable.

฀•฀฀If฀the฀knob฀is฀too฀tight฀to฀turn,฀use฀a฀Phillips฀screw

driver.

(2)฀Remove฀the฀lter฀cover฀by฀pulling฀it฀out.

Knob

2.฀Remove฀the฀lter.

฀Remove฀the฀lter฀by฀pulling฀it฀to฀the฀right.

Filter

3.฀Install฀the฀new฀lter.

฀Insert฀the฀lter฀with฀“↓฀AIR฀FLOW฀↓”฀facing฀the฀projector.

(1)฀฀Insert฀the฀lter฀in฀the฀inlet.

(2) Fit฀the฀top฀edge฀of฀the฀lter฀in฀the฀inlet.

Filter

4.฀Place฀the฀lter฀cover฀back฀into฀the฀projector฀cabinet.

(1)฀฀Align฀the฀knob฀(screw)฀with฀the฀screw฀hole.

(2)฀฀Tighten฀each฀of฀the฀two฀knobs฀by฀turning฀it฀clockwise.

Screw฀hole

Filter cover

This completes the ﬁlter replacement.

Go on to the clearing lamp and ﬁlter hour meters.

191

7. Maintenance

To clear the lamp usage hours and the ﬁlter usage hours:

1.฀Place฀the฀projector฀where฀you฀use฀it.

2.฀Plug฀the฀power฀cord฀into฀the฀wall฀outlet,฀and฀then฀turn฀on฀the฀projector.

3.฀Clear฀the฀lamp฀usage฀hours฀and฀the฀lter฀usage฀hours.

1.฀From฀the฀menu,฀select฀[RESET]฀→฀[CLEAR฀LAMP฀HOURS]฀and฀reset฀the฀lamp฀usage฀hours.฀(→

page 138)

2.฀Select฀[CLEAR฀FILTER฀HOURS]฀and฀reset฀the฀lter฀usage฀hours.฀(→ page 139)

192

8. User Supportware

 Installing Software Program

Installation for Windows software

The฀software฀programs฀except฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀for฀Mac฀support฀Windows฀7,฀Windows฀Vista,฀and฀Windows฀

XP.

1.฀Download฀the฀updated฀software฀program฀from฀our฀web฀site฀(http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/index.

html)

NOTE:

•฀To฀install฀or฀uninstall฀each฀software฀program,฀the฀Windows฀user฀account฀must฀have฀“Administrator”฀privilege฀(Windows฀7,฀Win-

dows฀Vista)฀or฀“Computer฀Administrator”฀privilege฀(Windows฀XP).

•฀Exit฀all฀running฀programs฀before฀installation.฀If฀another฀program฀is฀running,฀the฀installation฀may฀not฀be฀completed.

•฀To฀run฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀or฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀on฀Windows฀XP฀Home฀Edition฀and฀Windows฀XP฀Professional,฀“Microsoft฀

.NET฀Framework฀Version฀2.0฀or฀later”฀is฀required.฀The฀Microsoft฀.NET฀Framework฀Version฀2.0฀or฀later฀is฀available฀from฀Microsoft’s฀

web page. Download and install it on your computer

1.฀Connect฀your฀computer฀to฀the฀internet฀and฀visit฀our฀website฀(http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/index.

html).

2.฀Download฀the฀supported฀software฀programs฀from฀“Download”฀and฀save฀an฀“.exe”฀le฀to฀your฀computer.

File name is different depending on the version of the software program.

3.฀Click฀the฀“.exe”฀le.

The installation will start.

Follow the instructions on the installer screens to complete the installation.

TIP:

Uninstalling a Software Program

Preparation:

Exit฀the฀software฀program฀before฀uninstalling.฀To฀uninstall฀the฀software฀program,฀the฀Windows฀user฀account฀must฀have฀

“Administrator”฀privilege฀(Windows฀7฀and฀Windows฀Vista)฀or฀“Computer฀Administrator”฀privilege฀(Windows฀XP).

•฀For฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista

1฀Click฀“Start”฀and฀then฀“Control฀Panel”.

฀The฀Control฀Panel฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.

2฀Click฀“Uninstall฀a฀program”฀under฀“Programs”

฀The฀“Programs฀and฀Features”฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.

3฀Select฀the฀software฀program฀and฀click฀it.

4฀Click฀“Uninstall/Change”฀or฀“Uninstall”.

฀•฀When฀the฀“User฀Account฀Control”฀windows฀is฀displayed,฀click฀“Continue”.

Follow the instructions on the screens to complete the uninstallation.

•฀For฀Windows฀XP

1฀Click฀“Start”฀and฀then฀“Control฀Panel”.

฀The฀Control฀Panel฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.

2฀Double-click฀“Add฀/฀Remove฀Programs”.

฀The฀Add฀/฀Remove฀Programs฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.

3฀Click฀the฀software฀program฀from฀the฀list฀and฀then฀click฀“Remove”.

Follow the instructions on the screens to complete the uninstallation.

193

8. User Supportware

Installation for Macintosh software

Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀for฀Mac฀supports฀Mac฀OS฀X.

1.฀Connect฀your฀Macintosh฀computer฀to฀the฀internet฀and฀visit฀our฀website฀(http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/

index.html).

2.฀Download฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀for฀Mac฀OS(Intel)”฀or฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀for฀Mac฀OS(PowerPC)”฀

from฀“Download”฀and฀save฀an฀“.exe”฀le฀to฀your฀computer.฀

File name is different depending on the version of the software program.

3.฀Move฀the฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀2”฀folder฀to฀“Applications”฀folder฀using฀a฀drag-and-drop฀operation.฀

TIP:

•฀Uninstalling฀a฀software฀program

1.฀Put฀the฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀2”฀folder฀to฀the฀Trash฀icon.

2.฀Put฀the฀conguration฀le฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀to฀the฀Trash฀icon.

•฀The฀conguration฀le฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀is฀located฀in฀“/user/your฀user฀name/library/Preferences/jp.co.

nec.nevt.฀ImageExpressUtility.plist”.

194

8. User Supportware

 Projecting Images or Videos from the Projector over a LAN

(Image Express Utility 2.0)

What you can do with Image Express Utility 2.0

•฀Using฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0฀allows฀you฀to฀send฀the฀screens฀of฀your฀computers฀to฀the฀projector฀via฀wired/wire-

less฀LAN.

฀The฀projected฀images฀can฀be฀sent฀from฀a฀computer฀to฀not฀only฀one฀projector฀but฀also฀to฀two฀or฀more฀projectors฀at฀

the฀same฀time.

฀When฀“Meeting฀Mode”฀is฀used,฀projected฀images฀can฀be฀sent฀and฀received฀between฀two฀or฀more฀computers.

•฀High-speed,฀high-quality฀image฀transmissions฀based฀on฀NEC’s฀original฀compression฀algorithm

฀NEC’s฀original฀compression฀algorithm฀allows฀high-quality฀images฀to฀be฀sent฀over฀the฀network฀at฀high฀speed,฀from฀

your฀computer฀to฀the฀projector.

•฀Simultaneous฀projection฀by฀multiple฀projectors

฀Images฀can฀be฀sent฀from฀a฀computer฀to฀not฀only฀one฀projector฀but฀also฀to฀two฀or฀more฀projectors฀at฀the฀same฀

time.

•฀“Easy฀Connection”฀function฀for฀connecting฀wireless฀LAN

฀By฀using฀“Easy฀Connection”฀function*

,฀the฀complicated฀setting฀of฀wireless฀LAN฀can฀be฀simplied.

฀ This฀function฀can฀be฀used฀when฀Windows฀XP฀is฀used฀as฀the฀OS฀and฀when฀you฀have฀a฀“Computer฀Adminis-

trator”฀privilege.฀If฀the฀OS฀is฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista,฀input฀of฀logon฀password฀as฀“Administrator”฀may฀be฀

prompted.฀

195

8. User Supportware

•฀Projected฀images฀can฀be฀transferred฀and฀saved฀to฀computers.

฀When฀“Meeting฀Mode”฀is฀used,฀projected฀images฀can฀be฀sent฀to฀the฀computers฀of฀all฀the฀participants฀(attendants)฀

of฀a฀“Meeting”.฀The฀received฀images฀can฀be฀saved฀to฀your฀computer฀with฀a฀memo฀(text฀data)฀attached.

Presenter

Attendant

•฀1-click฀switching฀of฀presenter

฀When฀switching฀to฀another฀presenter฀during฀the฀conference,฀the฀participants฀(attendants)฀can฀simply฀click฀a฀button฀

to฀switch฀over฀to฀the฀new฀presenter.

•฀Central฀management฀of฀the฀projecting฀computer

฀Using฀the฀Training฀Mode฀allows฀you฀to฀use฀a฀single฀computer฀(Manager)฀to฀manage฀which฀computer฀(Attendant)฀

projects.฀Possible฀operation฀includes฀switching฀projecting฀computers฀to฀project฀from,฀as฀well฀as฀temporarily฀termi-

nating฀communication฀with฀the฀projector.

Mr. D, please start your

presentation.

Manager

Attendant CAttendant B

Attendant D

(presenter)

Attendant A

NOTE:

The฀Training฀Mode฀is฀not฀installed฀via฀the฀“Typical”฀installation฀option฀when฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0฀is฀installed.

To฀use฀Training฀Mode,฀select฀“Extension”฀installation฀option฀on฀the฀install฀selection฀screen฀that฀is฀displayed฀while฀Image฀Express฀

Utility฀2.0฀installation฀is฀in฀progress,฀and฀select฀“Training฀Mode฀(Attendant)”฀or฀“Training฀Mode฀(Manager)”.

Connecting the projector to a LAN

Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀LAN฀by฀following฀the฀instructions฀in฀“Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN”฀(→฀page฀

173),฀“Con-

necting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN”฀(→฀page฀174)฀and฀“9฀Application฀Menus฀-฀NETWORK฀SETTINGS”฀(→฀page฀142)

196

8. User Supportware

Basic Operation of Image Express Utility 2.0

This฀section฀explains฀the฀following฀three฀cases฀as฀examples฀of฀operating฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0.

(1)฀Transferring฀images฀to฀the฀projector

(2)฀Holding฀a฀conference

(3)฀Participating฀in฀a฀conference

Sending Images to Projector

•฀Connecting฀projector

1฀Turn฀on฀the฀power฀to฀the฀projector฀for฀which฀LAN฀has฀been฀set.

2฀Click฀Windows฀[Start]฀→฀[All฀Programs]฀→฀[NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware]฀→฀[Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0]฀

→฀[Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0฀],฀in฀that฀order.

฀The฀“Selection฀Of฀Network฀Connections”฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.

฀A฀list฀of฀the฀network฀equipment฀connected฀to฀your฀computer฀will฀be฀displayed.

IMPORTANT:

A฀screen฀like฀the฀one฀below฀is฀displayed฀when฀the฀software฀is฀started฀on฀a฀PC฀installed฀with฀Windows฀XP฀Service฀Pack฀2฀(SP2)฀(or฀

later).

Click฀“Unblock”฀if฀this฀is฀displayed.฀

3฀Select฀the฀network฀equipment฀that฀is฀to฀be฀used฀and฀click฀[OK].

฀Select฀the฀network฀device฀displaying฀“Easy฀Connection”฀if฀the฀product฀LAN฀setting฀is฀for฀“Easy฀Connection.”฀This฀

will฀call฀up฀the฀“Projector฀List”฀window.

197

8. User Supportware

4฀Check()฀the฀projector฀to฀connect฀and฀click฀[Connect].

฀If฀the฀name฀of฀the฀projector฀to฀connect฀is฀not฀on฀the฀list฀or฀if฀it฀is฀hidden,฀click฀[Update].

4-1

4-2

Click

฀The฀screen฀of฀your฀computer฀will฀be฀projected฀from฀the฀projector.

฀At฀this฀time,฀the฀input฀signal฀of฀the฀projector฀will฀automatically฀change฀to฀“NETWORK”.

NOTE:

•฀When฀the฀projector฀is฀found,฀“1280฀×฀800”฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀the฀resolution฀eld.

•฀Transferring฀images

When฀your฀computer฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀projector,฀the฀screen฀of฀the฀computer฀is฀projected฀from฀the฀projector฀as฀is.฀To฀

make฀your฀presentation฀by฀using฀a฀PowerPoint฀le,฀open฀the฀PowerPoint฀le฀and฀start฀your฀presentation.

198

8. User Supportware

•฀Stopping฀or฀resuming฀the฀transmission฀of฀images

The฀transmission฀of฀the฀screen฀of฀the฀computer฀to฀the฀projector฀can฀be฀temporarily฀stopped฀and฀then฀resumed.

1฀Click฀the฀projector฀icon฀(

)฀on฀the฀Windows฀taskbar.

฀A฀pop-up฀menu฀will฀be฀displayed.

2฀Click฀[Stop฀Sending].

฀The฀projector฀icon฀on฀the฀taskbar฀will฀change฀(

→ ).

NOTE:

Even฀if฀the฀screen฀of฀the฀computer฀is฀changed฀in฀this฀status,฀the฀image฀projected฀from฀the฀projector฀does฀not฀change.

To฀manipulate฀the฀screen฀that฀should฀not฀be฀disclosed฀(projected฀from฀the฀projector),฀stop฀transmission.

3฀Click฀the฀projector฀icon฀()฀on฀the฀Windows฀taskbar.

฀A฀pop-up฀menu฀will฀be฀displayed.

4฀Click฀[Start฀Sending].

฀The฀projector฀icon฀on฀the฀taskbar฀will฀change฀( → ).

฀The฀transmission฀of฀the฀screen฀for฀the฀computer฀will฀be฀resumed,฀and฀the฀current฀screen฀of฀the฀computer฀will฀be฀

projected from the projector.

•฀End฀the฀transmission฀of฀images

Exit฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0.

1฀Click฀the฀projector฀icon฀()฀on฀the฀Windows฀taskbar.

฀A฀pop-up฀menu฀will฀be฀displayed.

2฀Click฀[Exit].

199

8. User Supportware

Holding Conferences

•฀Holding฀conferences

1฀Follow฀steps฀1฀through฀4฀in฀“Connecting฀projector”฀of฀“Sending฀Images฀to฀Projector”฀(→฀page฀

196).

฀The฀screen฀of฀your฀computer฀will฀be฀projected฀from฀the฀projector.

•฀Disclose฀a฀le฀to฀the฀participants฀of฀the฀conference.

NOTE:

To฀disclose฀a฀le฀to฀the฀participants,฀selection฀can฀be฀made฀only฀in฀folder฀units.

Therefore,฀a฀folder฀only฀having฀les฀that฀can฀be฀disclosed฀to฀the฀participants฀must฀be฀created฀in฀advance.

1฀Click฀the฀projector฀icon฀()฀on฀the฀Windows฀taskbar.

฀A฀pop-up฀menu฀will฀be฀displayed.

2฀Before฀clicking฀[Send฀to฀PC฀and฀Projector],฀check฀that฀there฀is฀a฀“฀•฀”฀mark฀applied.

3฀Click฀the฀[Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0]฀button฀on฀the฀taskbar.

฀The฀presenter฀window฀will฀be฀opened.

4฀Click฀[Select฀Folder].

Click

200

8. User Supportware

5฀Select฀a฀folder฀saving฀the฀le฀to฀be฀disclosed฀to฀the฀participants,฀and฀click฀[OK].

฀The฀le฀in฀the฀selected฀folder฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀the฀list฀of฀les฀to฀transfer.

6฀Click฀[Download].

฀The฀le฀will฀be฀shown฀to฀the฀participants.

NOTE:

When฀the฀computer฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀projector,฀the฀computer฀screen฀that฀is฀in฀of฀being฀progress฀is฀also฀projected฀from฀the฀projec-

tor.฀To฀manipulate฀a฀screen฀that฀should฀not฀be฀shown฀(not฀projected),฀temporarily฀stop฀the฀transmission฀(→ page 198).

•฀Ending฀conference

1฀Click฀[File]฀in฀the฀presenter฀window,฀and฀click฀[Exit].

฀You฀can฀also฀end฀the฀conference฀by฀clicking฀[×]฀at฀the฀upper฀right฀of฀the฀presenter฀window.

Participating in Conference

•฀Participating฀in฀conferences

1฀Click฀Windows฀[Start]฀→฀[All฀Programs]฀→฀[NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware]฀→฀[Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0]฀

→฀[Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0฀],฀in฀that฀order.

฀The฀“Selection฀Of฀Network฀Connections”฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.

฀A฀list฀of฀the฀network฀equipment฀connected฀to฀your฀computer฀will฀be฀displayed.

IMPORTANT:

A฀screen฀like฀the฀one฀below฀is฀displayed฀when฀the฀software฀is฀started฀on฀a฀PC฀installed฀with฀Windows฀XP฀Service฀Pack฀2฀(SP2)฀(or฀

later).

Click฀“Unblock”฀if฀this฀is฀displayed.฀

2฀Select฀the฀network฀equipment฀that฀is฀to฀be฀used฀and฀click฀[OK].

฀Select฀the฀network฀device฀displaying฀“Easy฀Connection”฀if฀the฀product฀LAN฀setting฀is฀for฀“Easy฀Connection.”฀This฀

will฀call฀up฀the฀“฀Meeting฀List”฀window.

201

8. User Supportware

3฀Click฀the฀Meeting฀Name฀to฀participate,฀and฀click฀[Connect].

Click

฀The฀computer฀will฀be฀connected฀to฀the฀selected฀conference฀and฀the฀attendant฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.

฀If฀the฀presenter฀selects฀“Send฀to฀PC฀And฀Projector”,฀the฀image฀projected฀from฀the฀projector฀is฀displayed฀in฀the฀at

tendant window.

202

8. User Supportware

•฀Saving฀received฀images

1฀Click฀[Memo]฀in฀the฀attendant฀window.

฀A฀memo฀pane฀will฀be฀displayed.

Click

Memo pane

Click

2฀Click฀[Save฀Image]฀in฀the฀attendant฀window.

฀The฀image฀displayed฀in฀the฀attendant฀window฀will฀be฀saved.

•฀The฀saved฀image฀is฀added฀to฀the฀memo฀list฀and฀a฀thumbnail฀is฀displayed.

•฀A฀memo฀can฀be฀attached฀to฀the฀saved฀image.

REFERENCE:

•฀In฀case฀of฀Windows฀XP,฀a฀created฀le฀is฀saved฀to฀“My฀Documents\ImageExpress\”฀under฀the฀default฀settings.฀In฀case฀of฀Windows฀

7/Windows฀Vista,฀“Document\ImageExpress\”฀is฀the฀default฀folder฀to฀save฀a฀created฀le.

•฀A฀folder฀is฀created฀below฀the฀default฀folder฀based฀on฀the฀time฀and฀date฀of฀the฀conference,฀and฀the฀image฀is฀saved฀to฀a฀le฀in฀the฀

created folder.

฀For฀example,฀if฀a฀conference฀is฀held฀at฀11:20฀on฀May฀14,฀2009,฀the฀default฀folder฀name฀on฀Windows฀XP฀will฀be฀“My฀Documents\

ImageExpress\2009-05-14_11-20_Meeting฀Records”.฀

฀In฀this฀folder,฀an฀HTML฀le฀named฀“Meeting฀Records”฀is฀created.

฀The฀saved฀image฀is฀saved฀in฀“Images”฀folder.

203

8. User Supportware

•฀Downloading฀disclosed฀le

1฀Click฀[File฀Transfer]฀in฀the฀attendant฀window.

฀The฀“File฀Transfer”฀window฀will฀be฀opened.

Click

2฀Select฀a฀le฀to฀download,฀and฀click฀[Download].

฀Downloading฀will฀begin.

The progress of the downloading is displayed at the lower left of the window.

3฀When฀downloading฀is฀complete,฀click฀[File]฀in฀the฀“File฀Transfer”฀window,฀and฀click฀[Exit].

฀The฀“File฀Transfer”฀window฀will฀be฀closed.

REFERENCE:

•฀If฀“Open฀After฀Downloading”฀is฀checked,฀the฀le฀is฀opened฀by฀specied฀Windows฀application฀software฀after฀downloading฀is฀com

plete.

•฀In฀case฀of฀Windows฀XP,฀a฀created฀le฀is฀saved฀to฀“My฀Documents\ImageExpress\”฀under฀the฀default฀settings.฀In฀case฀of฀Windows฀

7/Windows฀Vista,฀“Document\ImageExpress\”฀is฀the฀default฀folder฀to฀save฀a฀created฀le.฀

•฀A฀folder฀is฀created฀below฀the฀default฀folder฀based฀on฀the฀time฀and฀date฀of฀the฀conference,฀and฀the฀image฀is฀saved฀to฀a฀le฀in฀the฀

created folder.

฀For฀example,฀if฀a฀conference฀is฀held฀at฀11:20฀on฀May฀14,฀2009,฀the฀default฀folder฀name฀on฀Windows฀XP฀will฀be฀“My฀Documents\

ImageExpress\2009-05-14_11-20_Meeting฀Records”.฀

204

8. User Supportware

•฀Changing฀presenter

Three฀types฀of฀settings฀may฀be฀made฀to฀change฀the฀presenter:฀“Not฀Approved”,฀“Approved”,฀and฀“Changing฀Prohibited”฀

(these฀can฀be฀selected฀only฀by฀the฀presenter).

In฀the฀following฀example,฀“Not฀Approved”฀is฀selected.

•฀Click฀[Become฀A฀Presenter]฀in฀the฀attendant฀window.

฀You฀will฀change฀from฀a฀participant฀to฀a฀presenter.

Click

•฀Leaving฀conference

Leave฀the฀conference฀and฀exit฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0.

•฀Click฀[File]฀in฀the฀attendant฀window,฀and฀click฀[Exit].

฀You฀can฀also฀leave฀the฀conference฀by฀clicking฀[×]฀at฀the฀upper฀right฀of฀the฀attendant฀window.

205

8. User Supportware



Controlling the Projector over a LAN (PC Control Utility Pro 4)

Using฀the฀utility฀software฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”,฀the฀projector฀can฀be฀controlled฀from฀a฀computer฀over฀a฀LAN.

Control Functions

Power฀On/Off,฀signal฀selection,฀picture฀freeze,฀picture฀mute,฀adjusting,฀error฀message฀notication,฀event฀schedule.

Screen฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4

This฀section฀provides฀an฀outline฀of฀preparation฀for฀use฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4.฀For฀information฀on฀how฀to฀use฀PC฀

Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4,฀see฀Help฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4.

TIP:

•฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀can฀be฀used฀with฀a฀serial฀connection.

Connect the projector to a LAN.

Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀LAN฀by฀following฀the฀instructions฀in฀“Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN”฀(→฀page฀

173),฀“Con-

necting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN฀(sold฀separately)”฀(→฀page฀174)฀and฀“9฀Application฀Menus฀-฀NETWORK฀SETTINGS”฀(→

page฀142)

Start PC Control Utility Pro 4

Click฀“Start”฀→฀“All฀programs”฀or฀“Programs”฀→฀“NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware”฀→฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”฀→

“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”.

NOTE:

•฀For฀the฀Schedule฀function฀of฀the฀PC฀Control฀utility฀Pro฀4฀to฀work,฀you฀must฀have฀your฀computer฀running฀and฀not฀in฀standby/

sleep฀mode.฀Select฀“Power฀Options”฀from฀the฀“Control฀Panel”฀in฀Windows฀and฀disable฀its฀standby/sleep฀mode฀before฀running฀the฀

scheduler.

[Example]฀For฀Windows฀7:

Select฀“Control฀Panel”฀→฀“System฀and฀Security”฀→฀“Power฀Options”฀→฀“Change฀when฀the฀computer฀sleeps”฀→฀“Put฀the฀computer฀

to sleep” →฀“Never”.฀

NOTE:

•฀When฀[POWER-SAVING]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀from฀the฀menu,฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀turned฀on฀via฀the฀network฀

(wired฀LAN/wireless฀LAN)฀connection.

When฀[NETWORK฀STANDBY]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE],฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀turned฀on฀via฀wireless฀LAN฀connection.

TIP:

Viewing฀the฀Help฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4

•฀Displaying฀the฀Help฀le฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀while฀it฀is฀running.

฀Click฀“Help฀(H)”฀→฀“Help฀(H)฀…”฀of฀window฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀in฀this฀order.

฀The฀pop-up฀menu฀will฀be฀displayed.

•฀Displaying฀the฀help฀le฀using฀the฀Start฀Menu.

฀Click฀“Start”฀→฀“All฀programs”฀or฀“Programs”฀→฀“NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware”฀→฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”฀→

“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀Help”.

฀The฀Help฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

206

8. User Supportware

 Projecting Your Mac’s Screen Image from the Projector over

a LAN (Image Express Utility 2 for Mac)

Using฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀for฀Mac฀contained฀allows฀you฀to฀send฀the฀Mac’s฀screen฀image฀to฀the฀projector฀over฀a฀

network฀(wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN).

Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀for฀Mac฀runs฀on฀Mac฀OS฀X฀10.2.8฀or฀later.

It฀runs฀on฀both฀Mac฀OS฀X฀(PowerPC)฀and฀Mac฀OS฀X฀(Intel).

Hereafter,฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀for฀Mac”฀is฀abbreviated฀as฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀2”.

What you can do with Image Express Utility 2

•฀Via฀the฀network฀images฀on฀the฀screen฀of฀your฀Mac฀can฀be฀sent฀to฀the฀projector฀and฀projected฀on฀the฀screen.

•฀One฀computer฀can฀send฀images฀to฀more฀than฀one฀projector.

Operating environment

Supported OS

Mac฀OS฀X฀10.2.8฀or฀later฀required

Mac฀OS฀X฀10.3.0฀or฀later฀recommended

Processor (CPU)

PowerPC฀G3฀600฀MHz฀processor฀required

PowerPC฀G4฀800฀MHz฀or฀higher฀recommended

Intel฀Core฀Solo฀1.5฀GHz฀or฀higher฀required

Memory

256฀MB฀or฀higher฀required

Network฀environment

Wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN฀required฀that฀supports฀TCP/IP

Only฀the฀AirPort฀and฀AirPort฀Extreme฀wireless฀LAN฀cards฀are฀guaranteed฀to฀work฀with฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.

“Easy฀Connection”฀supports฀only฀AirPort฀and฀AirPort฀Extreme.

Supported resolution

VGA฀(640฀×฀480)฀or฀higher฀required

XGA฀(1024฀×฀768)฀recommended

(1024฀×฀768฀-฀1280฀×฀800฀recommended)

Supported screen colors

32฀thousands฀of฀colors,฀16.7฀million฀colors฀required

*฀256฀or฀fewer฀colors฀are฀not฀supported.

Connecting the projector to a LAN

Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀LAN฀by฀following฀the฀instructions฀in฀“Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN”฀(→฀page฀

173),฀“Con-

necting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN”฀(→฀page฀174)฀and฀“9฀Application฀Menus฀-฀NETWORK฀SETTINGS”฀(→฀page฀142)

207

8. User Supportware

Using Image Express Utility 2

Connecting to a projector

1฀Conrm฀that฀the฀projector฀has฀been฀turned฀on.

2฀Click฀the฀AirPort฀status฀(฀

฀)฀on฀the฀Macintosh฀menu฀bar,฀and฀click฀“Turn฀AirPort฀On”.

฀The฀AirPort฀status฀is฀changed฀to฀“฀

฀”฀or฀“฀฀”.

•฀AirPort฀status฀types฀and฀meanings

...AirPort฀:฀Off

...AirPort฀:฀On฀(฀in฀infrastructure฀connection฀)

...AirPort฀:฀On฀(฀in฀adhoc฀connection฀)

REFERENCE:

When the AirPort status ( ฀/฀฀/฀฀)฀is฀not฀displayed฀on฀the฀menu฀bar:

1฀Click฀Apple฀Menu฀(฀

฀)฀and฀[System฀Preferences...].฀

฀The฀“System฀Preferences”฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.

2฀Click฀[Network].

฀The฀Network฀conguration฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.

3฀Select฀[AirPort]฀in฀[Show].

4฀Click฀[AirPort]฀tab.

฀The฀AirPort฀conguration฀item฀will฀be฀displayed.

5฀Check฀the฀“Show฀AirPort฀status฀in฀menu฀bar”฀check฀box฀at฀the฀bottom฀conguration฀item.

฀The฀AirPort฀status฀(฀

/ / ฀)฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀menu฀bar.฀

6฀Click฀the฀[฀

฀]฀button฀at฀the฀upper฀left฀on฀the฀Network฀conguration฀window.

฀The฀Network฀conguration฀window฀will฀be฀closed.

208

8. User Supportware

3฀Double-click฀the฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀2”฀icon฀in฀the฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀2”฀folder.

•฀At฀the฀initial฀start,฀the฀“License฀Agreement”฀window฀is฀displayed.฀

฀Thoroughly฀read฀the฀agreement฀shown฀on฀the฀screen,฀and฀click฀“I฀accept฀the฀terms฀in฀the฀license฀agreement”฀

and฀the฀[OK]฀button.

฀Next,฀the฀“Authenticate”฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.

4฀Enter฀the฀administrator฀name฀and฀password฀of฀your฀Macintosh฀computer,฀and฀click฀the฀[OK]฀button.

฀The฀[Projector฀Selection]฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.

5฀Check฀the฀(฀฀)฀check฀box฀to฀the฀left฀of฀the฀projector฀name฀to฀connect฀and฀click฀[Connect].

฀The฀Macintosh฀computer฀and฀the฀projector฀are฀connected฀via฀wireless฀LAN,฀and฀images฀on฀the฀Macintosh฀screen฀

are projected from the projector.

209

8. User Supportware

Stopping/Restarting฀Image฀Transmission

•฀Stopping฀image฀transmission

1฀Click฀[Tools]฀on฀the฀menu฀bar,฀and฀click฀[Stop฀Sending].

฀Image฀transmission฀is฀temporarily฀stopped.

•฀Restarting฀image฀transmission

1฀Click฀[Tools]฀on฀the฀menu฀bar,฀and฀click฀[Start฀Sending].

฀Image฀transmission฀is฀started฀again.

Exiting฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2

1฀Click฀[Image฀Express฀Utility฀2]฀on฀the฀menu฀bar,฀and฀click฀[Quit฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2].

฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀is฀exited.

210

8. User Supportware

 Operating the Projector Via the LAN (Virtual Remote Tool)

Using฀the฀software฀program฀“Virtual฀Remote฀Tool”฀that฀you฀can฀download฀from฀our฀web฀site,฀Virtual฀Remote฀screen฀

(or฀toolbar)฀can฀be฀displayed฀on฀your฀computer฀screen.

This฀will฀help฀you฀perform฀operations฀such฀as฀projector’s฀power฀on฀or฀off฀and฀signal฀selection฀via฀a฀LAN฀connection.฀It฀

is฀also฀used฀to฀send฀an฀image฀to฀the฀projector฀and฀register฀it฀as฀the฀logo฀data฀of฀the฀projector.฀After฀registering฀it,฀you฀

can฀lock฀the฀logo฀to฀prevent฀it฀from฀changing.

Control Functions

Power฀On/Off,฀signal฀selection,฀picture฀freeze,฀picture฀mute,฀Logo฀transfer฀to฀the฀projector,฀and฀remote฀control฀op-

eration฀on฀your฀PC.

Virtual฀Remote฀screen

Remote฀Control฀WindowToolbar

This฀section฀provides฀an฀outline฀of฀preparation฀for฀use฀of฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool.

For฀information฀on฀how฀to฀use฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool,฀see฀Help฀of฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool.฀(→฀page฀

212)

NOTE:

•฀Logo฀data฀(graphics)฀that฀can฀be฀sent฀to฀the฀projector฀with฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀has฀the฀following฀restrictions:

-฀File฀size:฀256฀KB฀or฀less฀

-฀Image฀size฀(resolution):฀the฀native฀resolution฀of฀the projector

-฀File฀format:฀JPEG

•฀The฀logo฀data฀that฀is฀sent฀with฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀will฀be฀displayed฀at฀the฀center฀of฀the฀screen.฀Its฀surrounding฀will฀be฀painted฀

out in black.

•฀Once฀you฀have฀changed฀the฀background฀selection฀from฀the฀default฀“NEC฀logo”฀to฀another฀selection,฀you฀cannot฀return฀the฀logo฀to฀

the฀default฀“NEC฀logo”฀even฀after฀using฀[RESET].฀To฀put฀the฀default฀“NEC฀logo”฀back฀in฀the฀background฀logo,฀you฀need฀to฀register฀

it฀as฀the฀background฀logo฀by฀using฀the฀image฀le฀(\Logo\NEC_logo_black_WUXGA.jpg)฀included฀on฀the฀supplied฀NEC฀Projector฀

CD-ROM.

TIP:

•฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀can฀be฀used฀also฀with฀a฀serial฀connection.

•฀To฀download฀or฀update฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool,฀visit฀our฀website:฀http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/index.html

Connect the projector to a LAN.

Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀LAN฀by฀following฀the฀instructions฀in฀“Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN”฀(→฀page฀

173),฀“Con-

necting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN฀(sold฀separately)”฀(→฀page฀174)฀and฀“9฀Application฀Menus฀-฀NETWORK฀SETTINGS”฀(→

page฀142)

211

8. User Supportware

Start Virtual Remote Tool

Start using the shortcut icon

•฀Double-click฀the฀shortcut฀icon฀

฀on฀the฀Windows฀Desktop.

Start from the Start menu

•฀Click฀[Start]฀→฀[All฀Programs]฀or฀[Programs]฀→฀[NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware]฀→฀[Virtual฀Remote฀Tool]฀

→฀[Virtual฀Remote฀Tool].

฀When฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀starts฀for฀the฀rst฀time,฀“Easy฀Setup”฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.

The฀“Easy฀Setup”฀feature฀is฀not฀available฀on฀this฀model.฀Click฀“Close฀Easy฀Setup”.

฀Closing฀the฀“Easy฀Setup”฀window฀will฀display฀the฀“Projector฀List”฀

window.

฀Select฀your฀projector฀you฀wish฀to฀connect.฀This฀will฀display฀the฀Virtual฀Remote฀screen.

TIP:

•฀The฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀screen฀(or฀Toolbar)฀can฀be฀displayed฀without฀displaying฀“Easy฀Setup”฀window.

To do so, click to place a check mark for “ ฀Do฀not฀use฀Easy฀Setup฀next฀time”฀on฀the฀screen.

NOTE:

•฀When฀[POWER-SAVING]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀from฀the฀menu,฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀turned฀on฀via฀the฀network฀

(wired฀LAN/wireless฀LAN)฀connection.฀When฀[NETWORK฀STANDBY]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE],฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀

turned฀on฀via฀wireless฀LAN฀connection.

212

8. User Supportware

Exiting฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool

1฀Click฀the฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀icon฀

฀on฀the฀Taskbar.

฀The฀pop-up฀menu฀will฀be฀displayed.

2฀Click฀“Exit”.

฀The฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀will฀be฀closed.

Viewing฀the฀help฀le฀of฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool

•฀Displaying฀the฀help฀le฀using฀the฀taskbar

1฀Click฀the฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀icon฀฀on฀the฀taskbar฀when฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀is฀running.

฀The฀pop-up฀menu฀will฀be฀displayed.

2.฀Click฀“Help”.

฀The฀Help฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

•฀Displaying฀the฀help฀le฀using฀the฀Start฀Menu.

1.฀Click฀“Start”.฀“All฀programs”฀or฀“Programs”.฀“NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware”.฀“Virtual฀Remote฀Tool”.฀and฀

then฀“Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀Help”฀in฀this฀order.

฀The฀Help฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

213

8. User Supportware

 Converting PowerPoint ﬁles to Slides (Viewer PPT Converter

3.0)

Using฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀allows฀you฀to฀convert฀PowerPoint฀les฀into฀JPEG฀les.฀Converted฀JPEG฀les฀and฀

Index฀les฀(.idx)฀can฀be฀saved฀to฀a฀USB฀memory.฀When฀the฀USB฀memory฀inserted฀into฀the฀projector,฀these฀JPEG฀les฀

and฀Index฀les฀(.idx)฀can฀be฀displayed฀with฀the฀viewer฀function฀of฀the฀projector฀without฀connecting฀a฀computer.

NOTE:

When฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀has฀been฀installed,฀once฀start฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀once฀with฀the฀privilege฀used฀for฀installation.฀

Then฀exit฀from฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀without฀doing฀anything.

•฀Starting

Click฀Window’s฀[Start]฀→฀[All฀Programs]฀→฀[NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware]฀→฀[Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0]฀→฀[Viewer฀PPT฀

Converter฀3.0],฀in฀that฀order.

NOTE:

•฀When฀installing฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀onto฀a฀computer฀that฀has฀PowerPoint฀installed,฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀is฀automati-

cally฀registered฀as฀a฀Power-Point฀add-in.

It฀is฀necessary฀to฀cancel฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀add-in฀before฀uninstalling฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0.

Refer฀to฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀Help฀to฀unregister฀the฀add-in.

•฀The฀projector฀does฀not฀support฀the฀add-in's฀“Run฀Slide฀Show”.

Converting PowerPoint ﬁles and saving them to a USB memory

1.฀Insert฀the฀USB฀memory฀into฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀computer.

2.฀On฀Windows,฀click฀“Start”฀→฀“All฀programs”฀→฀“NEC฀Projector฀UserSupportware”฀→฀“Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀

3.0”฀→฀“Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0”.

฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀will฀start.

3.฀Click฀“Brows...”฀and฀select฀a฀PowerPoint฀le฀you฀wish฀to฀convert,฀and฀then฀click฀“Open”.

4.฀฀Click฀“Next”.

214

8. User Supportware

5.฀Select฀the฀USB฀memory฀drive฀for฀“Card฀Drive”฀and฀type฀in฀“Index฀name”.

฀Index฀name฀must฀be฀eight฀alphanumeric฀characters฀or฀less.฀2-byte฀character฀and฀le฀with฀a฀long฀lename฀cannot฀

be฀used.

6.฀Click฀“Export”.

฀A฀conrmation฀message฀will฀be฀displayed.

7.฀Click฀“OK”.

฀Exporting฀a฀le฀will฀start.

8.฀Click฀“OK”.

9.฀Click฀“Exit”.

฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀will฀exit.

10.฀Remove฀the฀USB฀memory฀from฀the฀computer.

NOTE:

•฀Before฀removing฀the฀USB฀memory฀from฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀computer,฀click฀the฀“Safe฀to฀Remove฀Hardware”฀icon฀on฀the฀task-

bar.

215

9. Appendix

 Throw distance and screen size

Five฀separate฀bayonet฀style฀lenses฀can฀be฀used฀on฀this฀projector.฀Refer฀to฀the฀information฀on฀this฀page฀and฀use฀a฀

lens฀suited฀for฀the฀installation฀environment฀(screen฀size฀and฀throw฀distance).฀For฀instructions฀on฀mounting฀the฀lens,฀

see฀page฀

163.

Each฀number฀provided฀in฀the฀table฀below฀means฀the฀throw฀distance฀between฀the฀lens฀surface฀and฀the฀screen.

Lens types and throw distance

unit฀=฀m

Screen฀sizeLens฀model฀name

NP25FLNP26ZLNP27ZLNP28ZLNP29ZL

80"1.1 — — — —

100"1.4

2.9฀–฀4.04.0฀–฀5.59.012.0฀–฀15.0

120"1.73.5฀–฀4.84.8฀–฀6.69.0฀–฀10.812.0฀–฀18.0

150"2.2 4.4฀–฀6.06.0฀–฀8.29.0฀–฀13.513.5฀–฀22.4

200"3.0 5.9฀–฀8.08.0฀–฀11.011.1฀–฀17.917.9฀–฀29.8

240"— 7.1฀–฀9.69.6฀–฀13.213.3฀–฀21.421.4฀–฀35.7

300"— 8.9฀–฀12.012.1฀–฀16.616.5฀–฀26.826.7฀–฀44.5

400"— 11.9฀–฀16.116.1฀–฀22.122.0฀–฀35.635.5฀–฀59.3

500"— 14.9฀–฀20.120.2฀–฀24.027.4฀–฀44.544.3฀–฀74.0

TIP

•฀Calculation฀of฀the฀throw฀distance฀from฀the฀screen฀size

฀NP25FL฀lens฀throw฀distance฀(m)฀=฀H฀×฀0.67฀:฀1.1฀m฀(min.)฀to฀3.2฀m฀(max.)฀

฀NP26ZL฀lens฀throw฀distance฀(m)฀=฀H฀×฀1.35฀to฀H฀×฀1.84฀:฀2.8฀m฀(min.)฀to฀24.0฀m฀(max.)฀

฀NP27ZL฀lens฀throw฀distance฀(m)฀=฀H฀×฀1.84฀to฀H฀×฀2.54฀:฀4.0฀m฀(min.)฀to฀24.0฀m฀(max.)฀

฀NP28ZL฀lens฀throw฀distance฀(m)฀=฀H฀×฀2.62฀to฀H฀×฀4.20฀:฀9.0฀m฀(min.)฀to฀45.0฀m฀(max.)฀

฀NP29ZL฀lens฀throw฀distance฀(m)฀=฀H฀×฀4.21฀to฀H฀×฀6.96฀:฀12.0฀m฀(min.)฀to฀80.0฀m฀(max.)฀

฀“H”฀(Horizontal)฀refers฀to฀the฀screen฀width.

฀*฀Figures฀differ฀by฀several฀%฀with฀the฀table฀above฀because฀the฀calculation฀is฀approximate.

฀Ex.:฀Throw฀distance฀when฀projecting฀on฀a฀150"฀screen฀using฀the฀NP27ZL฀lens:

฀According฀to฀the฀“Screen฀Size฀(for฀reference)”฀table฀(→

page 217),฀H฀(screen฀width)฀=฀323.1฀cm.

฀The฀throw฀distance฀is฀323.1฀cm฀×฀1.7฀to฀323.1฀cm฀×฀2.3฀=฀549.3฀cm฀to฀743.13฀cm฀(because฀of฀the฀zoom฀lens).

•฀Using฀the฀NP28ZL฀lens฀will฀slightly฀change฀the฀image฀size.฀When฀using฀the฀NP28ZL฀lens฀to฀adjust฀the฀image฀size,฀adjust฀the฀focus฀

and then the zoom.

216

9. Appendix

Projection range for the different lenses

80-200"

100-500"

100-500" 100-500"

100-500"

NP25FL : 1.1–3.2 m

NP26ZL : 2.8–24.0 m

NP27ZL : 4.0–24.0 m

NP28ZL : 9.0–45.0 m

NP29ZL : 12.0–80.0 m

217

9. Appendix

Tables of screen sizes and dimensions

Screen฀

height

Screen฀width

16:10฀screen฀size฀

(diagonal)

Size฀(inches)Screen฀widthScreen฀height

(inches)(cm)(inches)(cm)

50 42.4107.726.5 67.3

60 50.9129.231.880.8

8067.8172.342.4107.7

100 84.8215.453.0 134.6

120 101.8258.563.6 161.5

150 127.2323.1 79.5201.9

200 169.6430.8106.0 269.2

240203.5 516.9127.2323.1

300 254.4646.2159.0403.9

350 296.8753.9185.5471.2

400339.2861.6212.0 538.5

450381.6969.3238.5605.8

500 424.01077.0265.0 673.1

218

9. Appendix

Lens shifting range

This฀projector฀is฀equipped฀with฀a฀lens฀shift฀function฀for฀adjusting฀the฀position฀of฀the฀projected฀image฀by฀using฀the฀LENS฀

SHIFT฀▼▲◀▶฀buttons.฀The฀lens฀can฀be฀shifted฀within฀the฀range฀shown฀below.

Description฀of฀symbols:฀V฀indicates฀vertical฀(height฀of฀the฀projected฀image),฀H฀indicates฀horizontal฀(width฀of฀the฀

projected฀image).

NOTE:฀The฀lens฀shift฀function฀cannot฀be฀used฀when฀the฀NP25FL฀lens฀is฀used.

Desk/front฀projection

0.2H 0.2H

0.55V

0.4V

Height of projected image

Width฀of฀projected฀image

Ceiling/front฀projector

0.2H 0.2H

0.55V

0.4V

Height of projected image

Width฀of฀projected฀image

Ex.:฀When฀projecting฀on฀a฀150"฀screen

According฀to฀the฀tables฀of฀screen฀sizes฀and฀dimensions฀for฀16:10฀(→฀page฀

217),฀H฀=฀323.1฀cm,฀V฀=฀201.9฀cm.

Adjustment฀range฀in฀the฀vertical฀direction:฀The฀projected฀image฀can฀be฀moved฀upwards฀0.55฀×฀201.9฀cm฀≈฀111฀cm,฀

(when฀the฀lens฀is฀at฀the฀center฀position).฀For฀a฀ceiling/front฀installation,฀the฀above฀gures฀are฀inverted.

Adjustment฀range฀in฀the฀horizontal฀direction:฀The฀projected฀image฀can฀be฀moved฀to฀the฀left฀0.2฀×฀323.1฀cm฀≈฀64.6฀cm,฀

to฀the฀right฀0.2฀×฀323.1฀cm฀≈฀64.6฀cm.

*฀Figures฀differ฀by฀several฀%฀because฀the฀calculation฀is฀approximate.

219

9. Appendix

❷ Mounting the Optional Board (sold separately)

CAUTION

Before฀mounting฀or฀removing฀the฀optional฀board,฀be฀sure฀to฀turn฀off฀the฀projector,฀wait฀for฀the฀fans฀to฀stop฀and฀turn฀

off฀the฀main฀power฀switch.

Tool฀needed:฀Phillips฀screwdriver฀(plus-head)

The฀SB-01HC฀board฀is฀used฀as฀an฀example.

1.฀Turn฀off฀the฀main฀power฀switch฀of฀the฀projector.

2.฀Loosen฀the฀two฀screws฀on฀the฀slot฀cover฀of฀the฀terminal฀panel.

Remove the two screws and the slot cover.

NOTE:฀Keep฀the฀two฀screws฀and฀the฀slot฀cover.

3.฀Insert฀the฀optional฀board฀into฀the฀slot.

฀Make฀sure฀that฀the฀board฀is฀inserted฀into฀the฀slot฀in฀the฀correct฀orientation.

฀Incorrect฀orientation฀may฀cause฀miscommunication฀between฀the฀optional฀board฀and฀projector.

220

9. Appendix

4.฀Tighten฀the฀two฀screws฀on฀both฀sides฀of฀the฀slot.

•฀Be฀sure฀to฀tighten฀the฀screws.

฀This฀will฀complete฀installation฀of฀the฀optional฀board.

฀Refer฀to฀the฀user’s฀manual฀included฀with฀the฀board฀for฀source฀selection.

NOTE:

•฀Mounting฀the฀optional฀board฀may฀cause฀the฀fans฀to฀run฀in฀the฀standby฀mode฀for฀the฀purpose฀of฀cooling฀depending฀on฀the฀optional฀

board. The fan speed may also increase in order to cool the projector properly. Both of these instances are considered normal

and not a malfunction of the projector.

221

9. Appendix

 Compatible Input Signal List

Analog RGB

SignalResolution฀(฀dots฀)Aspect฀RatioRefresh฀Rate฀(฀Hz฀)

VGA640×4804:3 60/72/75/85/iMac

SVGA800×600 4:3 56/60/72/75/85/iMac

XGA1024×7684:3 60/70/75/85/iMac

XGA+1152 ×8644:3 60/70/75/85

WXGA1280×76815 :960

1280×80016 :10 60

1360 ×768*

16 :960

1366 ×768*

16 :960

Quad-VGA1280×9604:3 60/75/85

SXGA1280×10245 :460/75/85

SXGA+1400×1050 4:3 60/75

WXGA+1440×90016 :10 60

WXGA++1600 ×90016 :960

UXGA1600 ×1200 4:3 60/65/70/75

WSXGA+1680×1050 16 :10 60

WUXGA1920×1200 16 :10

60฀(Reduced฀Blanking)

HD1280×72016 :960

Full฀HD1920×108016 :960

MAC฀13"640×4804:3 67

MAC฀16"832×6244:3 75

MAC฀19"1024×7684:3 75

MAC฀21"1152 ×870*

4:3 75

MAC฀23"1280×10245 :465

HDMI

SignalResolution฀(฀dots฀)Aspect฀RatioRefresh฀Rate฀(฀Hz฀)

VGA640×4804:3 60

SVGA800×600 4:3 60

XGA1024×7684:3 60

HD1280×72016 :960

WXGA1280×76815 :960

1280×80016 :10 60

1366 ×768*

16 :960

Quad-VGA1280×9604:3 60

SXGA1280×10245 :460

SXGA+1400×1050 4:3 60

WXGA+1440×90016 :10 60

WXGA++1600 ×90016 :960

WSXGA+1680×1050 16 :10 60

UXGA1600 ×1200 4:3 60

Full฀HD1920×108016 :960

WUXGA1920×1200 16 :10

60฀(Reduced฀Blanking)

HDTV(1080p)1920×108016 :950/60

HDTV(1080i)1920×108016 :950/60

HDTV฀(720p)1280×72016 :950/60

SDTV฀(480p)720×4804:3฀/฀16:960

SDTV฀(576p)฀720×5764:3฀/฀16:950

SDTV(480i)1440×480

4:3฀/฀16:960

SDTV(576i)1440×576

4:3฀/฀16:950

222

9. Appendix

DisplayPort

SignalResolution฀(฀dots฀)Aspect฀RatioRefresh฀Rate฀(฀Hz฀)

VGA640×4804:3 60

SVGA800×600 4:3 60

XGA1024×7684:3 60

HD1280×72016 :960

WXGA1280×76815 :960

1280×80016 :10 60

1366 ×768*

16 :960

Quad-VGA1280×9604:3 60

SXGA1280×10245 :460

SXGA+1400×1050 4:3 60

WXGA+1440×90016 :10 60

WXGA++1600 ×90016 :960

WSXGA+1680×1050 16 :10 60

UXGA1600 ×1200 4:3 60

Full฀HD1920×108016 :960

WUXGA1920×1200 16 :10

60฀(Reduced฀Blanking)

HDTV(1080p)1920×108016 :950/60

HDTV฀(720p)1280×72016 :950/60

SDTV฀(480p)720×4804:3฀/฀16:960

SDTV฀(576p)฀720×5764:3฀/฀16:950

Component

SignalResolution฀(฀dots฀)Aspect฀RatioRefresh฀Rate฀(฀Hz฀)

HDTV(1080p)1920×108016 :950/60

HDTV(1080i)1920×108016 :950/60

HDTV฀(720p)1280×72016 :950/60

SDTV฀(480p)720×4804:3฀/฀16:960

SDTV฀(576p)฀720×5764:3฀/฀16:950

SDTV(480i)720×480

4:3฀/฀16:960

SDTV(576i)720×576

4:3฀/฀16:950

Composite฀Video/S-Video

SignalAspect฀RatioRefresh฀Rate฀(฀Hz฀)

NTSC4:3 60

PAL4:3 50

PAL604:3 60

SECAM4:3 50

*1฀The฀projector฀may฀fail฀to฀display฀these฀signals฀correctly฀when฀[AUTO]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO]฀in฀the฀on-screen฀menu.

฀The฀factory฀default฀is฀[AUTO]฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO].฀To฀display฀these฀signals,฀select฀[16:9]฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO].

*2฀The฀projector฀may฀fail฀to฀display฀these฀signals฀correctly฀when฀[AUTO]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO]฀in฀the฀on-screen฀menu.

฀The฀factory฀default฀is฀[AUTO]฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO].฀To฀display฀these฀signals,฀select฀[4:3]฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO].

•฀Signals฀exceeding฀the฀projector’s฀resolution฀are฀handled฀with฀scaling฀technology.

•฀With฀scaling฀technology,฀the฀size฀of฀characters฀and฀ruled฀lines฀may฀be฀uneven฀and฀colors฀may฀be฀blurred.

•฀Upon฀shipment,฀the฀projector฀is฀set฀for฀signals฀with฀standard฀display฀resolutions฀and฀frequencies,฀but฀adjustments฀

may฀be฀required฀depending฀on฀the฀type฀of฀computer.

223

9. Appendix

 Speciﬁcations

This฀section฀provides฀technical฀information฀about฀projector’s฀performance.

Optical

Model฀NamePH1000U

Projection฀SystemDMD™฀0.96"฀×฀3฀(aspect฀16:10)

Resolution*

1920฀×฀1200฀pixels฀(WUXGA)

LensOption฀(see฀page฀

225)

NP25FL

NP26ZL

NP27ZL

NP28ZL

NP29ZL

Power฀Lens฀Shift

(NP26ZL,฀NP27ZL,฀NP28ZL,฀NP29ZL)

−0.4V฀to฀+0.55V,฀+/−0.2H

Lamp400W฀AC฀(320W฀in฀ECO)

Light฀Output*

11000฀lumens

ECO:฀75%

Contrast฀Ratio*

(full฀white:฀full฀black)

2000:1฀with฀DYNAMIC฀CONTRAST฀ON

Image฀Size฀(Diagonal)

100฀-฀500"฀(depending฀on฀the฀lens฀→฀page฀

216)

80฀-฀200"฀on฀NP25FL

Projection฀Distance฀(Min.-Max.)

(depending฀on฀the฀lens฀→฀page฀

215)

*1฀Effective฀pixels฀are฀more฀than฀99.99%.

*2฀This฀is฀the฀light฀output฀value฀(lumens)฀when฀the฀[PRESET]฀mode฀is฀set฀to฀[HIGH-BRIGHT].฀If฀any฀other฀mode฀is฀selected฀as฀the฀

[PRESET]฀mode,฀the฀light฀output฀value฀may฀drop฀slightly.

*3฀Compliance฀with฀ISO21118-2005

Electrical

Model฀NamePH1000U

Inputs

2฀×฀RGB/Component฀(mini฀D-Sub฀15P),฀5฀×฀BNC,฀

1฀×฀HDMI฀Type฀A฀(HDMI

฀Connector)฀HDCP฀supported*

1฀×฀DisplayPort฀(20pin฀connecter)฀HDCP฀supported*

1฀×฀S-Video฀(DIN฀4P),฀1฀×฀Video฀(BNC)

1฀×฀Option฀Slot

Outputs1฀×฀RGB฀(D-Sub฀15P)

PC฀Control1฀×฀PC฀Control฀Port฀(D-Sub฀9P)

Wired฀Remote1฀×฀Stereo฀mini฀Jack

Wired฀LAN฀Port1฀×฀RJ-45฀(10BASE-T/100BASE-TX)

Wireless฀LAN฀Port฀(Optional)IEEE฀802.11฀b/g/n฀(optional฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀[NP02LM฀Series]฀required)

USB฀Port1฀×฀Type฀A

Color฀Reproduction10-bit฀signal฀processing฀(1.07฀billion฀colors)฀(VIEWER,฀NETWORK:฀Colors,฀16.7฀million฀

colors)

Compatible฀Signals*

Analog:฀VGA/SVGA/XGA/XGA+/WXGA/WXGA+/SXGA/SXGA+/UXGA/WUXGA/480i/480

p/576i/576p/720p/1080i/1080p

HDMI:฀VGA/SVGA/XGA/WXGA/SXGA/SXGA+/UXGA/WUXGA/480p/576p/720p/1080i/10

80p฀(Refresh฀rate:฀60฀Hz฀only)

Video฀BandwidthRGB:฀165฀MHz฀(Max.)

Horizontal฀Resolution540฀TV฀lines:฀NTSC/NTSC4.43/PAL/PAL-M/PAL-N/PAL60

300฀TV฀lines:฀SECAM

Scan฀RateHorizontal:฀15฀kHz฀to฀108฀kHz฀(RGB:฀24฀kHz฀or฀over)

Vertical:฀48฀Hz฀to฀120฀Hz฀(HDMI:฀50฀Hz฀to฀85฀Hz)

Sync฀CompatibilitySeparate฀Sync฀/฀Composite฀Sync฀/฀Sync฀on฀Green

Power฀Requirement100-240V฀AC,฀50/60฀Hz

Input฀Current11.2฀A฀(100-130V),฀5.4฀A฀(200-240V)

Power฀Con-

sumption

ECO฀MODE฀OFFDual฀lamp:฀1100W฀(100V)/1050W(240V)

Single฀lamp:฀600W฀(100V)/580W(240V)

ECO฀MODE฀ONDual฀lamp:฀880W฀(100V)/840W(240V)

Single฀lamp:฀500W฀(100V)/490W(240V)

STANDBY฀(NORMAL)90W

NETWORK฀STANDBY60W

STANDBY฀(POWER-

SAVING)

0.5W

224

9. Appendix

*4฀HDMI

฀(Deep฀Color)/DisplayPort฀with฀HDCP

฀What฀is฀HDCP/HDCP฀technology?

฀HDCP฀is฀an฀acronym฀for฀High-bandwidth฀Digital฀Content฀Protection.฀High฀bandwidth฀Digital฀Content฀Protection฀(HDCP)฀is฀a฀system฀

for฀preventing฀illegal฀copying฀of฀video฀data฀sent฀over฀a฀High-Denition฀Multimedia฀Interface฀(HDMI).

฀If฀you฀are฀unable฀to฀view฀material฀via฀the฀HDMI฀and฀DisplayPort฀input,฀this฀does฀not฀necessarily฀mean฀the฀projector฀is฀not฀function-

ing฀properly.฀With฀the฀implementation฀of฀HDCP,฀there฀may฀be฀cases฀in฀which฀certain฀content฀is฀protected฀with฀HDCP฀and฀might฀

not฀be฀displayed฀due฀to฀the฀decision/intention฀of฀the฀HDCP฀community฀(Digital฀Content฀Protection,฀LLC).

*5฀An฀image฀with฀higher฀or฀lower฀resolution฀than฀the฀projector’s฀native฀resolution฀(1920฀×฀1200)฀will฀be฀displayed฀with฀scaling฀tech-

nology.

Mechanical

Model฀NamePH1000U

Installation

Orientation

Desktop/Front,฀Desktop/Rear,฀Ceiling/Front,฀Ceiling/Rear

Dimensions22.0"฀(W)฀×฀22.8"฀(H)฀×฀9.3"฀(D)฀/558฀mm฀(W)฀×฀578฀mm฀(H)฀×฀235฀mm฀(D)

(not฀including฀protrusions)

Weight87.1฀lbs/39.5฀kg฀(without฀lens)

Environmental

Considerations

Operational฀Temperatures:฀32°฀to฀104°F฀(0°฀to฀40°C)฀*

20%฀to฀80%฀humidity฀(non-condensing)฀at฀sea฀level

Storage฀Temperatures:฀14°฀to฀122°F฀(−10°฀to฀60°C),

20%฀to฀80%฀humidity฀(non-condensing)

RegulationsUL/C-UL฀Approved฀(UL฀60950-1,฀CSA฀60950-1)

Meets฀DOC฀Canada฀Class฀A฀requirements

Meets฀FCC฀Class฀A฀requirements

Meets฀AS/NZS฀CISPR.22฀Class฀A

Meets฀EMC฀Directive฀(EN55022,฀EN55024,฀EN61000-3-2,฀EN61000-3-3)

Meets฀Low฀Voltage฀Directive฀(EN60950-1,฀TUV฀GS฀Approved)

*6฀95฀to฀104°F฀(35฀to฀40ºC)฀-฀“Forced฀eco฀mode”

For฀additional฀information฀visit:

US฀:฀http://www.necdisplay.com/

Europe฀:฀http://www.nec-display-solutions.com/

Global฀:฀http://www.nec-display.com/global/index.html

For฀information฀on฀our฀optional฀accessories,฀visit฀our฀website฀or฀see฀our฀brochure.

The฀specications฀are฀subject฀to฀change฀without฀notice.

225

9. Appendix

Option lens

NP25FLManual฀focus

throw฀ratio฀0.67:1,฀F1.85,฀f=11.2฀mm

Image฀Size฀(Diagonal):฀80฀–฀200฀inches฀/฀1.27฀–฀5.08฀m

Projection฀Distance(Min.-Max.):฀1.1฀–฀3.0฀m

NP26ZLPower฀zoom฀and฀focus

throw฀ratio฀1.39-1.87:1,฀F1.85-2.5,฀f=18.7-26.5฀mm

Image฀Size฀(Diagonal):฀100฀–฀500฀inches฀/฀1.27฀–฀7.62฀m

Projection฀Distance(Min.-Max.):฀2.9฀–฀20.1฀m

NP27ZLPower฀zoom฀and฀focus

throw฀ratio฀1.87-2.56:1,฀F1.64-1.86,฀f=25.7-33.7฀mm

Image฀Size฀(Diagonal):฀100฀–฀500฀inches฀/฀1.27฀–฀7.62฀m

Projection฀Distance(Min.-Max.):฀4.0฀–฀24.0฀m

NP28ZLPower฀zoom฀and฀focus

throw฀ratio฀2.56-4.16:1,฀F1.86-2.48,฀f=32.91-54.23฀mm

Image฀Size฀(Diagonal):฀100฀–฀500฀inches฀/฀1.27฀–฀7.62฀m

Projection฀Distance(Min.-Max.):฀9.0฀–฀44.5฀m

NP29ZLPower฀zoom฀and฀focus

throw฀ratio฀4.16-6.96:1,฀F1.85-2.41,฀f=52.8-79.1฀mm

Image฀Size฀(Diagonal):฀100฀–฀500฀inches฀/฀1.27฀–฀7.62฀m

Projection฀Distance(Min.-Max.):฀12.0฀–฀74.0฀m

•฀These฀specications฀and฀the฀product’s฀design฀are฀subject฀to฀change฀without฀notice.

Power Cord

If฀the฀supplied฀power฀cord฀cannot฀be฀used฀or฀in฀your฀area฀the฀voltage฀condition฀is฀different฀from฀the฀supplied฀power฀

cord,฀use฀power฀cords฀that฀are฀suitable฀for฀the฀electrical฀specications,฀types฀of฀power฀cords฀and฀regulations฀of฀the฀

country฀of฀installation,฀as฀shown฀in฀the฀following฀table฀as฀shown฀below.฀For฀more฀information,฀contact฀your฀dealer.

Power Cord Electrical Speciﬁcations

Power฀supplyPower฀cord฀electrical฀specs

AC฀100฀-฀130V125V฀15A฀or฀higher฀

250V฀16A฀or฀higher

AC฀200฀-฀240V250V฀16A฀or฀higher

Type฀of฀power฀cord

plug

connector

cord

Plug and cord

Your฀plug฀must฀comply฀with฀your฀country’s฀safety฀requirements฀and฀your฀outlet฀type.

Connector

Dimensions฀of฀the฀connector฀of฀the฀power฀cord฀are฀shown฀below

+0.5

−0

13±0.2

20฀min

2.5

+0.5

−0

8±0.2

2.5

+0.5

−0

R3.5฀min

6.0

+0.5

−0

−0.9

−0.7

Unit:฀mm

226

9. Appendix

578 (22.8)

653 (25.7)

39.5

(1.6)

499 (19.6)

430 (16.9)

235 (9.3)

283.7 (11.2)

628 (24.7)

480 (18.9)

558 (22)

700 (27.6)

119.9

(4.7)

155.3 (6.1)

333 (13.1)

48.7 (1.9)

 Cabinet Dimensions

Lens center

Unit:฀mm฀(inch)

227

9. Appendix

 Pin Assignments of D-Sub COMPUTER Input Connector

Mini D-Sub 15 Pin Connector

Signal฀Level

Video฀signal฀:฀0.7Vp-p฀(Analog)

Sync฀signal฀:฀TTL฀level

51423

11 12 13 14 15

6978

Pin No. RGB Signal (Analog) YCbCr Signal

1 RedCr

Green฀or฀Sync฀on฀GreenY

3 BlueCb

4Ground

5 Ground

Red฀GroundCr฀Ground

7Green฀GroundY฀Ground

8Blue฀GroundCb฀Ground

9No฀Connection

10 Sync฀Signal฀Ground

11 No฀Connection

12 Bi-directional฀DATA฀(SDA)

13 Horizontal฀Sync฀or฀Composite฀

Sync

14Vertical฀Sync

15 Data฀Clock

228

9. Appendix

 Troubleshooting

This฀section฀helps฀you฀resolve฀problems฀you฀may฀encounter฀while฀setting฀up฀or฀using฀the฀projector.

Indicator Messages

POWER Indicator

Indicator฀display฀Projector฀status฀Procedure

Off฀Power฀is฀off.–

Flashing

Blue฀(short฀ashes)Preparing฀to฀turn฀power฀onWait฀a฀while.

Blue฀(long฀ashes)Off฀timer฀(enabled)

Program฀timer฀(off฀time฀enabled)

–

Orange฀(short฀ashes)Projector฀coolingWait฀a฀while.

Orange฀(long฀ashes)Program฀timer฀(on฀time฀enabled)

LitBluePower฀on–

Orange

Standby฀mode฀(NORMAL฀or฀NETWORK฀

STANDBY)

–

Red฀Standby฀mode฀(POWER-SAVING)–

STATUS Indicator

Indicator฀display฀Projector฀status฀Procedure

Off

No฀problem,฀or฀standby฀

mode฀(POWER-SAVING฀

or฀NETWORK฀STANDBY)

–

Flashing

Red฀(cycles฀of฀1)Cover฀problem

The฀lamp฀cover฀is฀not฀properly฀mounted.฀Mount฀it฀properly.฀(→฀Page฀

187)

Red฀(cycles฀of฀4)Fan฀problemThe฀cooling฀fan฀has฀stopped฀turning.฀Contact฀an฀NEC฀projector฀cus-

tomer฀support฀center฀for฀repairs.

FlashingOrangeNetwork฀conictIt฀is฀not฀possible฀to฀connect฀the฀projector’s฀built-in฀LAN฀and฀wireless฀

LAN฀simultaneously฀to฀the฀same฀network.฀To฀connect฀the฀projector’s฀

built-in฀LAN฀and฀wireless฀LAN฀simultaneously,฀connect฀them฀to฀differ-

ent฀networks.

LitGreen฀Standby฀mode฀(NOR-

MAL)

–

Orange

Button฀has฀been฀pressed฀

while฀projector฀is฀in฀key฀

lock฀mode

The฀projector’s฀keys฀are฀locked.฀The฀setting฀must฀be฀canceled฀to฀oper-

ate฀the฀projector.฀(→฀Page฀

127)

Projector’s฀ID฀number฀

and฀remote฀control’s฀ID฀

number฀do฀not฀match

Check฀the฀control฀IDs.฀(→฀Pages฀127฀and฀128)

LAMP฀1/LAMP฀2฀Indicator

Indicator฀display฀Projector฀status฀Procedure

Off

The฀lamp฀is฀turned฀off.–

FlashingGreen

Preparing฀to฀relight฀lamp฀after฀

lighting฀has฀failed

Wait฀a฀while.

RedLamp฀replacement฀grace฀periodThe฀lamp฀has฀reached฀the฀end฀of฀its฀service฀life฀and฀is฀now฀in฀

the฀replacement฀grace฀period฀(100฀hours).฀Replace฀the฀lamp฀

as฀soon฀as฀possible.฀(→฀page฀

185)

Red฀(cycles฀of฀6)Lamp฀does฀not฀lightThe฀lamp฀has฀not฀turned฀on.฀Wait฀at฀least฀1฀minute,฀then฀turn฀

the฀power฀back฀on.฀If฀the฀lamp฀still฀does฀not฀light,฀contact฀an฀

NEC฀projector฀customer฀support฀center.

LitRedLamp฀usage฀time฀exceededThe฀lamp฀has฀exceeded฀its฀usage฀time.฀The฀projector’s฀power฀

cannot฀be฀turned฀on฀until฀the฀lamp฀is฀replaced.฀(→฀page฀

185)

Green

Lamp฀lit–

229

9. Appendix

Temp. Indicator

Indicator฀display฀Projector฀status฀Procedure

Off

No฀problem

FlashingRedTemperature฀problemThe฀temperature฀protector฀has฀been฀activated.฀If฀the฀room฀

temperature฀is฀high,฀move฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀cool฀place.฀If฀the฀

TEMP.฀indicator฀still฀be฀ashing฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀used฀at฀

operating฀temperatures,฀contact฀an฀NEC฀projector฀customer฀

support฀center.

OrangeWarming฀upThe฀usage฀environment฀temperature฀is฀lower฀than฀the฀

projector’s฀operating฀temperature฀(0°C).฀In฀that฀case,฀raise฀

the฀usage฀environment฀temperature฀to฀a฀0°C฀or฀higher฀and฀

turn฀on฀the฀projector.฀If฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on฀at฀around฀

0°C,฀it฀may฀take฀5฀minutes฀to฀warm฀up฀the฀projector.฀During฀

this฀warm-up฀period฀the฀TEMP.฀indicator฀will฀ash.฀When฀the฀

warm-up฀is฀completed,฀the฀TEMP.฀indicator฀will฀go฀off.

SHUTTER Indicator

Indicator฀display฀Projector฀status฀Procedure

OffLight–

FlashingGreen

Lens฀calibration฀is฀in฀process.–

OnGreen

Light฀shuttered–

If the temperature protector is activated

If฀the฀projector’s฀internal฀temperature฀rises฀abnormally,฀the฀lamp฀turns฀off฀and฀the฀temperature฀indicator฀ashes฀

(repeatedly฀in฀cycles฀of฀2).

It฀may฀happen฀that฀the฀projector’s฀temperature฀protector฀is฀simultaneously฀activated฀and฀the฀projector’s฀power฀turns฀

off.

If฀this฀happens,฀do฀the฀following:

-฀Unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀from฀the฀power฀outlet.

-฀If฀using฀in฀a฀place฀where฀the฀surrounding฀temperature฀is฀high,฀move฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀different,฀cool฀place.

-฀If฀there฀is฀dust฀in฀the฀ventilation฀holes,฀clean.฀(→ pages

180฀and฀184)

-฀Wait฀as฀such฀about฀1฀hour฀for฀the฀projector’s฀internal฀temperature฀to฀lower.

230

9. Appendix

Common Problems & Solutions

(→฀“Power/Status/Lamp฀Indicator”฀on฀page฀228.)

Problem Check฀These฀Items

Does not turn on or

shut down

•฀ Check฀that฀the฀power฀cord฀is฀plugged฀in฀and฀that฀the฀power฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀or฀the฀remote฀control฀

is on. (→ pages 13, 14, 17)

•฀ Ensure฀that฀the฀lamp฀cover฀is฀installed฀correctly.฀(→ page 187)

•฀ Check฀to฀see฀if฀the฀projector฀has฀overheated.฀If฀there฀is฀insufcient฀ventilation฀around฀the฀projector฀or฀if฀the฀room฀

where you are presenting is particularly warm, move the projector to a cooler location.

•฀ Check฀to฀see฀if฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀for฀another฀100฀hours฀after฀the฀lamp฀has฀reached฀the฀end฀of฀its฀

life. If so, replace the lamp. After replacing the lamp, reset the lamp hours used. (→ page 138)

•฀ The฀lamp฀may฀fail฀to฀light.฀Wait฀a฀full฀minute฀and฀then฀turn฀on฀the฀power฀again.

•฀ Set฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀when฀using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀

or higher. Using the projector at altitudes approximately 5500 feet/1600 meters or higher without setting to [HIGH

ALTITUDE] can cause the projector to overheat and the projector could shut down. If this happens, wait a couple

minutes and turn on the projector. (→ page 129)

If you turn on the projector immediately after the lamp is turned off, the fans run without displaying an image for

some time and then the projector will display the image. Wait for a moment.

Will turn off •฀ Ensure฀that฀the฀[OFF฀TIMER],฀[AUTO฀POWER฀OFF]฀or฀[PROGRAM฀TIMER]฀is฀off.฀(→ page 121, 132, 159)

No picture

•฀ Check฀if฀the฀appropriate฀input฀is฀selected.฀(→ page

20) If there is still no picture, press the SOURCE button or one

of the input buttons again.

•฀ Ensure฀your฀cables฀are฀connected฀properly.

•฀ Use฀menus฀to฀adjust฀the฀brightness฀and฀contrast.฀(→ page 111)

•฀ Ensure฀that฀the฀lens฀cover฀is฀open.฀(→ page 16)

•฀ Reset฀the฀settings฀or฀adjustments฀to฀factory฀preset฀levels฀using฀the฀[RESET]฀in฀the฀Menu.฀(→ page 138)

•฀ Enter฀your฀registered฀keyword฀if฀the฀Security฀function฀is฀enabled.฀(→ page 45)

•฀ If฀the฀HDMI฀input฀or฀the฀DisplayPort฀signal฀cannot฀be฀displayed,฀try฀the฀following.

- Reinstall your driver for the graphics card built in your computer, or use the updated driver.

For reinstalling or updating your driver, refer to the user guide accompanied with your computer or graphics

card, or contact the support center for your computer manufacturer.

Install the updated driver or OS on your own responsibility.

We are not liable for any trouble and failure caused by this installation.

•฀ Be฀sure฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀and฀notebook฀PC฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀standby฀mode฀and฀before฀turning฀on฀

the power to the notebook PC.

In most cases the output signal from the notebook PC is not turned on unless connected to the projector before

being powered up.

* If the screen goes blank while using your remote control, it may be the result of the computer’s screen-saver

or power management software.

•฀ See฀also฀the฀page฀232.

Picture suddenly

becomes dark

•฀ Check฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀the฀Forced฀ECO฀mode฀because฀of฀too฀high฀ambient฀temperature.฀If฀this฀is฀the฀case,฀

lower the internal temperature of the projector by selecting [HIGH] for [FAN MODE]. (→ page 129)

Color tone or hue is

unusual

•฀ Check฀if฀an฀appropriate฀color฀is฀selected฀in฀[WALL฀COLOR].฀If฀so,฀select฀an฀appropriate฀option.฀(→ page

119)

•฀ Adjust฀[HUE]฀in฀[PICTURE].฀(→ page 111)

Image isn’t square to

the screen

•฀ Reposition฀the฀projector฀to฀improve฀its฀angle฀to฀the฀screen.฀(→ page

21)

•฀ Use฀the฀Keystone฀correction฀function฀to฀correct฀the฀trapezoid฀distortion.฀(→ page 28)

Picture is blurred

•฀ Adjust฀the฀focus.฀(→ page

26)

•฀ Reposition฀the฀projector฀to฀improve฀its฀angle฀to฀the฀screen.฀(→ page 21)

•฀ Ensure฀that฀the฀distance฀between฀the฀projector฀and฀screen฀is฀within฀the฀adjustment฀range฀of฀the฀lens.

(→ page 215)

•฀ Has฀the฀lens฀been฀shifted฀by฀an฀amount฀exceeding฀the฀guaranteed฀range?฀(→ page 218)

•฀ Is฀the฀lens฀inserted฀until฀it฀comes฀to฀a฀complete฀stop?฀(→ page 163)

•฀ Condensation฀may฀form฀on฀the฀lens฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀cold,฀brought฀into฀a฀warm฀place฀and฀is฀then฀turned฀on.฀

Should this happen, let the projector stand until there is no condensation on the lens.

Flicker appears on

screen

•฀ Set฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀other฀than฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀mode฀when฀using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀

feet/1600 meters or lower. Using the projector at altitudes less than approximately 5500 feet/1600 meters and

setting to [HIGH ALTITUDE] can cause the lamp to overcool, causing the image to ﬂicker. Switch [FAN MODE] to

[AUTO]. (→ page

129)

231

9. Appendix

Image is scrolling

vertically, horizontally

or both

•฀ Check฀the฀computer’s฀resolution฀and฀frequency.฀Make฀sure฀that฀the฀resolution฀you฀are฀trying฀to฀display฀is฀supported฀

by the projector. (→ page

221)

•฀ Adjust฀the฀computer฀image฀manually฀with฀the฀Horizontal/Vertical฀in฀the฀[IMAGE฀OPTIONS].฀(→ page

113)

Remote control does

not work

•฀ Install฀new฀batteries.(→ page

•฀ Make฀sure฀there฀are฀no฀obstacles฀between฀you฀and฀the฀projector.

•฀ Stand฀within฀22฀feet฀(7฀m)฀of฀the฀projector.฀(→ page 9)

•฀ To฀perform฀computer฀mouse฀operations฀using฀the฀projector’s฀remote฀control,฀connect฀the฀optional฀mouse฀receiver฀

to the computer. (→ page 38)

Indicator is lit or

blinking

•฀ See฀the฀POWER/STATUS/LAMP฀Indicator.฀(→ page

228)

Cross color in RGB

mode

•฀ Press฀the฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀or฀the฀remote฀control.฀(→ page

30)

•฀ Adjust฀the฀computer฀image฀manually฀with฀[CLOCK]/[PHASE]฀in฀[IMAGE฀OPTIONS]฀in฀the฀menu.฀(→ page 112)

For฀more฀information฀contact฀your฀dealer.

232

9. Appendix

If there is no picture, or the picture is not displayed correctly.

•฀Power฀on฀process฀for฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀PC.

฀Be฀sure฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀and฀notebook฀PC฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀standby฀mode฀and฀before฀turning฀on฀

the฀power฀to฀the฀notebook฀PC.

฀In฀most฀cases฀the฀output฀signal฀from฀the฀notebook฀PC฀is฀not฀turned฀on฀unless฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀before฀

being฀powered฀up.

NOTE:฀You฀can฀check฀the฀horizontal฀frequency฀of฀the฀current฀signal฀in฀the฀projector’s฀menu฀under฀Information.฀If฀it฀reads฀“0kHz”,฀

this฀means฀there฀is฀no฀signal฀being฀output฀from฀the฀computer.฀(→

page 135 or go to next step)

•฀Enabling฀the฀computer’s฀external฀display.

฀Displaying฀an฀image฀on฀the฀notebook฀PC’s฀screen฀does฀not฀necessarily฀mean฀it฀outputs฀a฀signal฀to฀the฀projector.฀

When฀using฀a฀PC฀compatible฀laptop,฀a฀combination฀of฀function฀keys฀will฀enable/disable฀the฀external฀display.฀Usu-

ally,฀the฀combination฀of฀the฀“Fn”฀key฀along฀with฀one฀of฀the฀12฀function฀keys฀gets฀the฀external฀display฀to฀come฀on฀

or฀off.฀For฀example,฀NEC฀laptops฀use฀Fn฀+฀F3,฀while฀Dell฀laptops฀use฀Fn฀+฀F8฀key฀combinations฀to฀toggle฀through฀

external฀display฀selections.

•฀Non-standard฀signal฀output฀from฀the฀computer

฀If฀the฀output฀signal฀from฀a฀notebook฀PC฀is฀not฀an฀industry฀standard,฀the฀projected฀image฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀

correctly.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀deactivate฀the฀notebook฀PC’s฀LCD฀screen฀when฀the฀projector฀display฀is฀in฀use.฀Each฀

notebook฀PC฀has฀a฀different฀way฀of฀deactivate/reactivate฀the฀local฀LCD฀screens฀as฀described฀in฀the฀previous฀step.฀

Refer฀to฀your฀computer’s฀documentation฀for฀detailed฀information.

•฀Image฀displayed฀is฀incorrect฀when฀using฀a฀Macintosh

฀When฀using฀a฀Macintosh฀with฀the฀projector,฀set฀the฀DIPswitch฀of฀the฀Mac฀adapter฀(not฀supplied฀with฀the฀projector)฀

according฀to฀your฀resolution.฀After฀setting,฀restart฀your฀Macintosh฀for฀the฀changes฀to฀take฀affect.

฀For฀setting฀display฀modes฀other฀than฀those฀supported฀by฀your฀Macintosh฀and฀the฀projector,฀changing฀the฀DIP฀switch฀

on฀a฀Mac฀adapter฀may฀bounce฀an฀image฀slightly฀or฀may฀display฀nothing.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀set฀the฀DIP฀switch฀

to฀the฀13"฀xed฀mode฀and฀then฀restart฀your฀Macintosh.฀After฀that,฀restore฀the฀DIP฀switches฀to฀a฀displayable฀mode฀

and฀then฀restart฀the฀Macintosh฀again.

NOTE:฀A฀Video฀Adapter฀cable฀manufactured฀by฀Apple฀Computer฀is฀needed฀for฀a฀PowerBook฀which฀does฀not฀have฀a฀mini฀D-Sub฀

15-pin connector.

•฀Mirroring฀on฀a฀PowerBook

*฀When฀using฀the฀projector฀with฀a฀Macintosh฀PowerBook,฀output฀may฀not฀be฀set฀to฀1024฀×฀768฀unless฀“mirroring”฀

is฀off฀on฀your฀PowerBook.฀Refer฀to฀owner’s฀manual฀supplied฀with฀your฀Macintosh฀computer฀for฀mirroring.

•฀Folders฀or฀icons฀are฀hidden฀on฀the฀Macintosh฀screen

฀Folders฀or฀icons฀may฀not฀be฀seen฀on฀the฀screen.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀select฀[View]฀→฀[Arrange]฀from฀the฀Apple฀

menu฀and฀arrange฀icons.

233

9. Appendix

 PC Control Codes and Cable Connection

PC Control Codes

Function Code Data

POWER ON 02H 00H 00H 00H 00H 02H

POWER OFF 02H 01H 00H 00H 00H 03H

INPUT SELECT COMPUTER 1 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 01H 09H

INPUT SELECT COMPUTER 2 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 02H 0AH

INPUT SELECT COMPUTER 3 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 03H 0BH

INPUT SELECT HDMI 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 1AH 22H

INPUT SELECT DisplayPort 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 1BH 23H

INPUT SELECT VIDEO 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 06H 0EH

INPUT SELECT S-VIDEO 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 0BH 13H

INPUT SELECT VIEWER 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 1FH 27H

INPUT SELECT NETWORK 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 20H 28H

PICTURE MUTE ON 02H 10H 00H 00H 00H 12H

PICTURE MUTE OFF 02H 11H 00H 00H 00H 13H

NOTE:฀Contact฀your฀local฀dealer฀for฀a฀full฀list฀of฀the฀PC฀Control฀Codes฀if฀needed.

Cable Connection

Communication฀Protocol

Baud rate .........................................38400 bps

Data length ......................................8 bits

Parity ...............................................No parity

Stop bit ............................................One bit

X on/off ............................................None

Communications procedure .............Full duplex

NOTE: Depending on the equipment, a lower baud rate may be recommended for long cable runs.

PC Control Connector (D-SUB 9P)

NOTE฀1:฀Pins฀1,฀4,฀6฀and฀9฀are฀no฀used.

NOTE฀2:฀Jumper฀“Request฀to฀Send”฀and฀“Clear฀to฀Send”฀together฀on฀both฀ends฀of฀the฀cable฀to฀simplify฀cable฀connection.

NOTE฀3:฀For฀long฀cable฀runs฀it฀is฀recommended฀to฀set฀communication฀speed฀within฀projector฀menus฀to฀9600฀bps.

15243

67 98

To฀GND฀of฀PC

To RxD of PC

To TxD of PC

To฀RTS฀of฀PC

To฀CTS฀of฀PC

234

9. Appendix

No image is displayed from your PC or video equipment to the

projector.

Still no image even though you connect the projector to the PC

ﬁrst, then start the PC.

Enabling your notebook PC’s signal output to the projector.

•฀ A฀combination฀of฀function฀keys฀will฀enable/disable฀the฀exter-

nal฀display.฀Usually,฀the฀combination฀of฀the฀“Fn”฀key฀along฀

with one of the 12 function keys turns the external display

on or off.

No image (blue or black background, no display).

Still no image even though you press the AUTO ADJUST

button.

Still no image even though you carry out [RESET] in the

projector’s menu.

Signal cable’s plug is fully inserted into the input connector

A message appears on the screen.

( _____________________________________________ )

The source connected to the projector is active and available.

Still no image even though you adjust the brightness and/or

the contrast.

Input source’s resolution and frequency are supported by the

projector.

 Troubleshooting Check List

Before฀contacting฀your฀dealer฀or฀service฀personnel,฀check฀the฀following฀list฀to฀be฀sure฀repairs฀are฀needed฀also฀by฀

referring฀to฀the฀“Troubleshooting”฀section฀in฀your฀user’s฀manual.฀This฀checklist฀below฀will฀help฀us฀solve฀your฀problem฀

more฀efciently.

*฀Print฀this฀page฀and฀the฀next฀page฀for฀your฀check.

Frequency of occurrence  always ฀sometimes฀(How฀often?_____________________)฀ other (__________________)

Power

No power (POWER indicator does not light blue) See also “Status

Indicator (STATUS)”.

Power cord’s plug is fully inserted into the wall outlet.

Main power switch is pressed to the ON position.

Lamp cover is installed correctly.

Lamp Hours Used (lamp operation hours) was cleared after

lamp replacement.

No power even though you press and hold the POWER button

for 1 second.

Shut down during operation.

Power cord’s plug is fully inserted into the wall outlet.

Lamp cover is installed correctly.

[AUTO POWER OFF] is turned off (only models with the [AUTO

POWER OFF] function).

[OFF TIMER] is turned off (only models with the [OFF TIMER]

function).

Video and Audio

Image is too dark.

Remains unchanged even though you adjust the brightness

and/or the contrast.

Image is distorted.

Image appears to be trapezoidal (unchanged even though you

carry out the [KEYSTONE] adjustment).

Parts of the image are lost.

Still unchanged even though you press the AUTO ADJUST

button.

Still unchanged even though you carry out [RESET] in the

projector’s menu.

Image is shifted in the vertical or horizontal direction.

Horizontal and vertical positions are correctly adjusted on a

computer signal.

Input source’s resolution and frequency are supported by the

projector.

Some pixels are lost.

Image is ﬂickering.

Still unchanged even though you press the AUTO ADJUST

button.

Still unchanged even though you carry out [RESET] in the

projector’s menu.

Image shows ﬂickering or color drift on a computer signal.

Still unchanged even though you change [FAN MODE] from

[HIGH ALTITUDE] to [AUTO].

Image appears blurry or out of focus.

Still unchanged even though you checked the signal’s resolution

on PC and changed it to projector’s native resolution.

Still unchanged even though you adjusted the focus.

Other

Remote control does not work.

No obstacles between the sensor of the projector and the

remote control.

Projector is placed near a ﬂuorescent light that can disturb the

infrared remote controls.

Batteries are new and are not reversed in installation.

Buttons on the projector cabinet do not work (only models with the

[CONTROL PANEL LOCK] function)

[CONTROL PANEL LOCK] is not turned on or is disabled in

the menu.

Still unchanged even though you press and hold the EXIT button

for a minimum of 10 seconds.

235

9. Appendix

In the space below please describe your problem in detail.

Information on application and environment where your projector is used

Projector

Model number:

Serial No.:

Date of purchase:

Lamp operating time (hours):

Eco Mode:  OFF  ON

Information on input signal:

Horizontal synch frequency [ ] kHz

Vertical synch frequency [ ] Hz

Synch polarity H  (+)  (−)

V  (+)  (−)

Synch type  Separate  Composite

 Sync on Green

STATUS Indicator:

Steady light  Orange  Green

Flashing light [ ] cycles

Remote control model number:

Signal cable

NEC฀standard฀or฀other฀manufacturer’s฀cable?

Model number: Length: inch/m

Distribution ampliﬁer

Model number:

Switcher

Model number:

Adapter

Model number:

Projector

DVD฀player

Installation environment

Screen size: inch

Screen type:  White matte  Beads  Polarization

 Wide angle  High contrast

Throw distance: feet/inch/m

Orientation:  Ceiling mount  Desktop

Power outlet connection:



Connected directly to wall outlet

 Connected to power cord extender or other (the

number of connected equipment______________)



Connected to a power cord reel or other (the number

of connected equipment______________)

Computer

Manufacturer:

Model number:

Notebook PC  / Desktop 

Native resolution:

Refresh rate:

Video adapter:

Other:

Video฀equipment

VCR, DVD player, Video camera, Video game or other

Manufacturer:

Model number:

236

9. Appendix

 REGISTER YOUR PROJECTOR! (for residents in the United

States, Canada, and Mexico)

Please฀take฀time฀to฀register฀your฀new฀projector.฀This฀will฀activate฀your฀limited฀parts฀and฀labor฀warranty฀and฀InstaCare฀

service฀program.

Visit฀our฀web฀site฀at฀www.necdisplay.com,฀click฀on฀support฀center/register฀product฀and฀submit฀your฀completed฀form฀

online.

Upon฀receipt,฀we฀will฀send฀a฀conrmation฀letter฀with฀all฀the฀details฀you฀will฀need฀to฀take฀advantage฀of฀fast,฀reliable฀

warranty฀and฀service฀programs฀from฀the฀industry฀leader,฀NEC฀Display฀Solutions฀of฀America,฀Inc.

NEC NP-PH1000U REPLACED BY NP-PX1004UL-BK 11,000-lumen Professional Installation Projector

Product's Documents

User Manual

Specifications

NEC NP-PH1000U REPLACED BY NP-PX1004UL-BK Questions and Answers